eia/emp and ra/dmp for drilling of 22 nos. of exploratory...

OIL AND NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED

EIA/EMP and RA/DMP for Drilling of 22 nos. of exploratory wells in NELP-IX Block CB-ONN-2010/1, 6 & 9 at Banakantha, Gandhinagar and Ahmedabad Districts of Gujarat JUNE 2015

Kadam Environmental Consultants w w w . k a d a m e n v i r o . c o m

Env i ronment for Deve lopment


EIA/EMP AND RA/DMP FOR DRILLING OPERATION OF 22 NOS. OF

EXPLORATORY WELLS IN NELP IX BLOCK CB-ONN-2010/1, 6 & 9 QUALITY CONTROL

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | JUNE 2015 1


EIA/EMP and RA/DMP for Drilling of 22 nos. of exploratory wells in NELP-IX Block CB-ONN-2010/1, 6 & 9 at Banakantha, Gandhinagar and Ahmedabad Districts of Gujarat © Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’), June 2015

This report is released for the use of the Oil and Natural Gas Corporation Limited, regulators and relevant stakeholders solely as part of the subject project’s Environmental Clearance process. Information provided (unless attributed to referenced third parties) is otherwise copyrighted and shall not be used for any other purpose without the written consent of Kadam.

QUALITY CONTROL

Name of Publication

M/s Oil and Natural Gas Corporation Limited: EIA/EMP and RA/DMP for proposed Exploratory drilling operation in Banaskantha, Gadhinagar and Ahmedabad Districts of

Gujarat

Project Number 1419130205 Report No. 2 Version 1 Released June, 2015

DISCLAIMER

Kadam has taken all reasonable precautions in the preparation of this report as per its auditable quality plan. Kadam also believes that the facts presented in the report are accurate as on the date it was written. However, it is impossible to dismiss absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions. Kadam therefore specifically disclaims

any liability resulting from the use or application of the information contained in this report. The information is not intended to serve as legal advice related to the individual situation.

Cover page from top left

Avenue Plantation along the road side, Cattle Egret and Pond Heron in the Study Area, Zizyphus Plantation, Village Pond


EIA/EMP AND RA/DMP FOR DRILLING OPERATION OF 22 EXPLORATORY WELLS IN NELP IX BLOCK CB-ONN-2010/1, 6

& 9 CONTENT


CONTENTS

1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY .............................................................................. 17

1.1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND .................................................................... 17 1.1.1 About ONGC ................................................................................... 17 1.1.2 About the Blocks and the Proposed Project ............................................... 17 1.1.3 Regulatory Framework ....................................................................... 18 1.1.4 Project Chronology till Date ................................................................. 18

1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................ 19 1.2.1 Location of the Project ....................................................................... 19 1.2.2 The Drilling Process ........................................................................... 19 1.2.3 Workforce Management ...................................................................... 19 1.2.4 Power Requirement ........................................................................... 19 1.2.5 Water Requirement ........................................................................... 19 1.2.6 Waste Water Generation ..................................................................... 20 1.2.7 Air Emissions................................................................................... 20 1.2.8 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management ................................................. 20

1.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .................................................................. 21 1.3.1 Study Area ..................................................................................... 21 1.3.2 Landuse of the Study Area .................................................................. 21 1.3.3 Climatology .................................................................................... 22 1.3.4 Ambient Air .................................................................................... 23 1.3.5 Noise ............................................................................................ 23 1.3.6 Soil .............................................................................................. 23 1.3.7 Ground Water Quality ........................................................................ 24 1.3.8 Surface Water Quality ........................................................................ 24 1.3.9 Biological Environment ....................................................................... 25

1.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT IDENTIFICATION, PREDICTION AND MITIGATION ............. 25 1.4.1 Ambient Air .................................................................................... 25 1.4.2 Noise Environment ............................................................................ 26 1.4.3 Surface Water /Ground water ............................................................... 26 1.4.4 Land ............................................................................................. 27 1.4.5 Soil .............................................................................................. 28 1.4.6 Socio Economic ................................................................................ 28 1.4.7 Flora and Fauna ............................................................................... 28 1.4.8 Occupational Health and risk to surrounding community ............................... 29

1.5 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ................................................................................. 30 1.5.1 Demographic and Socio- Economic Profile ................................................ 30 1.5.2 Hazard Identification and Consequence Assessment .................................... 30 1.5.3 Disaster Management Plan .................................................................. 30 1.5.4 Public Consultation ............................................................................ 31

1.6 PROJECT BENEFITS .................................................................................... 31



& 9 CONTENT


1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP) ......................................................... 31 1.7.1 Environmental Mitigation .................................................................... 32 1.7.2 Environmental Monitoring ................................................................... 32

1.8 CONCLUSIONS ......................................................................................... 32

2 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND ........................................................... 34

2.1 ABOUT OIL AND NATURAL GAS CORPORATION LIMITED............................................... 34 2.2 ABOUT NELP BLOCK CB-ONN-2010/1, 6 & 9 ..................................................... 34 2.3 LOCATION OF PROJECT ................................................................................ 35

2.3.1 Proposed Project .............................................................................. 36 2.3.2 Approach to Site .............................................................................. 37

2.4 STATUTORY PERMISSIONS AND CLEARANCES RECEIVED ............................................... 38 2.5 ABOUT THE EIA REPORT .............................................................................. 38

2.5.1 Regulatory Framework ....................................................................... 38 2.5.2 Purpose of this EIA Report .................................................................. 38 2.5.3 Project Chronology ............................................................................ 38

2.6 OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY ............................................................................. 39 2.7 METHODOLOGY ........................................................................................ 39 2.8 NEED FOR THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY AND REGION ....................... 43

2.8.1 Reserves ........................................................................................ 45 2.8.2 Consumption ................................................................................... 45 2.8.3 Production ...................................................................................... 45 2.8.4 Net Imports .................................................................................... 45 2.8.5 Synopsis of the above Discussion – Importance of the project to the Company .... 45

2.9 SCOPE OF THE STUDY ................................................................................. 45

3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................ 52

3.1 DRILLING OF EXPLORATORY WELLS ................................................................... 52 3.1.1 Overview ....................................................................................... 52 3.1.2 Drilling Site Selection ......................................................................... 53 3.1.3 Site Clearance ................................................................................. 54 3.1.4 Access and Transport ........................................................................ 54 3.1.5 Drilling Site Layout ............................................................................ 54 3.1.6 Drilling and Testing Operation at Well Site ................................................ 58 3.1.7 Workforce Arrangements .................................................................... 60 3.1.8 Power Requirements ......................................................................... 60 3.1.9 Water Requirement ........................................................................... 61 3.1.10 Waste Water Generation ..................................................................... 63 3.1.11 Air Emissions................................................................................... 63 3.1.12 Noise Generation .............................................................................. 63 3.1.13 Waste Management .......................................................................... 63 3.1.14 Safety and Environment ..................................................................... 64 3.1.15 Abandonment of Operations ................................................................ 64



& 9 CONTENT


3.2 COST OF THE PROJECT ................................................................................ 65 3.3 DETAILS OF OIL COLLECTION SYSTEM ................................................................ 65

4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ......................................................... 66

4.1 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................ 66 4.2 METHODOLOGY ........................................................................................ 66

4.2.1 Study Area Included in Environmental Setting ........................................... 66 4.2.2 Primary Data Collection by Environmental Monitoring ................................... 66 4.2.3 Secondary Data Collection ................................................................... 66

4.3 LAND USE ............................................................................................. 66 4.3.1 Classification of Land use and Land Cover ................................................ 66 4.3.2 Study Methodology Adopted ................................................................ 71 4.3.3 Landuse Pattern Studies ..................................................................... 71 4.3.4 Field Survey .................................................................................... 72 4.3.5 Landuse and Landcover Pattern of the Study Area ...................................... 72 4.3.6 Class wise Area Statistics .................................................................... 74 4.3.7 Final Map Preparation ........................................................................ 75 4.3.8 Important Features within the Study Area ................................................ 76

4.4 METEOROLOGY ........................................................................................ 77 4.4.1 Long Term Meteorology ...................................................................... 77 4.4.2 Site Specific Meteorology .................................................................... 79

4.5 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY ................................................................................ 83 4.5.1 Season and Period for Monitoring .......................................................... 83 4.5.2 Selected Sampling Stations .................................................................. 83 4.5.3 Sampling Frequency .......................................................................... 84 4.5.4 Parameters Monitored and Methods Used ................................................. 85 4.5.5 Result of Ambient Air Monitoring ........................................................... 86

4.6 NOISE AND VIBRATION ................................................................................ 90 4.6.1 Noise Sampling and Analysis Methodology ................................................ 90 4.6.2 Noise Level Sampling Locations ............................................................. 90 4.6.3 Noise Level Results ........................................................................... 92 4.6.4 Vibration ........................................................................................ 93

4.7 GEOLOGY .............................................................................................. 93 4.7.1 Geology of Block CB-ONN-2010/1 (Banaskantha District) .............................. 93 4.7.2 Geology of Block CB-ONN-2010/6, 9 (Gandhinagar and Ahmedabad District) ....... 94

4.8 SOIL ................................................................................................... 95 4.8.1 Soil Sampling Locations ...................................................................... 95 4.8.2 Sampling and Analysis Methodology ....................................................... 97 4.8.3 Quality of Soil ................................................................................. 101

4.9 HYDROLOGY AND GROUND WATER ................................................................... 102 4.9.1 Hydrology ..................................................................................... 102

4.10 ECOLOGY AND BIO-DIVERSITY .................................................................... 117 4.10.1 Study Area .................................................................................... 117



& 9 CONTENT


4.10.2 Survey Methodology ......................................................................... 118 4.10.3 Baseline Status of Bio diversity ............................................................ 118

4.11 SOCIO-ECONOMICS ................................................................................ 138 4.11.1 Methodology .................................................................................. 138 4.11.2 Population Distribution ...................................................................... 138 4.11.3 Social Profile .................................................................................. 150 4.11.4 Literacy and Education in the Study Area ................................................ 151 4.11.5 Health Facilities in the Study Area ......................................................... 151 4.11.6 Rural Water Supply in the Study Area .................................................... 152 4.11.7 Social Welfare ................................................................................ 152 4.11.8 Economic Profile ............................................................................. 152 4.11.9 Livehood Status .............................................................................. 153 4.11.10 Infrastructure .............................................................................. 154 4.11.11 Cultural Profile ............................................................................. 155 4.11.12 Lifestyle of the Study Area ............................................................... 155

5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ....... 156

5.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................... 156 5.2 IMPACT ASSESSMENT METHODOLOGY ................................................................ 156

5.2.1 Key Definitions ............................................................................... 156 5.2.2 Identification of Impacts .................................................................... 157 5.2.3 Component Wise Environment Risk Assessment and Mitigation ...................... 157

5.3 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTING ACTIVITIES FOR THE PROPOSED PROJECT ........................... 166 5.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................... 173

5.4.1 Diesel Engines / Generators Sets .......................................................... 173 5.4.2 Fugitive Emissions ........................................................................... 174 5.4.3 Flaring ......................................................................................... 174 5.4.4 Emission from Vehicle /Machinery ......................................................... 175 5.4.5 Blowouts ...................................................................................... 175 5.4.6 Mitigation Measures ......................................................................... 175

5.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................ 177 5.5.1 Noise from drilling rig ....................................................................... 177 5.5.2 Noise from Machinery/ Equipment ........................................................ 177 5.5.3 Noise from vehicle / traffic ................................................................. 177 5.5.4 Assessment of noise levels using Sound Plan ............................................ 177 5.5.5 Consideration during the analysis ......................................................... 178 5.5.6 Observations .................................................................................. 181 5.5.7 Mitigation Measures ......................................................................... 182

5.6 HYDROLOGY .......................................................................................... 185 5.6.1 Impact on water resources ................................................................. 185 5.6.2 Impact on Water Quality .................................................................... 185 5.6.3 Mitigation Measures ......................................................................... 185

5.7 GROUND WATER ..................................................................................... 186



& 9 CONTENT


5.7.1 Effect on Ground water regime ............................................................ 186 5.7.2 Contamination of Subsurface Groundwater .............................................. 186 5.7.3 Impact on Resources ........................................................................ 187 5.7.4 Mitigation Measure ........................................................................... 187

5.8 LAND ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................. 188 5.8.1 Land Acquisition leading to change in land use ......................................... 188 5.8.2 Impact on land Environment during Site preparation .................................. 188 5.8.3 During Drilling Operation ................................................................... 189 5.8.4 Mitigation Measures ......................................................................... 189

5.9 SOIL QUALITY ........................................................................................ 190 5.9.1 Topsoil Contamination ....................................................................... 190 5.9.2 Compaction of Soil ........................................................................... 190 5.9.3 Soil Contamination ........................................................................... 191 5.9.4 Mitigation Measures ......................................................................... 191

5.10 SOCIO- ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT ................................................................ 193 5.10.1 Mitigation Measures ......................................................................... 193

5.11 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY ...................................................................... 195 5.11.1 Determination of Ecological Components Likely Impacted ............................. 195 5.11.2 Likely Impacts on Ecological Components ................................................ 195 5.11.3 Quantification of Impacts ................................................................... 196

5.12 MITIGATION MEASURES ........................................................................... 198 5.13 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND RISK TO SURROUNDING COMMUNITY ............................... 198

5.13.1 Risk and Hazards ............................................................................. 198 5.13.2 Hazard Identification ........................................................................ 199 5.13.3 Event Classification and Modes of Failure ................................................ 199 5.13.4 MCLS Selected for Consequence Assessment ............................................ 200 5.13.5 Consequence Analysis ....................................................................... 202 5.13.6 Consequence of Containment Failure and Release of Material into Environment ... 203 5.13.7 Release of HSD ............................................................................... 203 5.13.8 Safety Consideration while Installation of Drilling Site Facilities ...................... 206 5.13.9 Mitigation Measures ......................................................................... 207

5.14 LAND SUBSIDENCE DUE TO EXPLORATION OF OIL & GAS ......................................... 208

6 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES .................................................................. 210

6.1 ALTERNATIVE DRILLING LOCATIONS ................................................................. 210 6.2 ALTERNATIVE DRILLING TECHNOLOGIES ............................................................. 210 6.3 ALTERNATIVE TREATMENT OPTIONS ................................................................. 210

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ............................................................................ 211

7.1 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................................................... 211 7.1.1 Disaster management Plan: Structure .................................................... 211 7.1.2 Policy .......................................................................................... 211 7.1.3 Planning ....................................................................................... 211



& 9 CONTENT


7.1.4 Implementation .............................................................................. 212 7.1.5 Setting up of Emergency Infrastructure .................................................. 215 7.1.6 Awareness, Training and Competence .................................................... 218 7.1.7 Communication ............................................................................... 218 7.1.8 Emergency Documentation and Document Control ..................................... 221 7.1.9 Emergency Control .......................................................................... 222 7.1.10 Checking and Corrective Actions ........................................................... 223 7.1.11 Review of emergency Performance ....................................................... 224 7.1.12 Annexure to DMP ............................................................................ 224 7.1.13 Content of Annexure ........................................................................ 224

7.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION .............................................................................. 225

8 PROJECT BENEFITS ................................................................................ 228

9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN ........................... 229

9.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................... 229 9.1.1 Purpose of the Environmental Management Plan ....................................... 229 9.1.2 Role of ONGC and its Contractor .......................................................... 229 9.1.3 Post project Environmental Monitoring Plan ............................................. 230

9.2 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN .......................................................................... 236 9.2.1 Objectives ..................................................................................... 236 9.2.2 Classification of Waste ...................................................................... 236 9.2.3 Disposal Options ............................................................................. 236 9.2.4 Labeling of Waste ............................................................................ 237 9.2.5 Waste Reduction ............................................................................. 237 9.2.6 Special Concern .............................................................................. 237

9.3 SITE RESTORATION PLAN ............................................................................ 237 9.4 ECOLOGY MANAGEMENT .............................................................................. 238

9.4.1 Restoration of Site (Post project plantation with in 110 m2) ........................... 238 9.4.2 Plantation outside Impact Zone (Post project plantation within 1 km.) .............. 238 9.4.3 Plantation and Monitoring .................................................................. 239 9.4.4 Conservation of wildlife Species ........................................................... 239

9.5 SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .......................................................................... 239 9.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SURVEILLANCE PROGRAMME ................................................ 246

9.6.1 Health Hazard Identification ................................................................ 247 9.6.2 Health Hazard Control ....................................................................... 247 9.6.3 Health Care ................................................................................... 247 9.6.4 Responsibility ................................................................................. 248

9.7 BLOW OUT PREVENTION AND OIL SPILL CONTINGENCY PLAN ........................................ 248 9.7.1 Blow Out ...................................................................................... 248 9.7.2 Oil Spillage .................................................................................... 250 9.7.3 Notification to the Authorities .............................................................. 252 9.7.4 Identification and Compliance with Legislative Requirements ......................... 252



& 9 CONTENT


9.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME ......................................................... 254 9.9 PROJECT EXPENDITURE ON ENVIRONMENTAL MATTER ................................................ 258

10 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS .............................................................. 259

10.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT .............................................................. 259 10.2 CONCLUSION ...................................................................................... 260

11 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ............................................................ 261

11.1 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY RENDERED BY KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS 261 11.2 EIA TEAM MEMBERS .............................................................................. 262



& 9 CONTENT


LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1: Area Statistics of Land Use/ Land Cover in the Study Area of Block CB-ONN-2010/1 ......... 21



Table 2-1: Latitude and Longitude of different Mining Leases ......................................................... 35

Table 2-2: Nearest village from proposed wells in block CB-ONN-20010/1 in Banaskantha ................ 36

Table 2-3: Nearest village from proposed wells in block CB-ONN-20010/6 in Gandhinagar ................ 37

Table 2-4: Nearest village from proposed wells in block CB-ONN-20010/9 in Ahmedabad ................. 37

Table 2-5: Methods Used for Impact Identification and Prediction ................................................... 42

Table 2-6: Petroleum Goods – Reserves, Consumption, Production and Imports .............................. 44

Table 2-7: Compliance Statement of Terms of Reference ............................................................... 46

Table 3-1: Chemical Used for Water Based Mud Preparation .......................................................... 58

Table 3-2: Water Requirement ..................................................................................................... 61

Table 3-3: Cost of Project ............................................................................................................ 65

Table 4-1: Synopsis of Land Use / Landcover Classification used for the Project............................... 71

Table 4-2: Area Statistic for Land use / Landcover in the Study Area CB-ONN-2010/1 ...................... 74



Table 4-5: Important Feature within the Study Area ...................................................................... 76

Table 4-6: Predominant Wind Direction IMD Ahmedabad (1961 – 1990) ......................................... 78

Table 4-7: Average Meteorological Condition at IMD Ahmedabad (1961 – 1990 ) ............................. 79

Table 4-8: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological data ............................................................. 79

Table 4-9: Mean Meteorological Data for Post monsoon season 2014 .............................................. 80

Table 4-10: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location Details ........................................................... 83

Table 4-11: Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring ....................................................................... 85

Table 4-12: Ambient Air Monitoring Results ................................................................................... 86

Table 4-13: Monitoring Methodology of noise ................................................................................ 90

Table 4-14: Noise Level Sampling Locations .................................................................................. 91

Table 4-15: Noise Level Readings ................................................................................................. 92

Table 4-16: Geology of Block CB-oNN-2010/1 ............................................................................... 94

Table 4-17: Geology of Blocks in Ahmedabad and Gandhinagar District ........................................... 94



& 9 CONTENT


Table 4-18: Surface Soil Sampling Locations ................................................................................. 95

Table 4-19: Methodology of Soil Sample Monitoring ....................................................................... 97

Table 4-20: Soil Analysis Results .................................................................................................. 98



Table 4-23: Analysis Methodology of Ground Water ..................................................................... 103

Table 4-24: Ground Water Quality Sampling Locations ................................................................. 103

Table 4-25: Analysis Results of Ground Water Samples in Block CB-ONN-2010/1 ........................... 105

Table 4-26: Analysis Results of Ground Water Samples in Block CB-ONN-2010/6 ........................... 108

Table 4-27: Analysis Results of Ground Water Samples Block CB-ONN-2010/9 ............................... 111

Table 4-28: Surface Water Sampling Locations (Pond & canal) ..................................................... 114

Table 4-29: Analysis Results of Surface Water Samples ................................................................ 115

Table 4-30: Analysis Results of Surface Water Samples ................................................................ 116

Table 4-31: Floral species reported in core Zone CB-ONN-2010/1 ................................................. 119

Table 4-32: List of Floral species observed in the Study Area of CB-ONN-2010/6 ........................... 120

Table 4-33: List of Floral Species observed in core zone in Block CB-ONN-2010/9 .......................... 121

Table 4-34: List of Floral Species observed in Buffer zone in Block CB-ONN-2010/1........................ 122



Table 4-37: List of Fauna in the Core Zone of CB-ONN-2010/1 ..................................................... 128

Table 4-38: List of Fauna in the Core Zone of Block CB-ONN-2010/6............................................. 130

Table 4-39: List of Fauna in Core Zone of CB-ONN-2010/9 ........................................................... 132

Table 4-40: List of Fauna in Buffer Zone of CB-ONN-2010/1 ......................................................... 133

Table 4-41: List of Fauna in Buffer Zone of CB-ONN-2010/6 ............................................. 135

Table 4-42: List of Fauna in Buffer Zone of CB-ONN-2010/9 ............................................. 136

Table 4-43: List of Villages Population and Dwelling Units in the Study Area .................................. 138

Table 4-44: Population and Households in the Study Area ............................................................ 150

Table 4-45: Schedule Caste and Schedule Tribe Population Distribution in the Study area .............. 150

Table 4-46: Detail of Literacy ..................................................................................................... 151

Table 4-47: Number of Villages having Educational Facilities in the Study Area .............................. 151

Table 4-48: Number of Villages having Health Facilities in the study Area ...................................... 151

Table 4-49: Number of Villages having Drinking Water Facilities in the Study Area ......................... 152



& 9 CONTENT


Table 4-50: Occupational pattern Within the Study Area .............................................................. 153

Table 4-51: Number of villages having Basic Infrastructure within the Study Area .......................... 154

Table 4-52: Number of Villages having Communication Facilities within the Study Area .................. 154

Table 5-1: Impact Scoring System – Consequence Assessment .................................................... 159

Table 5-2: Probability of Occurrence ........................................................................................... 165

Table 5-3: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria .................................................................. 165

Table 5-4: Environmental Risk Categorization .............................................................................. 166

Table 5-5: Aspect – Impact Identification .................................................................................... 167

Table 5-6: Impact Scoring of Air Environment ............................................................................. 176

Table 5-7: Sources of noise with their sound pressure levels ........................................................ 178

Table 5-8: Noise level at receptor locations for Single well location ............................................... 181

Table 5-9: Mitigition Measures ................................................................................................... 182

Table 5-10: Impact Scoring of Noise ........................................................................................... 184

Table 5-11: Impact Scoring of Surface water .............................................................................. 186

Table 5-12: Impact scoring Ground water ................................................................................... 187

Table 5-13: Impact Scoring Land ............................................................................................... 190

Table 5-14: Impact scoring of soil .............................................................................................. 192

Table 5-15: Impact scoring of socio economic ............................................................................. 194

Table 5-16: Determination of Impacting Ecological Components ................................................... 195

Table 5-17: Aspect – Impact Identification .................................................................................. 195

Table 5-18: Impact Scoring........................................................................................................ 197

Table 5-19: Likely Impacts and Mitigation Measures .................................................................... 198

Table 5-20: Key Plant Equipment with Quantities, Material Contained & Operating Conditions ........ 199

Table 5-21: Event Classification .................................................................................................. 200

Table 5-22: Event Classification .................................................................................................. 201

Table 5-23: Damage due to Radiation Intensity ........................................................................... 202

Table 5-24: Damage due to Overpressure ................................................................................... 202

Table 5-25: Radiation Level and Effect Distance Due to release of HSD ......................................... 203

Table 5-26: Impact Scoring of Occupational Health, Community Health & Safety ........................... 207

Table 7-1: Issues raised During Public Hearing – Gandhinagar District .......................................... 226

Table 7-2: Issues raised During Public Hearing – Banaskantha District .......................................... 227

Table 7-3: Issues raised During Public Hearing – Ahmedabad District ........................................... 227



& 9 CONTENT


Table 9-1: Environmental Management Plan ............................................................................... 231

Table 9-2: Suggested Plantation and Budgetary Allocation ........................................................... 238

Table 9-3: List of Stake holder meeting (Community Consultation) ............................................... 240

Table 9-4: Social Management Plan ........................................................................................... 242

Table 9-5: CSR Budget for Fie years in Indian Ruppees ................................................................ 245

Table 9-6: Summary of Proposed health Surveillance Programme ................................................. 248

Table 9-7: Key Environmental Legislation .................................................................................... 252

Table 9-8: Applicable EHS Regulatory Requirements – Drilling Activities ........................................ 253

Table 9-9: Environmental Monitoring Plan ................................................................................... 255

Table 9-10: Expenditure on Environmental Matters ...................................................................... 258

Table 10-1: Salient Features of the Proposed Project ................................................................... 259

Table 11-1: EIA Team Members ................................................................................................. 262



& 9 CONTENT


LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 3-1: Well Profile with Three Casing Policy ........................................................................... 53

Figure 3-2: Well Profile with Two Casing Policy .............................................................................. 53

Figure 3-3: Typical Layout of Drilling Site ...................................................................................... 57

Figure 3-4: Drilling Fluid Circulation System .................................................................................. 60

Figure 3-5: Water Balance Diagram .............................................................................................. 62

Figure 4-1: Wind Rose Diagram ................................................................................................... 82

Figure 5-1: Iso pleths generated during day time for in Block CB-ONN-2010/1 ............................... 178

Figure 5-2: Isopleths generated during night time in block CB-ONN-2010/1 ................................... 179

Figure 5-3: Isopleths during day time in block CB-ONN-2010/6 .................................................... 179

Figure 5-4: Isopleths During night time in Block CB-ONN-2010/6 .................................................. 180

Figure 5-5: Isopleths during day time in Block CB-ONN-2010/9 .................................................... 180

Figure 5-6: Isopleths during night time in Block CB-ONN-2010/9 ................................................. 181

Figure 5-7: Risk Contours for Jet Fire Due to 10 mm Equivalent Diameter Leak in HSD tank at Weather Condition 1.8/B ......................................................................................................................... 204

Figure 5-8: Risk Contours for Late Pool Fire Due to 10 mm Equivalent Diameter Leak in HSD tank at Weather Condition 1.8/B ........................................................................................................... 205

Figure 5-9: Risk Contours for Jet Fire Due to 25 mm Equivalent Diameter Leak in HSD tank at Weather Condition 4.0/D ........................................................................................................................ 205

Figure 5-10: Risk Contours for Late Pool Fire Due to 25 mm Equivalent Diameter Leak in HSD tank at Weather Condition 4.0/D ........................................................................................................... 206

Figure 9-1: Medical Camps organized by ONGC ........................................................................... 246



& 9 CONTENT


LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS

Photographs 4-1: Photographs of Various Land uses of Study Area ................................................. 75

Photographs 4-2: Photographs of AAQ Sampling Stations ............................................................... 84

Photographs 4-3: Photographs of Noise Level Sampling Locations .................................................. 91

Photographs 4-4: Photographs of Soil Sampling Locations .............................................................. 96

Photographs 4-5: Photographs of Ground Water and Surface water Sampling Locations ................. 117

Photographs 4-6: Photographs of Method of Data Collection in the Study Area .............................. 138

Photographs 4-7: Photographs of Animal Husbandry in the Study Area ......................................... 153



& 9 CONTENT


LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: ToR Letter ............................................................................................................. 263

Annexure 2: Long Term Meteorological Data {Climatological Tables (1961 – 1990)} – IMD Ahmedabad ............................................................................................................................................... 267

Annexure 3: National Ambient Air Quality Standards .................................................................... 269

Annexure 4: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results .................................................................... 270

Annexure 5: Dispersion Modeling Results for Diesel Engines and D.G Sets ..................................... 290

Annexure 6: Annexure for DMP .................................................................................................. 301

Annexure 7: Certificate of Kadam Environmental Consultants from QCI / NABET ........................... 310

Annexure 8: CGWA Categorization of Talukas in Gujarat .............................................................. 311

Annexure 9: TSDF Membership Certificates ................................................................................. 312

Annexure 10: ONGC Periodic Medical Examination Policy ............................................................. 314

Annexure 11: Corporate Environmental Policy of ONGC................................................................ 315



& 9 CONTENT


LIST OF MAPS

Map 1.1: Location Map

Map 3.1: Well Location Map

Map 3.2: Satelite Image

Map 4.1: Land use Map of the Study Area

Map 4.2: Sampling Location Map



& 9 CONTENT


LIST OF PERSONS AND INSTITUTIONS MET

1. Shankar Bhai V Patel, Madka, Sarpanch 2. Shankar Bhai H Prajapati, Charda, Sarpanch 3. Dani Ben Pura Bhai Patel, Dodgam, Sarpanch 4. Mera Ben V Patel, Tirthgam, Sarpanch 5. Jaga Bhai Hiraji Chaudhary, Rampura, Sarpanch 6. Karsan Bhai, Golvo & Golvi, Sarpanch 7. Waghela Mafat Sinh Vasanji, Paldi Methi, Sarpanch 8. Khem Bhai Prabhuji Bhai Mali, Sardarpura, Sarpanch 9. Babba Bhai Yama Bhai Thakur, Ravel (Nava & Juna), Sarpanch 10. Sandeep Sinh Rajput, Dhendhu, Sarpanch 11. Chandrika Ben Rajesh Bhai Patel, Nardipur, Sarpanch 12. Acharya Shri Krishna Ben Patel, Nardipur, Teacher 13. Acharya Shri G. Prajapati, Sardarpura, Principal 14. Acharya S. J. Parmar, Dodgam, Teacher 15. Acharya Pravin D. Joshi, Tirthgam, Teacher 16. Acharya Ashok Kumar Vala Bhai Nai, Rampura, Teacher 17. B. M. Nayak, Nardipur, Talati 18. Tara Ben A. Valmiki, Vagosana, Sarpanch 19. Mulji Bhai S. Parmar, Deriyana, Sarpanch 20. Gita Ben K. Rathod, Vadhiyavas, Sarpanch 21. Harshad Bhai P. Darbar,Dhendhu, Computer Operator 22. Ganesh Bhai Jetha Bhai Rabari,Vajapur (Juna), Sarpanch 23. Mansukh Bhai Chauhan, Dhima, Computer Operator 24. Anand Bhai Tala Bhai Patel, Bhankhod, Deputy Sarpanch 25. Mamta Ben D. Vaghela, Nava, Sarpanch



& 9 ABBREVIATIONS


ABBREVIATIONS

BCM : Billion Cubic Meter BLEVE : Boiling Liquid Evaporating Vapour Explosion BOD : Biological Oxygen Demand BOE : Barrel of Oil Equivalent BOP : Blow-out Preventer

CAGR : Compounded Annual Growth Rate CC&A : Common Consent and Authorization (Consent to Operate (for water and air

emissions) and Authorization (for management of hazardous wastes)) CGWA : Central Ground Water Authority COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board DG : Diesel Generator

DGH : Directorate General of Hydrocarbons DMP : Disaster Management Plan EC : Environmental Clearance

ECC : Emergency Control Centre EHS : Environmental Health and Safety EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment EMP : Environmental Management Plan FAE : Functional Area Expert

FMECA : Failure Mode Effect and Criticality Analysis GGS : Group Gathering Stations GIDC : Gujarat Industrial Development Corporation GLC : Ground Level Concentration GoI : Government of India

GPCB : Gujarat Pollution Control Board HAZOP : Hazard and Operability Study HDPE : High Density Polyethylene HSD : High Speed Diesel HSE : Health and Safety Executive IMD : Indian Meteorological Department

ISCST-3 : Industrial Source Complex Short Term-3 INR : Indian Rupees KEC : Kadam Environmental Consultants KLD : Kilo Liter per Day LECC : Local Emergency Coordination Team MCLS : Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios MoEF : Ministry of Environment and Forest MSDS : Material Safety Data Sheet MSIHC : Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical

MT : Metric Tonnes



& 9 ABBREVIATIONS


NABET : National Accreditation Board for Education and Training NDT : Non Destructive Testing

NMHC : Non Methanated Hydrocarbons NOC : No-Object Certificates (Consent to Establish) NOx : Nitrogen Oxides OOIP : original oil in-place ONGC : Oil and Natural Gas Corporation Limited OMR : Oil Mines Regulation PDCR : Plan, Do, Check and Review PEL : Petroleum Exploration License PM : Particulate Matter PPE : Personal Protection Equipment PSC : Production Sharing Contract SAR : Sodium Absorption Ratio SO2 : Sulphur Dioxide TDS : Total Dissolved Solids TSDF : Treatment, Storage, and Disposal Facility

USEPA : United States Environment Protection Agency VOCs : Volatile Organic Compounds



& 9 GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED


GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED

ABANDONED WELL: A dry hole in which no producible oil or gas was present, or a well that has stopped producing. Abandoned wells must be plugged to prevent seepage of oil, gas, or water from one formation to another.

ACCIDENT: An accident may be defined as ’an undesirable and unplanned event with or without or major or minor damage consequence to life and/or property.’

ACTIVE WELL: A well in mechanical condition for production or service use (i.e., in active production or service use).

API: It is the short form of American Petroleum Institute. It is the oil industry’s trade organization. API’s research and engineering work provides a basis for establishing operating and safety standard issues; specifications for the manufacturing of oil field equipment; and furnishes statistical and other information to related agencies.

ASSOCIATED GAS: Gas combined with oil or dissolved in crude oil. Known also as cap gas and solution gas, it provides the drive mechanism needed to force oil to the surface of a well. Associated gas is normally present in an oil reservoir in the early stages of production.

BARREL: The standard unit of measure of liquids in the petroleum industry. It is equivalent to 42 U.S. standard gallons or 159 litrs of oil.

BARREL OF OIL EQUIVALENT (BOE): The amount of energy resource that is equal to one barrel of oil on an energy basis. The conversion is based on the assumption that one barrel of oil produces the same amount of energy when burned as 5,620 cubic feet of natural gas.

BASIN: A depression of the earth’s surface into which sediments are deposited, usually characterized by sediment accumulation over a long interval; a broad area of the earth beneath which layers of rock are inclined, usually from the sides toward the center.

BED: A layer of rock, usually sediments, which is homogeneous (the same) in composition. One bed is separated from another by a bedding plane.

BID: An offer for an lease submitted by a potential lessee in the form of a cash bonus dollar amount or other commitments as specified in the final notice of sale.

BLEVE: (BOILING LIQUID EXPANDING VAPOUR EXPLOSION): This is a type of explosion that can occur when a vessel containing a pressurized liquid is ruptured. Such explosions can be extremely hazardous.

BLOWOUT: An uncontrolled flow of gas, oil, or other fluids from a well to the atmosphere. A well may blow out when formation pressure exceeds the pressure overburden of a column of drilling fluid.

BLOWOUT PREVENTER: A special assembly of heavy-duty valves, commonly called the BOP stack, installed on top of a well which can be closed to prevent high-pressure oil or gas from escaping (a blowout) from the well hole during drilling operations.

BOREHOLE: The hole in the earth made by the drill; the uncased drill hole from the surface to the bottom of the well.





CASING: Steel pipe used in oil wells to seal off fluids in the rocks from the bore hole and to prevent the walls of the hole from caving.

CASING HEAD: The top of the casing set in a well; the part of the casing that protrudes above the surface and to which the control valves and flow pipes are attached.

CASING HEAD GAS: Gas produced from an oil well as distinguished from gas from a gas well. The casing head gas is taken off at the top of the well or at the separator.

COMMERCIAL WELL: A well of sufficient net production that it could be expected to pay out in a reasonable time and yield a profit from the operation.

COMPLETED WELL: A well that has been mechanically completed for production or service use. There may be more than one completed zone in the well.

CONDENSATE: A natural gas with a low vapor pressure compared with natural gasoline and liquefied petroleum gas. It is produced from a deep well where the temperature and pressure are high. Gas condenses as it rises up the well bore and reaches the surface as condensate. Similarly, condensate separates out naturally in pipelines or in a separation plant by the normal process of condensation.

DEVELOPMENT: Activities following exploration including the installation of facilities and the drilling and completion of wells for production purposes.

DIRECTIONAL DRILLING: The technique of drilling at an angle from the vertical by deflecting the drill bit. Directional wells are drilled to develop an offshore lease from one drilling platform; to reach a pay zone where drilling cannot be done, such as beneath a shipping lane.

DISASTER: Is a catastrophic consequence of a major emergency/accident that leads to, not only extensive damage to life and property but also disrupts all normal human activity for a long time and requires a major national and international effort for rescue and rehabilitation of those affected.

DISCOVERY: A find of significant quantity of gas or oil.

DRILL CUTTINGS: Chips and small fragments of drilled rock that are brought to the surface by the flow of the drilling mud as it is circulated.

DRILL PIPE: Heavy, thick walled, hollow steel pipe used in rotary drilling to turn the drill bit and to provide a conduit for the drilling mud.

DRILLING CONTRACTOR: A person or company whose business is drilling wells. Wells are drilled on several contract specifications: per foot, day rate, or turnkey (that is, upon completion). Most major oil companies do not own drilling rigs. Exploration and development drilling is contracted. Personnel manning the rigs work for the contractor.

DRILLING MUD: A special mixture of clay, water, or refined oil, and chemical additives pumped down through the drill pipe and drill bit. The mud cools the rapidly rotating bit; lubricates the drill pipe as it turns in the well bore; carries rock cuttings to the surface; serves as a plaster to prevent the wall of the borehole from crumbling or collapsing; and provides the weight or hydrostatic head to prevent extraneous fluids from entering the well bore and to control down hole pressures that may be encountered.

DRY HOLE: A well drilled to a certain depth without finding commercially exploitable hydrocarbons.





DRY GAS: Natural gas from the well that is free of liquid hydrocarbons; gas that has been treated to remove all liquids; pipeline gas.

EMERGENCY: Is a situation of process deviation that if uncontrolled may lead to a major accident/disaster with potential short term and/or long term risk damage consequence to life and property in and/or around the facility.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT: A statement required under the Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 or similar regulations by other bodies in relation to any action significantly affecting the environment, including certain exploration and drilling activities.

EXPLORATION: The process of searching for minerals preliminary to development. Exploration activities include (1) geophysical surveys, (2) drilling to locate an oil or gas reservoir, and (3) the drilling of additional wells after a discovery to delineate a reservoir. It enables the lessee to determine whether to proceed with development and production.

EXPLOSION: An explosion is a sudden increase in volume and release of energy in an extreme manner, usually with the generation of high temperatures and the release of gases.

FIELD: A geographical area in which one or more oil or gas wells produce. A field may refer to surface area only or to underground productive formation. A single field may include several reservoirs separated either horizontally or vertically.

FIREBALL: The burning of a flammable gas cloud on being immediately ignited at the edge before forming a flammable/explosive mixture.

FLAMMABLE LIMIT: Flammable limits refer to the conditions under which a mixture of a flammable material and air may catch fire or explode. When vapour s of a flammable or combustible liquid are mixed with air in the proper proportions in the presence of a source of ignition, rapid combustion or an explosion can occur. The proper proportion is called the flammable range and is also often referred to as the explosive range. The flammable range includes all concentrations of flammable vapour or gas in air, in which a flash will occur or a flame will travel if the mixture is ignited.

FLASH FIRE: A flammable gas release getting ignited at the farthest edge resulting in flash-back fire.Gas Lost: Natural gas which is flared or vented (i.e., natural gas not retained in the production system for sale or use).

HAZARD: Is the potential of an Accident.

INCIDENT: Is an emergent situation of any critical deviation in the process control or otherwise that may lead to a major accident/potential emergency and disaster.Lease: A legal document executed between a landowner (as lessor) and a company or individual (as lessee) that conveys the right to exploit the premises for minerals or other products for a specified period of time over a given area.

INJURY ZONE: Zone of injury in any hazardous event.

MAJOR ACCIDENT HAZARD (MAH) INDUSTRY: If the quantity of any chemical as listed in MSIHC Rules’ Schedule-2 or Schedule-3 is equal to or greater than the Threshold Quantity given therein.

MAJOR ACCIDENT: Loss of life or 10 or more injuries on-site or 1 or more injuries off-site (as defined in MSIHC Rules).

OIL LOST: Oil that is spilled or burned (i.e., oil not retained in the production system for sale).





OPERATOR: The individual, partnership, firm, or corporation having control or management of operations on a leased area or a portion thereof. The operator may be a lessee, designated agent of the lessee, holder of rights under an approved operation agreement, or an agent of an operating rights holder.

PLUGGED AND ABANDONED: Wells in which casings have been removed, and the well bore sealed with mechanical or cement plugs.

PLUMES: Plumes are continuous release of hazardous gases and vapours. Smoke from a chimney is an example. Plumes can cause FIRES AND EXPLOSIONS as secondary scenarios, in case the gases are flammable & ignition occurs.

PRODUCIBLE LEASE: A lease where one well or several wells have discovered hydrocarbons in paying quantities, but for which there is no production during the reporting period.

PRODUCIBLE ZONE COMPLETION: The interval in a well bore that has been mechanically prepared to produce oil, gas or sulphur. There can be more than one zone completed for production in a well bore.

PRODUCING LEASE: A lease that is producing oil, gas, or sulphur in quantities sufficient to generate royalties.

PRODUCTION: The phase of oil and gas operations involved with well fluids extraction, separation, treatment, measurement, etc.

PROVEN RESERVES (SOCIETY OF PETROLEUM ENGINEERS): Reserves that can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be recovered under current economic conditions. Current economic conditions include processing costs prevailing at the time of the estimate. Proved reserves must either have facilities that are operational at the time of the estimate to process and transport those reserves to market, or a commitment of reasonable expectation to install such facilities in the future. Proved reserves can be subdivided into undeveloped and developed Reserves.

PUFFS: Puffs are instantaneous release of hazardous gases and vapours. Puffs can give rise to FIRE BALLS and vapour cloud explosions (VCE). A special case of vapour cloud explosion is the Boiling Liquid Evaporating Vapour Explosion (BLEVE).

RENT: Periodic payments made by the holder of a lease, during the primary lease term for the right to use the land or resources for purposes established in the lease.

ROYALTY: Payment, in value (money) or in kind, of a stated proportionate interest in production from mineral deposits by the lessees to the Government.

SALES VALUE: The proceeds received for the sale of the mineral.

SERVICE ZONE COMPLETION: The interval in a well bore that has been mechanically prepared for service use, usually water or gas injection to stimulate production from other wells or for water or other waste disposal.

SESMIC SURVEY: The seismic survey is one form of geophysical survey that aims at measuring the earth’s (geo-) properties by means of physical (-physics) principles such as magnetic, electric, gravitational, thermal, and elastic theories





SPILLS: Spills are liquid pools created by leaking liquid chemicals. Spills may cause evaporation and dispersal of toxic gases and if the spilled liquid is flammable, then it can catch fire creating a pool fire, or the vapour can cause explosion.

SUSPENDED WELL: A well on which operations have been discontinued. The usual context is an uncompleted well in which operations ceased during drilling but which has not been plugged and abandoned permanently.

UPPER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT (UEL)/ UPPER FLAMMABILE LIMIT (UFL): Upper flammable limit (UEL) or the upper explosive limit is the maximum concentration of vapour or gas in air above which propagation of flame does not occur on contact with a source of ignition. The mixture is said to be too rich.

LOWER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT (LEL)/ LOWER FLAMMABILE LIMIT (LFL): Lower flammable limit (LEL) or the lower explosive limit is the minimum concentration of vapour or gas in air below which propagation of flame does not occur on contact with a source of ignition. The mixture is said to be too lean.

VCE: (VAPOUR CLOUD EXPLOSION); Explosion resulting from vapour clouds formed from flashing liquids or non-flashing liquids and gases. Sometimes also referred to as unconfined vapour cloud explosion.

VULNERABILITY ZONE: Zone of Exposure leading to Fatality or recoverable injury in any hazardous event.

WELL: A hole drilled or bored into the earth, usually cased with metal pipe, for the production of gas or oil. A hole for the injection under pressure of water or gas into a subsurface rock formation.



& 9 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY


1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This executive summary follows the general arrangement of topics as required by the EIA Notification dated September 14, 2006 and is for the subject study, namely EIA / EMP and RA/DMP for proposed exploratory drilling operations in NELP IX Blocks.

1.1 Introduction and Background

1.1.1 About ONGC

Founded on August 14, 1956, Oil and Natural Gas Corporation Limited (ONGC) is the largest Indian public sector company. It is also the second largest Indian company in terms of net profit and the third largest Indian company by market capitalization. It has been ranked at 424th position as per Fortune Global 500 - 2014 list, based on revenues. ONGC has been conferred the Maharatna1 status by the Central Government.

ONGC is engaged in hydrocarbon exploration and production activities. Major functions of ONGC are to plan, promote, organize and implement programs for development of petroleum resources and the production and sale of petroleum and its products. It is involved in exploring and exploiting hydrocarbons in about 26 sedimentary basins of India. ONGC produces crude oil which is 80% of India’s crude oil production. It owns and operates more than 11,000 kilometers of pipelines in India. The most important contribution of ONGC, however, is its self-reliance and development of core competence in exploration and production activities at a globally competitive level.

1.1.2 About the Blocks and the Proposed Project

Blocks CB-ONN-2010/1, 6 & 9 are awarded in March, 2012 to ONGC with 100% participation interest under NELP-IX bidding round. Petroleum exploratory license to start the activities as per PSC has been granted in February, 2013. Initial contract period is 07 years consisting of Initial Exploration Period and subsequent Exploration Period. In support of the long term hydrocarbon exploration program, ONGC proposed to drill exploratory wells in the said NELP-IX Blocks as per production sharing contract signed with Govt. of India.

NELP-IX Block CB-ONN-2010/1 is located in Tharad sub block of northern most Sanchor-Patan Tectonic block of Cambay Basin. The block is bounded by Banas fault in south and Sanchor fault in north.Geochemical studies of well Wara-1 and Sampra-2 which were drilled earlier by ONGC, indicated the organic carbon percentage ranging from 1.2 to 2.7 and evaluation of source sediments shows

1

1 The Maharatna status gives a public sector enterprise the financial and managerial autonomy to invest up to INR 5,000 crores in a new venture without seeking government approval. Only a handful of public sector companies have been conferred the Maharatna status.





Olpad and Cambay shale formation of Sanchor-1 along with Tarapur shale alongwith shales of YCS and Kalol formation which are having an excellent source potential for hydrocarbons. Area of the Block is 782 sq. km.

The Block CB-ONN-2010/6, measuring 39 sq. km. is divided in to two parts. Western part of the block that is Part –A lies North of Rupal ML and east of Paliyad- Kalol-Limbodra ML. Eastern part of the block i.e. Part-B lies north of NELP Block CB-ONN-2005/4 and from north it is surrounded by Limbodra Ext-I ML and Charada- Mansa Ext-I PEL. The block is located in the northern part of Nardipur low and north western and north eastern rising flank of Nardipur Low in the northern part of Ahmedabad sub block of Cambay basin. Five exploratory wells have already been drilled with TD of 2250 m in the block before putting up for bidding under NELP regime.

The Block CB-ONN-2010/9, measuring 120sq.km. (Approx) is located in the southern part of Ahmedabad-Mehsana District. The block is surrounded by many producing oil and gas fields like Kalol, Sanand, Ahmedabad, Nawagam, Dholka, Kanawara, Cambay and North Kathana located in the North East, East and South East of the block. A small producing gas field, the Balol field, is located near the block area to the Southeast. The block is a recycled block carved out from the relinquished northern part of the NELP-II block CB-ONN-2000/1 awarded to GSPCL (Operator with 50% PI) and GAIL (50% PI) and is bounded by NELP block CB-ONN-2009/7 from north, by NELP block CB-ONN- 2000/1 from east and by NELP block CB-ONN-2010/10 from south. Three exploratory wells were drilled during earlier exploration plan and hydrocarbon indications were found in one well.

1.1.3 Regulatory Framework

As per the Schedule attached to the EIA Notification 2006, as amended till date, the proposed project is covered under Project or Activity, 1(b), namely Offshore and Onshore Oil and Gas Exploration, Development and Production. Such activities are also listed as Category A under the said Notification, requiring prior Environment Clearance (EC) from the Impact Assessment Authority (IAA), i.e. the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), New Delhi.

1.1.4 Project Chronology till Date

1. As part of its EC process, ONGC submitted relevant documents, namely Form-1 (as per the EIA Notification 2006, as amended till date) along with a Pre-feasibility Report and proposed Terms of References (ToRs) for carrying out environmental studies, to the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industrial Projects-2) MoEF (‘EAC, Industry-2’), vide letter No BDA/BASIN/BLOCK – III/EC/NELP- IX/526,527 dated 11th April 2013.

2. A presentation to the EAC, Industry-2, to finalize the ToR for the EIA study was held on 30th September – 1st October 2013 at New Delhi. The EAC, Industry-2 prescribed ToR vide its letter F. No. J-11011/239/2013-IA II (I) dated 29th November 2013. The ToR letter is attached as Annexure 1

3. Thereafter ONGC awarded the work of undertaking relevant environmental and other studies required as part of the EC process to Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’). Kadam is accredited by the National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET) to undertake EIA and related studies in the onshore oil and gas, exploration, development and production sector, a mandatory requirement for agencies submitting such studies to regulators for the purpose of seeking EC.





4. Kadam undertook the study during the post monsoon season 2014, in accordance with the ToR issued by the EAC-Industry 2 / MoEF and presented the preliminary study findings in its draft report released for the purpose of public consultation as per the EIA Notification.

1.2 Project Description

1.2.1 Location of the Project

Location details are as follows:

State: Gujarat District: Banaskantha, Gandhinagar and Ahmedabad Taluka: Vav, Tharad, Deodar, Bhabhar of Banakantha Mansa, Kalol and Gandhinagar of Gandhinagar

Bavla and Sanand of Ahmedabad

1.2.2 The Drilling Process

Exploratory drilling will be carried out to test the occurrence of hydrocarbons in the already productive North Cambay Basin and assess its commercial viability. Drilling operations shall be conducted round-the-clock for 24 hrs. The time taken to drill a well depends on the depth of the hydrocarbon bearing formation and the geological conditions. ONGC intends to drill wells to a depth up to 3000 m. This would typically take ~30 - 35 days for each well – however drilling period may increase depending on well depth. Conventional rotary drilling methods will be used and the drill sites would be demobilized after completion of drilling activities, leaving a limited footprint covering the well head and fence in place, pending future development operations.

Water based mud, that is ecologically sensitive, will be used and all drilling activities will be conducted as per the requirements of the Oilfield and Mineral Development Rules, 1984 as amended till date. Guidelines issued by the Oil Mines Regulation (OMR) will be followed throughout the drilling process.

1.2.3 Workforce Management

During the drilling operations, about 30 to 40 persons may be working in 8 hour shifts at site. Workers shall return to their homes at night and hence no camping is required at or near the well site. Once drilling is over, no person is required at site, except security cover through a contractor.

1.2.4 Power Requirement

The power required for driving the drilling rig, circulation system and for providing lighting shall be generated by DG sets of 1250 KVA (3 No. one standby), which will consume 250-300 liters/hr of High Speed Low Sulphur diesel conforming to Bharat Stage IV norms including a sulphur content of <50 mg/kg.

1.2.5 Water Requirement

The drilling operation and maintenance of the drill site facilities have various water requirements. The most significant of these requirements in terms of quantity is that for mud preparation. The other requirements would be for engine cooling, floor / equipment / string washing, sanitation, fire-fighting





storage / make-up and drinking. Water for emergency fire fighting would be stored in a pit of 25 m diameter and make-up of the same will have to be made on a regular basis.

The requirement of water expected for sanitation and drinking purposes of the workers shall be insignificantly low in terms of quantity. ONGC has planned to meet the requirement of water at the drilling site through water supplied by tankers and sourced from nearest ONGC installation.

Since, there is no quality criterion for usage of raw water for the various uses mentioned above (other than drinking), the tanker water shall be directly used without any treatment. The potable water requirement shall be met by procuring adequately treated water from off-site locations. A water pit shall be constructed at the site for providing storage of water required for fire fighting in case of an emergency. The storage of fire water shall be done in 25 m diameter pit at site.

1.2.6 Waste Water Generation

The drilling operation would generate waste water in the form of wash water due to washing of equipment, string etc. This waste water along with spill over mud will be diverted to waste water mud pit whose bottom would be lined with HDPE sheet so as to avoid percolation of water contaminants in the soil. Approximately 3 m3 per day of waste water will be discharged in HDPE lined evaporation pit. The other source of waste water is sewage generated from sanitation facilities, which shall be disposed through soak pits.

1.2.7 Air Emissions

The emissions to the atmosphere from the drilling operations shall be from the diesel engines and power generator, and flaring of associated gas during testing operation in case of hydrocarbon is discovered. In accordance with the Oil Mines Regulations Rules, a flare stack of 9m height will be provided.

1.2.8 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

The drilling rig system to be employed for drilling will be equipped for the separation of drill cuttings and solid materials from the drilling fluid. The drill cuttings, cut by the drill bit, will be removed from the fluid by the shale shakers (vibrating screens) and centrifuges and transferred to the cuttings containment area. Once the drilling fluid / mud have been cleaned it will be returned to the fluid tank and pumped down the drill string again. It is estimated that 150-200 MT of formation cuttings and few hundred m3 of mud from spent drilling fluid will be generated in the form of solid waste, during the drilling operation.

Drill cuttings and drilling mud will be disposed off in accordance with the Gazette Notification dated 30th August 2005 - G.S.R 546 (E), Section C ‘Guidelines for Disposal of Solid Waste, Drill Cuttings and Drilling Fluids for Offshore and Onshore Drilling Operation’. Under these guidelines:

Drill cuttings separated from Water Based Mud (WBM) will be properly washed and unusable drilling fluids will be allowed to evaporate in a HDPE lined pit. In case the drill cuttings have oil and grease level in excess of 10 grams/kg, these will be sent to a GPCB authorized Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF).

WBM will be re-used at the next drill site where feasible. If this is not feasible, the WBM will be disposed off in a HDPE lined pit or sent to a GPCB authorized TSDF for disposal.





Waste oils generated during the drilling process, if any, will be sent to authorized reprocessors or incinerated at a GPCB authorized TSDF.

1.3 Description of the Environment

Baseline environmental studies were carried out during postmonsoon season of year 2014, during the non-monsoon season, as per the TOR received from the EAC-Industry 2 / MoEF.

1.3.1 Study Area

The study area is defined as area within 10.0 km radius from each block.

1.3.2 Landuse of the Study Area

A recent satellite image for the study area was collected using Google Earth Pro. The image was interpreted for identification of various landuse / land cover classes. Ground truthing was done to confirm and edit the interpreted landuse / land cover classes.

The key landuse land cover classes identified during the study have been provided in the report and are reproduced in Table 1-1.

Table 1-1: Area Statistics of Land Use/ Land Cover in the Study Area of Block CB-ONN-2010/1 S.

No. Level 1

classification Level 2

classification Area, Level 2 classes Area, Level 1 classes

Ha. ~km2 ~% Ha. ~km2 ~%

1. Built-up Land or Habitation

Residential / Commercial 4068.32 40.68 1.61

4138 41.4 1.6 Industrial 69.98 0.70 0.03

2. Agricultural Land

Crop Land / Fallow Land 218833.22 2188.32 86.62

218860 2188.6 86.6 Plantations 27.25 0.27 0.01

3. Wastelands Land Without Scrub 3918.28 39.18 1.55

7559 75.6 3.0 Mud land 3641.29 36.41 1.44

4. Water Bodies Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks 350.23 3.50 0.14 350 3.5 0.1

5. Vegetation Cover

Scrub 19724.39 197.24 7.81 21713 217.1 8.6 Open Vegetation 1880.43 18.80 0.74

Close Vegetation 108.71 1.09 0.04


No. Level 1



Ha. ~km2 ~% Ha. ~km2 ~%


Residential / Commercial 2782 27.82 4.0 3224 32.2 4.6

Industrial 442 4.42 0.64


Crop Land / Fallow Land 52500 525 75.51 55883 558.8 80.4

Plantations 3383 33.83 4.87 3. Wastelands Land Without Scrub 1375 13.75 2.0 1375 13.8 2.0





S. No.

Level 1 classification

Level 2 classification

Area, Level 2 classes Area, Level 1 classes

Ha. ~km2 ~% Ha. ~km2 ~%

4. Water Bodies Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds

/ Tanks 187 1.87 0.27 623 6.2 1.0

River 436 4.36 0.63

5. Vegetation Cover

Scrub 4202 42.02 6.04 8422 84.22 12.11 Open Vegetation 4133 41.33 5.94

Close Vegetation 87 0.87 0.13


No. Level 1



Ha. ~km2 ~% Ha. ~km2 ~%


Residential / Commercial 2297.2 22.97 2.31 4194.7 41.9 4.2

Industrial 1897.48 18.97 1.91


Crop Land / Fallow Land 74793.13 747.93 75.13 75067.7 750.7 75.4

Plantations 274.6 2.75 0.28


3790.7 37.9 3.8 Mud land 6.4 0.06 0.01


/ Tanks 3068.5 30.69 3.08 3501 35 3.5

River 432.53 4.33 0.43

5. Vegetation Cover

Scrub 12088.21 120.88 12.14 13096.6 130 13 Open Vegetation 758.03 7.58 0.76


Landuse of study area has been broadly classified into categories such as built up land or habitation, agricultural land, vegetation cover, water bodies. The major portion of land is covered by agricultural land (83.6% to 75.4%), vegetation (8.6% to 13%) and habitation (4.6% to 1.6%).

1.3.3 Climatology

The climate of the study area is characterized by a hot summer and general dryness except in the southwest monsoon season. The year may be divided into four seasons. The cold season from December to February is followed by the hot season from March to middle of June. The period from middle of June to September is the southwest monsoon season. October and November constitute the post-monsoon or retreating monsoon season2.

Mean average temperature recorded during study period was 28.3 °C with mean maximum temperature of 34.8°C and mean minimum of 22.0°C.

Predominant wind direction during study period is observed to be from ENE direction. Mean average wind speed was observed to be 2.6 m/s.

1

2 District Gazetteer, Ahmedabad and Mehsana Districts





The mean average relative humidity recorded was 34.5% with mean maximum humidity of 42.0% and mean minimum of 22%.

There was no rainfall recorded during the study period

1.3.4 Ambient Air

Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out for postmonsoon 2014. The ambient air quality monitoring stations were set up at 15 different locations.

The average concentration of PM10 recorded at 15 locations ranged from 55 (Soja Village) to 81 µg/m3 (Vagosana Village). All these values are within the specified limit of CPCB (100 µg/m3).

The average concentration of SO2 were found in range from 8.3 µg/m3 (Sobhasan Village) to 8.8 µg/m3 (Lodaria & Vagosana Village) All these values are within the specified limit of CPCB (80 µg/m3

The average concentration of NOX were found in range from 16.9 µg/m3 (Vasna Village) to 24.7 µg/m3 (Vav Village) All these values are within the specified limit of CPCB (80 µg/m3

1.3.5 Noise

Noise levels were recorded at 19 different locations within the study area.

Noise level during daytime, in Residential area was observed in the range of 52.03 dBA to 66.06 dBA during daytime which is slightly higher than CPCB standards residential area (55 dBA (d)) and higher noise levels at some of the monitoring locations is attributed to vehicular movements.

Noise level during Nighttime, in Residential area was observed in the range of 40.0 dBA to 62.64 dBA, which is slightly higher than the CPCB standards i.e. residential area 45 dBA.

1.3.6 Soil

Soil samples were collected from 19 locations within the study area.

Block CB-ONN-2010/1 (Banaskantha District)

Eight soil samples from the project area were collected to monitor physical and chemical properties of soils. The porosity ranged from 47% (Vasarda & Lakhni villages) to 55% (Vav vilage) and WHC varied from 19% (Vasarda village) to 37% (Vav village). The permeability ranged from 12.3mm/hr (Vav village) to 30mm/hr (Vasarda village) mainly due to sandy loam texture of soils mostly of alluvial origin. However the CEC of soils is very high ranging from 47.44meq/100g soil (Dhima village) to 71.78meq/100g soil (Budhanpura village) may be due to very high amount of organic matter application. Although the ground waters in some of the areas are highly saline the soil salinity levels are much below the threshold level of 0.8 dS/m and even soil sodicity as determined by ESP is <0.01. The soil pH ranged from 7.86 (Dhima village) to 8.21 (Vav village). Among water soluble cations predominance of calcium was seen followed by magnesium, sodium and potassium.

Block CB-ONN-2010/6 (Gandhinagar District)

Seven soil samples from the project area were collected to monitor physical and chemical properties of soils. The porosity ranged from 47% (Jamla village) to 59% (Golthara village) and WHC varied from





38% (Jamla village) to 45% (Soja & Golthara villages). The permeability ranged from 0.91 mm/hr (Indrapura village) to 5.87 mm/hr (Soja village) mainly due to loamy texture of soils mostly of alluvial origin. However, the CEC of soils is very high ranging from 57.76 meq/100g soil (Indrapura village) to 84.2 meq/100g soil (Soja village) may be due to very high amount of organic matter application. Although the ground waters in some of the areas are highly saline the soil salinity levels are much below the threshold level of 0.8 dS/m and even soil sodicity as determined by ESP is <0.01. The soil pH ranged from 7.30 (Nardipur village) to 7.53 (Golthra village). Among water soluble cations predominance of magnesium was seen followed by calcium, sodium and potassium.

Block CB-ONN-2010/9 (Ahmedabad District)

Five soil samples from the project area were collected to monitor physical and chemical properties of soils. The porosity ranged from 55% (Daran village) to 59% (Khicha village) and WHC varied from 42% (Daranvillage) to 55% (Lodhariya village). The permeability ranged from 7.98mm/hr (Khicha village) to 14.6 mm/hr (Daran village) mainly due to loamy texture of soils mostly of alluvial origin. However the CEC of soils is very high ranging from 58.24 meq/100g soil (Goraj village) to 92.13 meq/100g soil (Daran village) may be due to very high amount of organic matter application. Although the ground waters in some of the areas are highly saline the soil salinity levels are much below the threshold level of 0.8 dS/m and even soil sodicity as determined by ESP is <0.01. The soil pH ranged from 7.40 (Goraj village) to 7.60 (Lodhariya village). Among water soluble cations predominance of calcium was seen followed by magnesium, sodium and potassium.

1.3.7 Ground Water Quality

Groundwater samples were collected from 20 different locations within the study area and analyzed for parameters mentioned in the Indian Standard IS 10500:1991.

It was observed from the analysis report that, all the Parameters are within the permissible Limit except in Vav and Vasarda village where TDS and Chlorides are higher than permissible limits. This may be due to formational salinity.

1.3.8 Surface Water Quality

Surface water Samples were collected from nine different locations within the study area and analyzed for parameters mentioned for Inland surface water (CPCB)

pH of sample was found to vary from 6.82 (Lodhariya) to 7.42 (Soja Village). All samples were within the permissible limit (6.5 to 8.5)

TDS of sample was found to vary from 289 mg/l (Nardipur Village) to 1145 mg/l (Daran Village).

Electrical conductivity in all samples was found to be vary from 415 µmoh/cm (Nardipur Village to 1637 µmoh/cm (Daran)

Iron content of sample was found to vary from <0. 1 mg/l at all locations

Based on the analyzed parameters, it is recommended that water of these ponds should not be used for drinking purpose without treatment.





1.3.9 Biological Environment

Core zone zone (with in 1 km radius from proposed site) of project study area encompasses mainly scrub vegetation, agriculture land while buffer zone includes villages, agriculture land, and scrub vegetation. Among floral species, overall 66 floral species were reported from the buffer zone of study area of district Banaskantha, 87 species from district Gandhinagar and 81 species from district Ahmedabad.

While from the core zone, overall 35 plant species belonging to 18 families were recorded from district Banaskantha, 38 species belonging to 19 families from district Gandhinagar and 41 species belonging to 22 families from district Ahmedabad.

Among faunal species, overall 50 species were reported from the buffer zone of the study area of district Banaskantha, 47 species from district Gandhinagar and 49 species from district Ahmedabad.

While from the core zone, overall 35 species were reported from district Banaskantha. On the behalf of the qualitative analysis, the maximum species of Birds (24) followed by Mammals and reptiles (7 each) were reported. While, from the core zone of district Gandhinagar, a total of 38 species were reported out of which, maximum species of birds (29) were reported followed by the mammals (6) and herpetofauna (3). From the district Ahmedabad, overall 33 species were reported. The maximum species of birds (24) followed by mammals (5) and reptiles (4) were reported on the basis of direct and indirect evidences from the core zone.

There is no Reserve Forest, Protected Forest, Wild Life Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Tiger / Elephant Reserve and Corridor falls in the project study area. No any threatened species of plants were reported from the project study area. Among reported fauna, most of the species falls under Schedule-IV of IWPA, 1972.

1.4 Anticipated Environmental Impact Identification, Prediction and Mitigation

1.4.1 Ambient Air

A number of sources are there to cause potential impacts on air quality, which are as follows:

Emissions from DG sets used as part of the drilling rig; Flaring of gases primarily during the testing phase will contribute to additional air pollution; Fugitive emissions during site preparation and closure phases; Emissions from vehicular movement;

Impacts of emissions from DG sets on the GLC at various distances were predicted using the dispersion modeling guidelines given by the Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi and the AERMOD of the United States Environment Protection Agency (USEPA) based on type of fuel (HSD), Fuel consumption rate and operating conditions.

The maximum 24 hourly GLC’s are observed to be 0.065 µg/m3, 7.03µg/m3 and 0.065µg/m3 for SO2, NOx and particulate matter respectively. These GLC’s are expected to occur at a distance of 200 m from the source towards the SW direction.

The predicted impact level due to the operation of DG set is within the limit prescribed in National Ambient Air Quality Standards.





The mitigation measures for air quality impacts are:

The exhaust of the DG set will be at sufficient height to allow dispersion of the pollutants and DG sets will be properly maintained so that emissions will be under statutory limits;

The flaring system will be properly managed at all times; Location of the flare stack will be decided in accordance with the Oil Mines Regulation Rules,

1984 (Chapter 9, Section 96 – Protection against Pollution of Environment), a flare stack of minimum 9 m height will be provided at the site taking into consideration nearest habitations, campsite location and prevailing wind direction;

Water spraying will be done on the access roads to control re-entrained dust during dry season (if required);

The engines and exhaust systems of all vehicles and equipment used in this project will be maintained as such, that exhaust emissions are low and do not breach statutory limits set for the concerned vehicle/equipment type;

Blow out preventer of sufficient capacity will be installed at well head during drilling operation Ensuring the availability of valid Pollution Under Control Certificates (PUCC) for all vehicles

used on site.

1.4.2 Noise Environment

The proposed drilling operations and related activities will lead to emission of noise that may have significant impact on the surrounding communities in terms of increase in noise levels and associated disturbances

Following activities would result in increase in noise level

Noise from rig and associated machinery Noise from vehicular movement Noise from DG sets

Mitigation measures for noise will include the following:

Temporary sound reflective barriers to be kept surrounding the drilling site of the project The minimum height of the barriers should be 2.5 m and with 15 dB shadow zone

transmission loss rating Sufficient engineering control during installation of equipments and machineries (like mufflers

in DG sets) is to be ensured to reduce noise levels at source; Proper and timely maintenance of machineries and preventive maintenance of vehicles is to

be adopted to reduce noise levels; Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE) like ear plugs/muffs is to be given to all the workers at

site and it will be ensured that the same are wore by everybody during their shift;

1.4.3 Surface Water /Ground water

Quantity

Drilling operations require the use of water for domestic requirements as well as for operations, but the use will be of temporary nature and limited to a few days for each well (35 m3 per day per well). And the water will be sourced from nearest ONGC installation. Hence these impacts are not significant.





Quality

Wastewater discharged from the drilling/other operations shall be collected in HDPE lined pit for evaporation. Domestic waste water will be disposed off in soak pit.

Following mitigation measures will be implemented for water pollution control:

Proper treatment of discharged wastewater will be made by disposing waste water in an impervious HDPE lined pit for evaporation;

The domestic waste water will be discharged into the soak pits; All chemical and fuel storage areas will have proper bunds so that contaminated run-off

cannot meet the storm-water drainage system; ONGC will ensure proper spill control at site ONGC will use best engineering technique during drilling operation and also during the

cementing job and installation of casing so that drilling mud does not contaminate the ground water

1.4.4 Land

Impact on land environment, due to site preparation shall be loss of vegetation or change in land use from agriculture land use/other land use to industrial land use for a parcel of land of 110 m X 110 m. The drilling activities will require leasing of land for which voluntary land acquisition will be carried out, based on mutually agreed terms and conditions

It is important to note that the likely change in land use and land cover due to the project is likely to be in the order of 0.01% of the study area of Block CB-ONN-2010/1; 0.02% of study area of Block CB-ONN-2010/6 and 0.01% of study area of Block CB-ONN-2010/9, a relatively modest figure

In case of discovery of commercial quantity of hydrocarbon an area of 30 m X 30m shall be retained and rest shall be restored to its original condition. In other case full area shall be restored and returned to the owner.

Mitigation measures

Necessary efforts will be made during selection of drill site to minimize disruption of current land use to the extent possible;

Necessary restoration efforts will be made during decommissioning and site closure to restore the site back to its original condition to the extent possible;

Proper restoration of site will be carried out to bring the physical terrain, soils and vegetation, as closely possible, to their original condition;

On completion of works (in phases), all temporary structures, surplus materials and wastes will be completely removed till 1m below the surface;

Temporary new approach roads can be constructed and existing roads can be improved, if required, for smooth and hassle free movement of personnel as well as materials and machineries;

Optimization of land requirement through proper site layout design will be a basic criteria at the design phase





1.4.5 Soil

During site preparation the topsoil will be removed from the drilling site and the approach road, which contains most of the nutrients and organisms that give soil productivity. This will in turn result in minor changes of topsoil structure

Soil quality may be affected by setting up of rig and associated machinery and will continue till the site is restored to its original condition

Contamination of soil can result from the project activities if certain operations like storage of chemicals and fuels, cement and mud preparation, spent oil and lubricants are not managed efficiently

Improper storage of drilling waste and return/unused drilling mud at the on-site waste disposal facility can also result in contamination of the soil

Mitigation measures

Store, preserve and protect topsoil separately to use it during restoration period; Carry out adequate restoration of soil at the drilling site, to the extent possible using the soil

stored from piling and excavation activities; Dispose drilling mud and drill cutting temporarily in an impervious HDPE lined pit for

evaporation carefully so that there is no spillage. The drilling rig system to be employed for drilling will be equipped for the separation of drill

cuttings and solid materials from the drilling fluid. The drill cuttings, cut by the drill bit, will be removed from the fluid by the shale shakers (vibrating screens) and centrifuges and transferred to the cuttings containment area and will be disposed off in accordance with Notification dated 30th August 2005 - G.S.R 546 (E);

Management of spilling of contaminants such as oil from equipments, cement, drilling mud, and etc. on the soil;

Proper arrangement of soak pits provided at the drilling site for disposal of water per well;

1.4.6 Socio Economic

The proposed exploratory drilling project will have positive impact on socio economic status of the area due to

Generation of indirect employment in the region due to the requirement of workers in trail making, supply of raw material, auxiliary and ancillary works, which would marginally improve the economic status of the people.

Result in an increase in local skill levels through exposure to activities. As the existing loose / soft surface roads, trails shall be upgraded to facilitate the movement

of the heavy equipment required, the project in turn would lead to improvement in transport facilities.

1.4.7 Flora and Fauna

Possible Biological Impacts of proposed Project

Loss/ damage of floral diversity and disturbance to faunal diversity Habitat fragmentation Disturbance to normal faunal movements in surrounding habitats





contamination of habitat Mortality of wildlife species

Mitigation Measures

Flaring will be done through a vent as per OMR standard to minimize effect on nocturnal avifauna.

Acoustic enclosure shall be provided to D.G. set to reduce the noise intensity during the drilling operation

ONGC will use water sprinkler so that the deposition of dust on nearby vegetation is reduced Development of plantation of native species to substitute the access cutting, site preparation

will provide habitat, food and breeding areas to birds, small animals and insects Since, the activity is temporary wastewater discharged from the drilling operations shall be

collected in HDPE lined collection pit and would be disposed of as per the prescribed norms There is no ecologically important area (e.g. National Park, Sanctuary) in the study area so

impact on such areas is not expected. ONGC will develop and implement a spill management plan in case of spill. Use existing facilities (e.g. Access Roads) to the extent possible to minimize the amount of

new disturbance Avoid use of unnecessary lighting at night to avoid attracting avifauna Reclamation of project site and surounding area

1.4.8 Occupational Health and risk to surrounding community

Site preparation, drilling and post drilling activities involve many occupational health hazards to the workers at site.

Noise generated during drilling operation may affect the workers and staff members

Handling of chemicals, fuel, may cause health hazard if not handled properly

Uncontrolled flow of hydrocarbon or other fluids during blow out may cause serious health injuries including fatality of workers as well as surrounding communities

Mitigation measures

As per ONGC policy period medical checkup would be carried out in two stages which include clinical examination and laboratory test if required

During site preparation proper care would be taken by ONGC, proper PPE will be provided to site workers and staff members

Site preparation work will be carried out during day time only Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment ONGC will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may

cause health problem Blow out preventer of sufficient capacity will be used to mitigate risk of blow out





1.5 Additional Studies

1.5.1 Demographic and Socio- Economic Profile

The study area has been bifurcated into core and buffer area. The core area includes the villages that comes inside the block demarcation where as the buffer area consists of the villages that are outside the block demarcation. The above table shows that the entire study area consists of 417 villages across the districts of Banaskantha, Gandhinagar and Ahmedabad out of which 89 villages are in the core area where as 328 villages are in the buffer area

The core area villages has the population of 187,807 and the number of households to be 32,902 whereas the buffer area has the population of 1,325,110 and 255,579 households in 2001.The household size in 2001 of the core and buffer area are approximately 6 and 5 respectively. The sex ratio of the core and the buffer area respectively are 930 and 913 in 2001. Similarly, in 2011 the population and households of the core area are 227,031 and 41,751 and of the buffer area are 1,491,045 and 298,672 respectively. The household size in the core and buffer area during 2011 are approximately 5 each.

It can be inferred that there is 21 percent increase in population in 2011 than in 2001 in the core area whereas in the buffer area there is approximately 13 percent increase in population in 2011 than in 2001.

As per the Primary Census Abstract 2011, the SC population in the core and buffer study area is 26,923 and 173,292 respectively and ST population in core and buffer study area is 2,094 and 21,895 respectively

The literacy rate in the core and buffer study area is 53.6 and 67.3 percent respectively

1.5.2 Hazard Identification and Consequence Assessment

Hazards are identified for release of HSD from storage tank at drilling site and also from pipeline. Consequence analysis of all possible containment scenarios was carried out using DNV Technica Software (PHAST).

Result of Consequence Assessment

The result of consequence analysis indicates that the risk contours for fatality are confined within the drilling site only.

1.5.3 Disaster Management Plan

The development of a DMP is to ensure effective control of an emergency to minimize loss to human life and property. First objective of a DMP is to save human life and then comes minimizing damage to property. The DMP describes the role and responsibilities of various authorities under the emergency organization. Specifically, the DMP contains the following:

Information about the MCLS and their effect zones; Checks and inspections to prevent incidents leading to emergencies; Prevention plan of an impending emergency by control of incidents; Internal emergency reporting and communication system; Offsite plan components;





Regulatory requirements

It is recommended that the DMP be integrated into the actual operations prior to commencement of project work. Mock drills should be conducted at periodic intervals to check the efficacy of the DMP. ONGC has well developed DMP/ERP integrated with district and national level Disaster Management Plans.

1.5.4 Public Consultation

Public hearings in Gandhinagar, Banaskantha and Ahmedabad districts were carried out on 6th June 2015, 17th June 2015 and 19th June 2015 respectively.

The main issues raised during public consultations are

Crop and Land Compensation Employment Development of Village Impact on Water, Soil and Agriculture crop Tree Plantation Damage to Bore wells

1.6 Project Benefits

The project benefits are summarized as follows:

New oil/gas finds in the block will lead to reduction in India’s dependence on imported crude oil and thereby result in considerable savings in foreign exchange.

There will be a beneficial effect of a flourishing production unit that will directly and indirectly boost the living standards of the people, save foreign exchange and with increase in industrial activities, create more jobs in the local economy.

The activities would result in an increase in local skill levels through exposure to drilling technology.

In the event of discovery of commercial quantity of hydrocarbon reserves, more long-term employment opportunities shall be created. Besides, the hydrocarbons brought to the surface shall help in contributing the ongoing efforts of the government to meet the national demand of petroleum resources.

Development of ancillary activities resulting into indirect jobs and skills of local manpower.

1.7 Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse impacts, to instruct contractors and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of significant biophysical and socio-economic impacts identified in the EIA. The EMP covers the following:

Role of ONGC and its contractors; A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that ONGC will implement; The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;





The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully met.

1.7.1 Environmental Mitigation

The drilling program will be designed to avoid or minimize impacts to the environment and local communities wherever practicable & desirable. Where residual impacts remain, which may have moderate or significant effects on the environment, mitigation measures have been described in this EIA (Chapter 5) which will either reduce the impact to an acceptable level or adequately offset it. Some major mitigation measures are:

Disposal of drill cuttings and drilling mud as per G.S.R. 546 (E) point no C “Guidelines for Disposal of Solid Waste, Drill Cutting and Drilling Fluids for Offshore and Onshore Drilling Operation”;

Acoustic insulation of Diesel Generating Sets; Controlling air emission from Diesel Generating Sets to limiting values as per NAAQS, 2009; Post-project restoration of site

1.7.2 Environmental Monitoring

The following will be monitored on a regular basis during Drilling operation and also throughout the life of the project to ensure a high level of environmental performance being maintained:

Chemicals used in drilling fluid make up; Fluid losses; Post project sampling and effect on baseline data generated during preparation of EIA report The general effectiveness of pollution control measures shall also be monitored

1.8 Conclusions

The study brings out the following points:

The drill site after completion of drilling operations shall be reinstated to its original condition as soon as possible. The proposed activities are not likely to have any significant adverse effect on the environment and the neighboring population.

The sources of air emissions include generator sets, flaring of natural gas at drilling site during well testing. It was observed that the ambient air quality due to proposed activities is not expected to cause an effect on vegetation and human settlements in the vicinity of the operational sites.

The noise generated due to the diesel engines operating the rig along with the mud circulation system is considered to be significant in the vicinity of the noise generating equipment only. This can be mitigated satisfactorily by the workers wearing ear protection while working. This noise is transient & temporary and lasts for a short period.

The proposed drilling activities will not cause any significant adverse effect on water resources. Characteristics of wastewater discharged from the drilling operations shall meet the prescribed norms specified by CPCB. Thus, since all emissions shall be within acceptable limits, no adverse impact is anticipated on the water resources.





The proposed drilling activities shall generate indirect employment in the region due to the requirement of workers in supply of raw material, auxiliary and ancillary works, which shall marginally improve the economic status of the people. The activities shall result in an increase in local skill levels through exposure to drilling technology.

The hardening of existing loose/soft surface roads to facilitate the movement of the heavy equipment required for drilling shall lead to improvement in transport facilities / infrastructure in the proposed Block area.

In the event that commercial quantities of hydrocarbon reserves are discovered, more long-term employment opportunities would be generated. Besides, the hydrocarbons brought to the surface shall help in contributing the ongoing efforts of the government to meet the national demand of petroleum resources.

The risk of occupational hazards, personal injuries, accidents during rig building and operation shall be very less as safety measures shall be adequately implemented by ONGC.

Thus, it can be concluded on a positive note after the implementation of the mitigation measures as suggested in EMP/DMP, the proposed activities of ONGC shall have overall beneficial impact on local population.



& 9 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND


2 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

2.1 About Oil and Natural Gas Corporation Limited

Founded on August 14, 1956, Oil and Natural Gas Corporation Limited (ONGC) is the largest Indian public sector company. It is also the second largest Indian company in terms of net profit and the third largest Indian company by market capitalization. It has been ranked at 424th position as per Fortune Global 500 - 2014 list, based on revenues. ONGC has been conferred the Maharatna3 status by the Central Government.

ONGC is engaged in hydrocarbon exploration and production activities. Major functions of ONGC are to plan, promote, organize and implement programs for development of petroleum resources and the production and sale of petroleum and its products. It is involved in exploring and exploiting hydrocarbons in about 26 sedimentary basins of India. ONGC produces crude oil which is 80% of India’s crude oil production. It owns and operates more than 11,000 kilometers of pipelines in India. The most important contribution of ONGC, however, is its self-reliance and development of core competence in exploration and production activities at a globally competitive level.

2.2 About NELP BLOCK CB-ONN-2010/1, 6 & 9

Blocks CB-ONN-2010/1, 6 & 9 are awarded in March, 2012 to ONGC with 100% participation interest under NELP-IX bidding round. Petroleum exploratory license to start the activities as per PSC has been granted in February, 2013. Initial contract period is 07 years consisting of Initial Exploration Period and subsequent Exploration Period. In support of the long term hydrocarbon exploration program, ONGC proposed to drill exploratory wells in the said NELP-IX Blocks as per production sharing contract signed with Govt. of India.

NELP-IX Block CB-ONN-2010/1is located in Tharad sub block of northern most Sanchor-Patan Tectonic block of Cambay Basin. The block is bounded by Banas fault in south and Sanchor fault in north.Geochemical studies of well Wara-1 and Sampra-2 which were drilled earlier by ONGC, indicated the organic carbon percentage ranging from 1.2 to 2.7 and evaluation of source sediments shows Olpad and Cambay shale formation of Sanchor-1 along with Tarapur shale alongwith shales of YCS and Kalol formation which are having an excellent source potential for hydrocarbons. Area of the Block is 782 sq. km.

The Block CB-ONN-2010/6, measuring 39 sq. km. is divided in to two parts. Western part of the block that is Part –A lies North of Rupal ML and east of Paliyad- Kalol-Limbodra ML. Eastern part of the block i.e. Part-B lies north of NELP Block CB-ONN-2005/4 and from north it is surrounded by Limbodra Ext-I 1

3 The Maharatna status gives a public sector enterprise the financial and managerial autonomy to invest up to INR 5,000 crores in a new venture without seeking government approval. Only a handful of public sector companies have been conferred the Maharatna status.





ML and Charada- Mansa Ext-I PEL. The block is located in the northern part of Nardipur low and north western and north eastern rising flank of Nardipur Low in the northern part of Ahmedabad sub block of Cambay basin. Five exploratory wells have already been drilled with TD of 2250 m in the block before putting up for bidding under NELP regime.

The Block CB-ONN-2010/9, measuring 120sq.km. (Approx) is located in the southern part of Ahmedabad-Mehsana District. The block is surrounded by many producing oil and gas fields like Kalol, Sanand, Ahmedabad, Nawagam, Dholka, Kanawara, Cambay and North Kathana located in the North East, East and South East of the block. A small producing gas field, the Baola field, is located near the block area to the Southeast. The block is a recycled block carved out from the relinquished northern part of the NELP-II block CB-ONN-2000/1 awarded to GSPCL (Operator with 50% PI) and GAIL (50% PI) and is bounded by NELP block CB-ONN-2009/7 from north, by NELP block CB-ONN- 2000/1 from east and by NELP block CB-ONN-2010/10 from south. Three exploratory wells were drilled during earlier exploration plan and hydrocarbon indications were found in one well.

2.3 Location of Project

NELP-IX Block CB-ONN-2010/1 is located in Banaskantha District, Block CB-ONN-2010/6 in Gandhinagar District and Block CB-ONN-2010/9 in Ahmedabad District of Gujarat State. The nearest major landmark for approaching the Blocks area is Ahemdabad which is well connected by air, road and rail from Mumbai and New Delhi All the three said blocks can be approached by rail and road from Ahemdabad and Gandhinagar and Palanpur. The blocks are located adjacent to other oil fields of ONGC and ONGC is operating these nearby oil fields since long time and are having proven hydrocarbon reserves.

Location details are as follows:

Taluka: Vav, Tharad, Deodar, Bhabhar of Banaskantha District Mansa, Kalol and Gandhinagar of Gandhinagar District,

Bavla and Sanand of Ahmedabad District, District: Banaskantha, Ahmedabad and Gandhinagar State: Gujarat

The co-ordinates of all three blocks are presented in Table 2-1

Table 2-1: Latitude and Longitude of different Mining Leases

S. No. Block Name

AREA (Sq. km.) Point

Longitude (N) Latitude (E)

Deg. Min. Sec. Deg. Min. Sec.

1. CB-ONN-2010/1 782.00 Sq.km

A 71 27 45 24 30 11 B 71 34 42.17 24 30 10.86 C 71 34 57.4 24 21 28.06 D 71 39 58.05 24 14 35.67 E 71 48 30.13 24 16 7.86 F 71 50 0 24 10 0 G 71 29 45.33 24 10 0 H 71 25 20 24 19 7 A 71 27 45 24 30 11





S. No. Block Name

AREA (Sq. km.) Point

Longitude (N) Latitude (E)

Deg. Min. Sec. Deg. Min. Sec.

2. CB-CNN-2010/6

39 sq.km Part A

A 72 33 36 23 22 30 B 72 33 54.45 23 22 34.65 C 72 34 48.43 23 22 1.74 D 72 34 48 23 20 47 E 72 35 29 23 19 31.01 F 72 34 0 23 19 31 G 72 33 14 23 20 40 A 72 33 36 23 22 30

Part B

A 72 34 28 23 24 53 B 72 35 16 23 26 8 C 72 36 58 23 24 33 D 72 38 13 23 22 6 E 72 36 58.68 23 22 5.99 F 72 36 30 23 22 8 G 72 35 37.28 23 21 23.33 H 72 35 36.57 23 22 44.81 I 72 35 20 23 22 57 A 72 34 28 23 24 53

3. CB-ONN-2010/9

120 sq.km

A 72 17 19.31 23 01 42.00 B 72 20 43.96 23 01 42.00 C 72 20 43.96 22 59 47.07 D 72 22 47.72 22 50 00.00 E 72 19 04.60 22 50 00.00 F 72 17 44.00 23 00 59.00 A 72 17 19.31 23 01 42.00

2.3.1 Proposed Project

ONGC proposes drilling 22 exploratory wells in these NELP CB-ONN-2010/1, 6 & 9. Map 2.2 (A-C) shows the Well locations.

Table 2-2: Nearest village from proposed wells in block CB-ONN-20010/1 in Banaskantha S.

No. Name of Well

Name of Village

Taluka Distance in km from well Direction from Well

1 Well 01 Rampura Vav 1.75 SE 2 Well 02 Savpura Vav 1.25 NNW 3 Well 03 Kalyanpura Vav 0.78 WNW 4 Well 04 Kotarwada Deodar 2.27 WSW 5 Well 05 Paldi Deodar 1.15 SE 6 Well 06 Chandarva Vava 2.20 SSW 7 Well 07 Vav Vava 2.57 SSE





S. No.

Name of Well

Name of Village


8 Well 08 Sapreda Vav 1.16 SSW 9 Well 09 Dhima Vav 1.5 NE 10 Well 10 Tithgam Vav 1.41 NE

Table 2-3: Nearest village from proposed wells in block CB-ONN-20010/6 in Gandhinagar S.

No. Name of Well

Name of Village


1 Well 01 Nardipur Kalol 1.03 SW 2 Well 02 Nava Kalol 0.88 WNW 3 Well 03 Dhendhu Kalol 0.43 SW 4 Well 04 Nadri Kalol 0.57 SSW 5 Well 05 Parbatpura Mansa 1.8 E 6 Well 06 Vagosan Kalol 0.71 ESE 7 Well 07 Vagosan Kalol 0.68 SSW

Table 2-4: Nearest village from proposed wells in block CB-ONN-20010/9 in Ahmedabad S.

No. Name of Well

Name of Village


1 Well 01 Juwal Sanand 1.09 NW 2 Well 02 Khicha Sanand 0.82 NNE 3 Well 03 Goraj Sanand 2.04 NE 4 Well 04 Daran Sanand 1.24 SSE 5 Well 05 Goraj Sanand 1.50 NE

Well locations shown on the Map 3.1 (A-C) are tentative and exact well location may change depending upon results of initial drilling activities, but the wells will only be drilled inside the said Block.

2.3.2 Approach to Site

Available options of roads, railway lines and air transport to approach various leases passing through study area (10km surrounding area of all leases) are mentioned below,

Road

Major roads passing through the study area are

National Highway (NH-15) from Vav to Sanchor State Highway (SH-128) from Dhima to Tharad State Highway (SH-54) from Tharad to Deesa State Highway (SH-127) from Sidhada to Vav State Highway (SH-71) from Visnagar to Gandhinagar State Highway (SH-130) from Visnagar – Vijapur- Mansa State Highway (SH-138) from Kalol - Mansa State highway (SH-218) from Visnagar to Mansa State Highway (SH-135) from Sayla to Sanand





State Highway (SH-17) from Viramgam to Ahmedabad

By Rail

Broad Gauge railway line from Viramgam to Ahmedabad Meter Gauge railway line from Ambaliyasan – Vijapur - Kalol

By Air

Nearest airport is at Ahmedabad (Sardar Patel International Airport). It has both domestic as well as international connectivity.

2.4 Statutory Permissions and Clearances Received

Details of permits and clearances required are mentioned in Chapter 9, Table 9-8.

2.5 About the EIA Report

2.5.1 Regulatory Framework

As per the Schedule attached to the EIA Notification 2006, as amended till date, the proposed project is covered under Project or Activity, 1(b), namely Offshore and Onshore Oil and Gas Exploration, Development and Production. Such activities are also listed as Category A under the said Notification, requiring prior Environment Clearance (EC) from the Impact Assessment Authority (IAA), i.e. the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), New Delhi.

2.5.2 Purpose of this EIA Report

This report factually documents the findings of the environmental and related studies as part of the EC process.

The Consultant

The studies were undertaken by The Consultant namely, Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’). Kadam is a National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET) Accredited Consultant Organization (ACO) and is qualified to prepare EIA reports for Project / Activity 1(b) (Onshore Oil and Gas Exploration, Development and Production only), a mandatory requirement for agencies submitting such studies to regulators for the purpose of seeking EC. Kadam’s current NABET accreditation certificate is attached as Annexure 7.

2.5.3 Project Chronology

1. As part of its EC process, ONGC submitted relevant documents, namely Form-1 (as per the EIA Notification 2006, as amended till date) along with a Pre-feasibility Report and proposed Terms of References (ToRs) for carrying out environmental studies, to the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industrial Projects-2) MoEF (‘EAC, Industry-2’), vide letter No BDA/BASIN/BLOCK – III/EC/NELP- IX/526,527 dated 11th April 2013.

2. A presentation to the EAC, Industry-2, to finalize the ToR for the EIA study was held on 30th September – 1st October 2013 at New Delhi. The EAC, Industry-2 prescribed ToR vide its





letter F. No. J-11011/239/2013-IA II (I) dated 29th November 2013. The ToR letter is attached as Annexure 1

3. Thereafter ONGC awarded the work of undertaking relevant environmental and other studies required as part of the EC process to Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’). Kadam is accredited by the National Accreditation Board for Education and Training (NABET) to undertake EIA and related studies in the onshore oil and gas, exploration, development and production sector, a mandatory requirement for agencies submitting such studies to regulators for the purpose of seeking EC.

4. Kadam undertook the study during the post monsoon season 2014, in accordance with the ToR issued by the EAC-Industry 2 / MoEF and presented the preliminary study findings in its draft report released for the purpose of public consultation as per the EIA Notification.

2.6 Objective of the Study

Broadly, the following objectives are intended to be covered as part of this study report, within the overall framework of the prescribed TORs:

To Describe and Assess

The prevailing baseline environmental and socio-economic condition of the study area through baseline studies and secondary data collection

The proposed project (i.e. drilling) methodology, including equipment, procedures and processes, based on interactions with project owners / managers

To Determine

Impacts of the project on the environment, ecology, workers and community, due to the proposed project

Formulation of mitigation measures for the impacts identified Alternatives in terms of project location and project technology

To Recommend

An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) with action plans covering specific areas and a management system covering timing, responsibilities and costs and considering the existing regulatory framework, for implementing the selected alternatives and mitigation measures covering: water use and quality, wastes, hazardous materials, landuse and bio-diversity, air quality, noise and vibration, energy use and visual impacts, as also remedial measures when deviations occur.

2.7 Methodology

Objective 1: Describing / Assessing Baseline Environmental and Socio – Economic Conditions

This was done by for different parameters, mentioned as follows:

1. Landuse (by Kadam’s FAE, Landuse)





Identification and delineation of the project site boundary on a satellite image after confirming the site co-ordinates from a walk through site survey by Kadam’s FAE (Landuse)

Identifying and delineating the study area, i.e., an aerial distance of 10.0 km around the outer boundary of each ML on a recent satellite image, and undertaking a desktop interpretation of the landuse, followed by a ground truth survey of the study area for confirming the interpreted landuse.

2. Meteorology and Air Quality (by Kadam’s FAE, Meteorology, Air Quality Modeling and Prediction)

Meteorology

Review of meteorological data for study period using Kadam’s archives / information from the nearest IMD meteorological Station, and identifying the predominant downwind direction based on this exercise,

Collection of meteorological data by setting up meteorological station at within the study area, covering wind speed, wind direction, temperature, humidity and manual records of cloud cover

Air Quality

Identifying and setting up 8 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) stations (as per the ToR) for collecting meteorological and ambient air quality data for the Study Period

Monitoring of AAQ, which entailed sampling and analysis of PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Total Hydrocarbons, and VOC for the study period, using standard monitoring methods and equipment for selected AAQM stations.

3. Noise Quality (by Kadam’s FAE, Noise and Vibration)

Identifying as suitable number of noise quality monitoring locations considering drilling activity

Monitoring background noise level in dB(A) in day and night at the selected locations

4. Surface Water (by Kadam’s FAE, Hydrology, Ground Water, and Water Conservation)

Identification of surface water resources, including rivers and other surface water bodies in the Study Area, based on the landuse maps and through site visits

Sampling at relevant locations, considering human settlements as well as spatial spread across the study area, for parameters covered in the EIA Manual, along with additional parameters covering portability requirements, followed by testing using standard methods and equipment

5. Ground Water (by Kadam’s FAE, Hydrology, Ground Water, and Water Conservation)

Description of ground water resources in the study area, based on site surveys and available secondary information, including:

District Planning Map, Ahmedabad, Mehsana, Gandhinagar and Patan prepared by the Survey of India

Sampling at relevant locations, in the study area, for parameters covered in the EIA Manual, along with additional parameters covering portability requirements, followed by testing using standard methods and equipment





6. Soil Quality (by Kadam’s FAE, Geology)

Collection of background information on soil types within the Region, based on secondary sources of information

Identifying the different soil types in the Study Area Sampling of different soil types available in the Study Area for parameters mentioned in the

EIA Manual

7. Ecology and Bio-diversity (by Kadam’s FAE, Ecology and Bio-diversity)

Collection of authenticated list of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) from Forest Department (considering ToR)

Site survey of flora and fauna within study area

8. Road and Transportation (by Kadam’s FAE, Socio-Economic)

Inventorisation of road network in the Study Area by type of road (national highways, state highways, district road, other district roads and village roads)

Collecting socio-economic data regarding population and dwelling units, Collecting information about the occupational pattern, education and health & medical

infrastructure, Collecting information about the general facilities like drinking water facilities or

communication facilities etc. within the study area.

Objective 2: Describing/ Assessing the Project

(By Kadam’s EC, Onshore Oil and Gas Exploration, Development and Production)

Review of the project details covering the following aspects

Justification of project Promoters and their background Site location map and Location of proposed drilling sites Drilling Process Description Workforce requirement Power requirement Water requirement and Waste water generation Air emissions Solid Waste Management Noise Generation Abandonment of Operation

Objective 3: Understanding Project Impacts on Environment, Ecology, Workers and Community

This will include:

Identification of impacts on: landuse, air quality, ambient noise, surface water, ground water, soil quality, ecology and bio-diversity and local community.

Prediction of intensity of impacts on the above biotic and abiotic receptors Analysis of the impacts on the environmental baseline as reported in Objective 1





The work, with inputs from individual FAE’s covered the key areas that were likely to get impacted due to the project related activities.

A brief summary of the methodology adopted for identification, prediction and analysis of impacts is provided in Table 2-5

Table 2-5: Methods Used for Impact Identification and Prediction S. No. Parameter Identification Prediction and Analysis

1 Landuse Preparation of land use map using Satellite Imagery Logical deduction

2 Ambient Air Quality From project details covering air pollution generating equipment

such as flue gas stacks

Air quality dispersion modeling using the dispersion model ISCST3, logical deduction

3 Noise Quality Project details, especially noise generating equipment

Using noise attenuating algorithms, followed by logical

deduction

4 Surface Water Collection of surface water

samples in study area Logical deduction

5 Ground Water Understanding of ground water quality of study area Logical deduction

6 Soil Quality Collection of soil samples within the study area Logical deduction

7 Ecology and Bio-diversity Study of available flora and fauna in the study area

Logical deduction, information from available research, professional judgment

8 Risk and Hazards Hazard Identification (HAZID) Consequence Assessment using software PHAST Professional

(Version 6.6)

Objective 4: Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures were prepared to reduce the negative impacts and enhance the positive impacts, were suggested by individual FAEs and covered the following areas:

Air quality management Air pollution control Land use Water pollution prevention monitoring and control Ecology and bio-diversity Risk and hazards management Solid and hazardous waste management Noise and vibration Geology and soil Socio-economics

The broad methodology to arrive at this, covered the following actions, in the following order:

Discussions with regulators, experts, project owner, line managers and resource persons to identify possible alternatives for mitigating impacts





Identifying the most suitable options for mitigation Checking the feasibility of implementing the measures at site considering relevant concepts

such as Best Available Technology Not Entailing Excessive Costs (BATNEEC)

Objective 5: Environmental Management Plan (EMP) Formulation

Once the mitigation measures were selected, EMP formulation was carried out. EMPs cover the following:

The control action Responsibility for implementing the action Timing Post-implementation review of the EMPs Redressal mechanism to check deviations, when they occur

Budgetary Allocation

A budget will be provided to implement the EMPs, and the budget will cover both capital and operational costs.

2.8 Need for the Project and its Importance to the Country and Region

Existing information on the status of hydrocarbon reserves, consumption, production and imports are presented in Table 2-6.





Table 2-6: Petroleum Goods – Reserves, Consumption, Production and Imports4

Item Unit Reserves

CAGR5

2007-8 2008-9 2009-10 2010-11 2011- 126

Crude Oil Million Metric Tonnes

770.12 773.29 774.66 757.44 760 -0.26

Natural Gas Billion Cubic meter

1090 1115 1149 1278 1330 4.06

Consumption


156.10 160.77 192.77 206.00 211.42 6.25

Petroleum Products 128.95 133.60 138.20 141.04 148.00 2.79

Production


34.12 33.51 33.69 37.68 38.09 2.23

Petroleum Products 144.93 150.52 179.76 190.32 196.71 6.30

LPG from Natural Gas 2.06 2.16 2.24 2.17 2.21 1.42

Gross Imports

Crude Oil

Million Metric Tonnes

121.67 132.78 159.26 163.59 172.11 7.18

LNG 8.32 8.06 8.83 8.95 9.70 3.12

Petroleum / Oil / Lubricant (POL)

Products 22.46 18.52 14.66 17.34 14.92 -7.85

Exports


Products


40.78 38.90 50.97 59.13 60.52 8.22

Net Imports

Crude Oil


121.67 132.78 159.26 163.59 172.11 7.18


Products -18.32 -20.38 -36.31 -41.80 -45.60 20.00

Total 111.67 120.46 131.78 130.75 136.22 4.05

1

4 Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas, “Basic Statistics on Petroleum and Natural Gas, 2010-11”, Table 2, pp-5. 5 Compound Annual Growth Rate 6 Provisional





2.8.1 Reserves

Refer Table 2-6. India’s Crude oil reserves have shown an marginal increase from 770 to 775 from 2007 to 2008, but crude oil reserves have decreased to 757 from 775 in the year 2010 – 11 and it is again showing an marginal increase from 757 to 760 Million Metric Tonnes (MMT) over five years ending FY 2012, a CAGR of only -0.26%.

On the other hand natural gas reserves have seen a steady increase from ~ 1090 to 1330 Billion cubic meters (BCM) over five years ending FY 2012, a CAGR of 4.06%.

This is because existing onshore reserves located at Gujarat, Assam, Rajasthan, Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Tripura and Nagaland and Offshore reserves in the East and West Coast have not grown to meet growing demand. Therefore, India is largely dependent on import of petroleum goods to meet its requirements.

ONGC’s proposed exploratory drilling project could possibly result in the discovery of hydrocarbon and in that case, would help in reducing India’s dependence on imports.

2.8.2 Consumption

The demand for petroleum has recorded a considerable increase over the last few years. Available statistics presented in Table 2-6, indicate considerable increase in consumption of petroleum products due to the development activities in the country in the last few years. Consumption of crude oil has grown from 156.10 to 211.42 million metric tones over the 5 year period ending FY 2012, a CAGR of 6.25 %. Similarly petroleum products have also shown an increase in last five years from 128.95 to 148.00 million metric tones, a CAGR of 2.79%.

2.8.3 Production

Crude oil production has shown a steady increase over the past five years from ~34.12 to 38.09 Million Metric tones (MMT), a CAGR of 2.23%. Similarly production of petroleum products has also shown a healthy increase from ~144.93 to 196.71 over the past five years with a CAGR of 6.30%

2.8.4 Net Imports

Net imports have grown from ~111.67 to ~136.22 MMT, a CAGR of 4.05%.

2.8.5 Synopsis of the above Discussion – Importance of the project to the Company

Facing an environment of increasing consumption, static reserves, increasing imports and increasing costs of crude as well as decreasing value of the Indian Rupee vis-à-vis the US Dollar, it follows that any accretion of hydrocarbon reserves in the country, is welcome.

Consequently, the need for the project is evident.

2.9 Scope of the Study

The scope of work is to carry out EIA studies per the requirement set in the ToR issued by MoEF to ONGC. The Tor Letter is attached as Annexure 1.

A compliance statement of ToR is given in Table 2-7.





Table 2-7: Compliance Statement of Terms of Reference S. No. TORs Covered in EIA

1.

A certified report of the status of compliances of the condistions stipulated in the environment

clearance and consent to operated for ongoing existing project by the Regional Office of the

Ministry of Environment and Forests and SPCB

Not Applicable as the blocks are awarded to ONGC are new and the proposed project is new and not

linked to other project

2 Executive summary of the project Executive summary is covered in Chapter 1, Page No. 17

3 Project Description, Project benefits Project description is given in Chapter 2 Section 3.1, Page No. 52, Project Benefits are given in

Chapter 8, Page No. 228.

4

Site details within 1 km of each proposed well, any habitation any other installation/activity, flora and

fauna approachability to site, other activities including agriculture/land, satellite imagery for 10

km area. Location of National Park/ Wildlife Sanctuary/Reserve forest/ Eco sensitive area.

There are 22 wells proposed to be drilled, landuse prepared on basis of satellite imagery of the study area is given in Map 4.1 (A to C), Flora and Fauna are discussed in Chapter 4, Section 4.10, and Page

No. 117, Approach to site is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.3.2, and Page No.37, their no National

Park/ Wildlife Sanctuary/Reserve forest/ Eco sensitive area in the study area.

5 Details of Forest land involved in the proposed project. A Copy of Forest clearance if applicable Not Applicable

6

Permission from the State Forest Department regarding the impact of the proposed plant on the

surrounding National Park/ Wild life Sanctuary/ reserve Forest/ Eco sensitive area if any approval

obtained from the State/ Central Government under Forest Conservation Act, 1980 for the

forestland should be submitted

There is no National Park/ Wild life Sanctuary/ reserve Forest/ Eco sensitive area in the study

area so permission from state forest department regarding the impact is not required also approval

from State/ Central Government under Forest Conservation Act, 1980 for the forestland is not

required

7 Distance from nearby critically / Severely polluted area as per Notification dated 13th January, 2010,

if applicable

Nearest critically/ Severely polluted area as per Notification dated 13th January, 2010 is Vatva at a

distance of ~35 km

8 Does proposal involves rehabilitation and resettlement? If yes, details thereof.

Proposed project is for drilling of exploratory wells and it does not involve rehabilitation and

resettlement

9 Details of project cost Project cost is given in Chapter 3, Section 3.2 , Page No 65

10

Details of all the facilities Including CGS, GGS,

OCS. Produced water treatment etc to be instalier! If existing facilities, give details

Not Applicable as the proposed project is for exploratory drilling

11

Environmental consideration in the selection of the drilling locations for which environmental

clearance is being sought. Please present any analysis suggested for minimizing the foot print

There is no National Park/ Wild life Sanctuary/ reserve Forest/ Eco sensitive area in the study area. Safe distance will be kept from nearest receptor. Analysis of alternatives is given in





S. No. TORs Covered in EIA giving details of drilling and development options

considered. Chapter 6, Page No. 210

12

Baseline data collection for air, water and soil for one season leaving the monsoon season in an

area of 10 km radius with centre of oil field as its centre covering the area of all proposed drilling

wells

Baseline data collected has been covered in Chapter 4

I Topography of the project site Topography and Geology of the area is discussed in Chapter 4, Section 4.7, Page No. 93

II Ambient air quality monitoring at eight locations

for PM10, SO2, NOx , VOCs, Methane and Non Methane HC

Ambient air quality was monitored at 15 locations instead of 8 locations as the study area covers 3

Districts. Ambient air quality is discussed in Chapter 4, Section 4.5, Page No. 83, Ambient air

quality results are given in Annexure 4.

III Soil sample analysis (physical and chemical properties) at the area located at 5 locations

Soil sample were collected from 19 locations. Discussion about soil is given in Chapter 4, Section 4.8, Page No. 95, Soil Sampling locations are given

in Section 4.8.1, Page No. 95, Results of soil sampling are given in Table 4-20 to Table 4-22.

IV Ground and Surface water quality in the vicinity of the proposed well site

Surface water analysis was done at 9 locations details are given in Section 4.9 , Page No.102.

Ground water sampling was done at 20 locations within the study area details are given in Section

4.9 , Page No.102

V Climatology and Meteorology including wind speed, wind direction, temperature, rainfall,

relative humidity etc.

Climatology and Meteorology including wind speed, wind direction, temperature, rainfall etc is given in

Section 4.4, Page No. 77

VI Measurement of noise levels within 1 km radius of the proposed well site

Noise level monitoring was done at 35 locations near the proposed wells it is given in Chapter 4, Section 4.6, Page No. 90, Sampling locations are

given in Table 4-14, Page No. 91, Noise level results are given in Table 4-15, Page No. 92

VII Vegetation and Landuse: Animal Resources

Landuse of the study area is given in Chapter 4, Section 4.3, Page No. 66, Vegitation and Animal resources are given in Chapter 4, Section 4.10,

Page No. 117

13. Incremental GLC as a result of D.G set operation Incremental GLC as a result of D.G set operation is

given in Annexure 5

14.

Potential environmental impact envisages during various stages of project activities such as site

activation, development operation/ maintenance and decommissioning.

Potential environmental impact envisages during various stages of project activities such as site

activation, development operation/ maintenance and decommissioning are discussed in Chapter 5, Section 5.2.2, Page No. 157, also given in Table

5-5, Page No. 167





S. No. TORs Covered in EIA

15.

Actual sources of water and Permission for the drawl of water from the competent authority.

Detailed water balance, waste water generation and discharge.

Source of water for proposed project will through tanker supply (~ 20 KLD water required during

drilling operation of one well + ~4.7 KL for initial activities) which will be sourced from nearest

installation of ONGC. Water balance diagram for drilling is given as

Figure 3-5, Page No. 62. Waste water generation and discharge is described

in section 3.1.10, Page No. 63 Waste water will be collected in HDPE lined

evaporating pit and will be allowed to evaporate naturally.

16. Noise abatement measures and measures to minimize disturbance due to light and visual

instruction in case coastally located

Noise abatment measures for noise arising due to drilling work is given in Section 5.5, Page No. 177.

The project is not coastally located.

17. Treatment and Disposal of waste water Waste water will be collected in HDPE lined

evaporating pit and will be allowed to evaporate naturally.

18. Treatment and disposal of solid waste generated Solid waste generation, collection, segregation,

recycling, reuse, treatment and disposal for drilling is given in Section 3.1.13, Page No. 63

19. Disposal of spent oil and loose Spent oil will be sent to GPCB approved reprocessors.

20. Storage of chemicals and Diesel at site Chemicals used for drilling mud make up will be stored on a paved plateform under shed. Diesel

will be stored in a 40 KL tank at site.

21. Commitment for the use of WBM only ONGC is commited to use Water based mud

22. Mud make up and mud and cutting disposal – all options considered should be listed with selective

options

Mud composition is given in Table 3-1, Page No. 58, Disposal of cutting is given in Section 3.1.13,

Page No. 63

23. Hazardous material usage, storage and disposal Hazardous material usage, storage and disposal is given in Section 3.1.13, Page No. 63

24. Disposal of packaging waste from site Packaging waste will be disposed as per ONGC policy.

25. Oil spill emergency plans in respect of recovery/ reclamation

Oil spill emergency plan is covered in Section 9.7.2, Page No. 250

26. H2S emission control H2S emission is not observed during the earlier drilling campaign of ONGC






27. Produced oil handling and storage Produced oil Handling and storage is covered in Section 3.3, Page No. 65

28 Details of scheme for oil colection system along with process flow diagram and its capacity

Not applicable as the proposed operation is for exploratory drilling

29 Details of control of air, water and noise pollution in oil collection system

Not applicable as the proposed operation is for exploratory drilling

30 Disposal of formation/produced water Not applicable as the proposed operation is for exploratory drilling

31. Weather any burn pits being utilized for well test operations

No burn pits will not be utilized for well test operations

32.

Restoration and decommissioning plans which should include mud pits and waste restoration also

and documentation and monitoring of site recovery

Restoration and decommissioning plans are given in Chapter 9, Section 9.3, Page No. 237

33. Measure to protect ground water and shallow aquifers from contamination

Measure to protect ground water and shallow aquifers is given in Section 5.7, Page No. 186

34 Risk assessment and disaster management plan

for independent reviews of well designed construction etc for prevention of blow out

Risk assessment is given in Chapter 5, Section 5.13, Page No. 198

Disaster Management Plan is given in Chapter 7, Section 7.1, Page No. 211

35 Environmental Management Plan Envionmental management plan is given in Chapter 9, Section 9.1, Page No.229.

36 Documentary proofs of memberships of common disposal facilities, if any.

Membership of common disposal facilities is given in Annexure 9.

37

Details of the environmental and safety related documentation within the company including

documentation and proposed occupational health and safety surveillance program for all personnel

at site. This should also include monitoring programme for the environment.

ONGC Periodic Medical Examination Policy (PME) is given in Annexure 10.

Monitoring Programme for the environment is given in Table 9-9, Page No. 255

38 Total capital and recurring cost for environmental cost measures.

Total expenditure is given in Table 9-10, Page No. 258

39

A copy of the Corporate Environmental policy of the ONGC as per the Ministry O.M. No. J-

11013/41/2006 –IA II (I) available on the ministry website

Corporate environmental policy of ONGC is given as Annexure 11.






40

Public hearing issues raised and commitments made by the project proponent on the same

should be included separately in EIA/EMP report in the form of tabular chart with financial budget for

complying with the commitments made

Complied

41 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any court of law

against the project, if so, details thereof

No litigation pending against this project and/or any direction/order passed by any court of law

against the project

42 A tabular chart with index for point – wise compliance of above ToRs Covered in this table

I All documents should be properly indexed, Page numbered

All documents are properly indexed, Page numbered

II Period/date of data collection should be clearly indicated Period/date of data collection is clearly indicated

III Authenticated English translation of all material

provided in Regional Languages Translation of relevant document is provided in

local language

IV The letter/application for EC should quote the MoEF file No. and also attach a copy of the letter. Copy of ToR letter is attached as Annexure 1

V The copy of the letter received from the Ministry should be also attached as an annexure to the

final EIA-EMP report.

Copy of the letter received from the Ministry is attached as Annexure 1.

VI

The final EIA-EMP report submitted to the Ministry must incorporate the issues in this letter and that raised in Public Hearing / Consultation along with duly filled in Industry Sector questionnaire. The index of the final EIA/EMP Report must indicate

the specific chapter and page no. of the EIA/EMP Report where the above issues and the issues

raised in the Public Hearing have been incorporated.

VI ‘Certificate of Accreditation issued by the QCI to the environmental consultant should be included The certificate is attached as Annexure 7

3

These 'TORs' should be considered for the preparation of EIA/ EMP report for exploratory drilling of 22 No of Wells in NELP-IX Blocks CB

ONN-2010/1, CB-ONN-2010/6 &CB-ONN-2010/9 at Banaskantha, Gandhinagar and Ahmedabad

Districts, Gujarat by M/s ONGC Ltd in addition to all the relevant information as per the 'General

Noted





S. No. TORs Covered in EIA Structure of EIA given In Appendix iii and iii A in the EIA Notification, 2006. The EIA/EMP as per

TORs should be submitted to the Chairman, Gujarat Pollution Control Board, (GPCB) for

separate public consultation to be conducted for all Districts. The SPCB shall conduct the public

hearing/public consultation as per the provisions of EIA notification, 2006

4

You are requested to kindly submit the final EIA/EMP prepared as per TORs and incorporating all the issues raised during Public Hearing I Public

consultation to the Ministry for considering the proposal for environmental clearance within 2

years as per tile MoEF Q,M, No, J-11013/4112006-/AII (/) dated 22nd March, 2010.

Noted

5

The consultants involved in the preparation of EIA/EMP report after accreditation with Quality

Council of India / National Accreditation Board of Education and Training (OCI/NABET) would need

to include a certificate in this regard in the EIA/EMP report" prepared by them and data

provided by other organization(s)/Laboratories(s) including their status of approvals etc.

The certificate is attached as Annexure 7



& 9 PROJECT DESCRIPTION


3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

This chapter provides a condensed description of those aspects of the project likely to cause environmental effects. Details are described in the chapter with regards to type, need, location, size or magnitude of project operations, technology and other related activities.

3.1 Drilling of Exploratory Wells

3.1.1 Overview

To exploit hydrocarbon in sub-surface, an oil well is drilled by deploying a drill rig. Drilling operations shall be conducted round-the-clock for 24 hrs. The time taken to drill a well depends on the depth of the hydrocarbon bearing formation and the geological conditions. ONGC intends to drill wells to a depth up to 3000 m. This would typically take ~30 - 35 days for each well – however drilling period may increase depending on well depth.

In general, a 17 ½” hole is drilled from the surface up to a predetermined depth and 13 3/8” surface casing is done to cover fresh water sands, prevent caving, to cover weak zones & to provide means for attaching well head & the blowout preventer (BOP). This is followed by drilling of 12 ¼” hole and lowering of 9 5/8” intermediate casing depending upon the depth of the well and anticipated problems in drilling the well. The 8 ½” holes is drilled up to the target depth of the well cased with 5 ½” production casing to isolate the producing zone from the other formations

In the process of drilling, drilling fluid is used to lift the cutting from the hole to the surface. Drilling fluid is formulated by earth clay and barites. Various types of bio-degradable polymers are also added to maintain the specific parameters of the mud.

Both two casing policy and three casing policy will be employed for drilling.

100M 13 3/8” casing

550M 9 5/8” casing

1600M 5 ½” casing





Figure 3-1: Well Profile with Three Casing Policy

Figure 3-2: Well Profile with Two Casing Policy Where a hydrocarbon formation is found, initial well tests - possibly lasting one more month (if tested by work over rig, which is smaller than a drilling rig) are conducted to establish flow rates of oil & gas and formation pressure along with other reservoir parameters. These tests may then generate oil, gas and formation water. On completion of testing, the well would be declared oil / gas producer or dry.

In the event that economic quantities of hydrocarbons are found, the well will be completed with a wellhead in place, but all the other equipment and materials will be removed from the site.

In the event that no economic quantities of hydrocarbons are found, the site would be restored to the original form (as far as possible) and the well abandoned, following standard practices.

3.1.2 Drilling Site Selection

The proposed well locations will be selected based on the following considerations:

Identified at a place so that drill site is located at a safe distance away from the nearest village habitat & existing rain water catchment tanks;

Natural drainage channels are avoided or drainage channels rerouted to ensure unhindered flow of rain / flood water. Where necessary adequate erosion control measures will be provided;

9 5/8” casing

5 ½” casing

450M

1100 M





All practicable means will be followed to avoid or minimize detrimental effects on the surrounding environment by virtue of the construction at the location or the operation of the drilling rig. Maximum care will be taken to avoid the cutting of the trees.

3.1.3 Site Clearance

The site selected for proposed drilling activity shall be first surveyed topographically and site boundaries shall be marked. Land clearance for site construction at each drilling site shall practicably be minimum in order to safely accommodate the facilities required for installation. The area of land required would be approximately of the order of 110 m x 110 m.

During the construction phase of about 30 days, approximately 6-7 truckloads per day of material movement would take place. The drill site construction would be done largely employing local labour.

3.1.4 Access and Transport

Roads will be required to provide access to each operating well and to the facilities provided for the drilling. In some cases permanent access roads will have to be built so that equipment can be moved in and out of the locations initially and during later maintenance. While preparing access roads, following guidelines will be followed:

Use existing roads, when suitable, to prevent further soil disturbance Site roads along ridgelines to minimize road grades and to lessen the potential of disturbing a

watercourse Avoid designing roads with sharp curves, blind spots, steep grades in or near streams and

valleys

The transportation of the rig, drilling and well testing equipment to (and from) the drill site will be by truck and trailer using the existing and proposed road system outlined above. 50 - 60 truck / trailer loads are expected for delivery of this equipment over a ten day period.

3.1.5 Drilling Site Layout

Each development well drill site has the following facilities:

Potable office cabins / rest rooms; Drilling rig foundation and cellar pit; Foundation / pits for ancillary equipments; Space for drill rig equipment, working area and materials lay down area; Cutting disposal (impervious lined) pits; Solar evaporation pits (waste drilling fluid disposal); Water storage pit; Sewage treatment system (septic tank with soak away pits); Paved and contained chemical storage area; Above ground diesel storage tanks with paved and bunded area; Storm water drainage system; Internal roads and fencing

Figure 3-3 provides a typical layout for such a drilling site. It should be noted however, that the final configuration and layout would in part be determined by ONGC. Sheds shall be constructed for





accommodating the staff during working hours. A bunded oil, lubricants and chemicals storage area will be installed and a shed shall be prepared for the same. A reinforced concrete pad will be built over an area of around 20 m2 as a foundation for the drilling rig. A temporary waste containment area will be constructed. A water pit with cement plastering will also be constructed for storage of water required for the drilling operations. Once the site is prepared, drilling equipment, supplies and drilling personnel will be mobilized and the drilling rig will be erected. The drill site is restricted access area and is fenced all round with round the clock watch & ward facility. Entry of vehicles into the drilling site area is prohibited except for material movement.

Instillation of Facilities

Within the cleared site, construction will be taken up. This would include the impermeable layer lined for drilling fluid, drill cuttings, waste and water storage pits as required, foundations for the drilling rig and accessories, inter-connecting drains, secure storage provision for chemical, oil and waste oil, portable-cabins and a sewage treatment system (septic tank and soak away pits and piping). The mobilization of the drill site involves transportation of drilling rig in modules and erected by means of mobile cranes. The drill site equipments are designed as modular / skid mounted type, which facilitates quick demobilization and re- mobilization. The installation of the drill site equipments / facilities involves about 50 trailer loads spread over 5-6 days. Once the site is prepared, drilling equipment, supplies and drilling personnel will be mobilized and the drilling rig will be erected.

Other Utilities

The development drill site area will be fenced by high barbed wire. The drilling rig will be positioned almost in the middle of this area, when mobilized. Excavation work shall be carried out under the permit-to-work system and in such a manner that the collapse of sidewalls is precluded. Measures shall be taken to prevent persons and livestock from accidentally falling into an excavation pit.

Surface Drainage

Drilling sites will have an adequate drainage and wastewater conveyance system, so that all wastewater are contained and can be disposed as per the GPCB discharge norms. The drilling rig location will be connected with paved drains to the lined drilling fluid collection pits. Storm water flows will be conveyed through surface drainage system. Surface drains will be adequately graded and maintained and kept debris free to ensure quick disposal of their contents.

Waste Oil Collection, Storage & Disposal System

Waste oil from pumps or other machinery will be trapped and manually collected and stored in a paved waste oil storage area. The storage area will be provided with paved flooring, containment bunding and covered roofing. The storage facility shall be designed based on the CPCB guidelines for hazardous waste storage. The waste oil will be recycled as per GPCB & MoEF authorized waste oil recyclers at the end of the exploratory drilling operations.

Spill Containment System

Containment systems and oil traps will be provided to trap any escape of oil before it can leave the drilling site. All potential sources of spillage will be equipped with drainage facilities or drip pans in order to contain spills.





Waste Water Storage Pit

The waste water storage pit (Size 70 m X 30 m X 2 m - for up to 3000 m well depth) will collect waste water, which come from the drilling operations. The waste water present in the waste pits will be recycled and reused during drilling phase. Water based drilling fluids, which are non- hazardous, will be used. The residual wastewater and the drilling fluid from the drilling operation will be collected in waste pits for solar drying. The pit will be lined with HDPE sheet and the overlaps welded together with the edges brought over the rim and tucked into the soil. At the end of the drilling phase, the liquid fraction of the waste drilling fluid will be allowed to evaporate and the pit is filled with thick layer of native top-soil.

Drill Cuttings Disposal Pit

The drilling rig system to be employed for drilling will be equipped for the separation of drill cuttings and solid materials from the drilling fluid. The drill cuttings, cut by the drill bit, will be removed from the fluid by the shale shakers (vibrating screens) and centrifuges and transferred to the cuttings containment area. Once the drilling fluid / mud have been cleaned it will be returned to the fluid tank and pumped down the drill string again.

Drill Cutting and drilling mud will be disposed off in accordance with Notification dated 30th August 2005 - G.S.R 546 (E) point no C “Guidelines for Disposal of Solid Waste, Drill Cutting and Drilling Fluids for Offshore and Onshore Drilling Operation”.

Domestic Sewage Treatment and Disposal System

The domestic sewage generated from the drill site operations will be treated in a septic tank–soak pit system. The septic tank is adequately sized to cater to a volumetric capacity of 4–5 m3 per day.

Fuel & Chemical Storage Area

The fuel (Diesel) will be received in bulk quantity through road tankers and stored in above ground steel diesel tanks (~ 40 KL capacity). The tanks will be operated and maintained as per the applicable rules. The tank area will be provided with secondary containment of adequate capacity to impound any accidental leaks.

Chemicals will be stored on a paved platform and protected against weather through an impervious covering. Separate storages are earmarked for liquid and solid chemicals. All the storages are identified with tags and sign boards. All required safety precautions such as display of the MSDS, provision of fire extinguishers will be followed.





Figure 3-3: Typical Layout of Drilling Site





3.1.6 Drilling and Testing Operation at Well Site

Once the cellar has been excavated, the drill pad constructed and equipments in place, drilling would commence. Based upon the drilling methodology adopted by ONGC, the sizes of drill bits, casings (surface / conductor / production) and other equipment would vary.

Typically for the first 100m or so a large diameter bit is used. A length of pipe, the casing, is cemented into the shallow borehole produced to support the walls, which can be weak and porous and can potentially collapse. The first drilling fluid used is quite often water alone. Drilling will then continue for several hundreds of meters. At this depth smaller diameter casing is usually cemented into the hole. This intermediate casing protects the well by sealing potentially weak zones. At this stage low density drilling fluids will be used and although it is unlikely that gases or fluids under pressure might be encountered, a blow-out preventer is typically installed as part of secondary well control to prevent fluid from the formation gushing to the surface. Drilling continues using progressively smaller bits and incrementally decreasing casing diameters. Air will also be used as drilling media wherever required. Changes in fluid composition, and drill bit, are also likely to occur according to the different strata encountered.

Drilling Mud

During drilling, a fluid known as “drilling fluid” or mud is pumped through the drill string, through the drill bit and then returns up the annulus between the drill string and bore hole, serves a number of important functions.

Drilling Mud Composition

ONGC uses water-based mud. The main components of drilling mud are slurry of inert solids suspended in a liquid phase. The chemicals used for mud preparation are given in Table 3-1

Table 3-1: Chemical Used for Water Based Mud Preparation Chemical Percentage

Bentonite, 15cps 6 Potassium chloride 15

Polyanionic cellulose 0.5 (w/v) Lignite 4.0

Caustic potash 1.0 (w/v) Sulphonated Asphalt 2.0 (w/v)

Resinated Lignite 2.0 (w/v) Biopolymer 1.5 (w/v)

Drilling Fluid Function

Drilling fluid serves the following essential functions:

The removal of drilled solids (i.e. cuttings) from the bottom of the hole and their transport to the surface for separation from the mud;

Lubrication and cooling of the drill bit and string; Deposition of an impermeable cake on the well bore wall to seal the formation

being drilled;





Suspension of drilling cuttings in the fluid during the interruption of drilling; and Countering the natural formation pressures and preventing uncontrolled flow of fluid from the

formations

The role of the drilling fluids in pressure control is especially important. If the drill bit penetrates a formation containing oil, gas or water under pressure these fluids are prevented from flowing into the borehole by ensuring that the drilling mud is of sufficient density to the natural formation pressures.

Water based drilling fluids, which are of an environmentally acceptable nature will be used. The drilling fluids are non- hazardous in nature and are normally re-used as much as is possible while drilling the well.

Drilling Fluid Circulation System

During drilling operations mud is pumped through the drill string down to the drilling bit and returns between the drill pipe casing annulus up to surface back into the circulation system after separation of drill cuttings / solids through solids control equipment.

The mud used during the operation will flush out formation cuttings from the well hole. These cuttings will be separated from the drilling mud using a solids-control and waste management package. This will comprise a stepped system of processes consisting of linear motion vibrating screens called shale shakers and centrifuges to mechanically separate cuttings from the mud fluid. The mud from the hole is first screened in the shakers through a mud flow line which separates 100 micron size of cuttings. The solids up to 2 micron are separated in a centrifuge. The mud is then collected in mud tanks. Both the cuttings from the shale shakers and centrifuge are collected in a Solid Discharge pit and then removed to a specially designed pit lined with 1-1.5 mm thickness of HDPE. This cuttings pit has a certain slope to drain off water in the adjacent waste pit. This pit after being filled up shall be covered with an impervious liner over which a thick layer of native top-soil with proper top slope will be provided.

The whole process by which the drilling fluid will be reused during the drilling operation is commonly known as a “closed loop system”. This system is ideal for drilling operations in sensitive environments as it cuts down immensely on the total water consumption for the formulation of drilling mud and also saves on the Consumption of chemicals. The circulating system is essentially a self contained, closed system as shown in Figure 3-4





Figure 3-4: Drilling Fluid Circulation System

3.1.7 Workforce Arrangements

No workers camp will be required during drilling of wells. During the drilling operations, about 30 to 40 persons may be working in 8 hour shifts at site. Workers will be able to return to their homes at night and hence no camping will be required at or near the well site. Once drilling is over no person is required at site, except security cover through a contractor.

3.1.8 Power Requirements

During drilling operations, diesel engines shall be utilized as prime movers for meeting the power required to run the drilling rig, circulation system etc. A power generator shall also be installed for lighting. The capacity of the diesel engines that shall be used for operating the rig and the circulation system is expected to be of 1250HP (3 Nos, two running and one standby), which will be run by High





Speed Diesel. This generator shall consume approximately 250-300 Lit of fuel per hour, when in operation. Besides, the power generator used for lighting is expected to have a rating of approximately 40 – 60 KVA, which would consume HSD at the rate of 0.02 KL/hr, when in operation.

3.1.9 Water Requirement

The most significant requirement of water for drilling activities is for mud preparation.The other requirement would be for engine cooling, floor / equipment / string washing, sanitation, fire-fighting storage / make-up and drinking. During the drilling activity, about 35 m3 per day water will be required which will include requirements for operation and that for sanitation and drinking of the workers during drilling single well. The water shall be made available from the nearest ONGC installation, and will be transported by water tanker. A water pit of 150 m3 capacity will be constructed at the site for the purpose of fire fighting..

Table 3-2: Water Requirement

S. No. Purpose Peak water required during Drilling period (KLD) per well

Drilling Operation 1 Mud preparation 10 2 Drill cutting washing, Floor and Equipment Washing 15

3 Engine Cooling 5 4 Domestic requirement 5

Total Water requirement for Drilling (KLD) 35





Figure 3-5: Water Balance Diagram

Mud Preparation Processing

10 m3/day

Drill Cuttings Washing

10 m3/day

Cooling

5 m3/day

Misc., Drinking, Toilet Etc.

5 m3/day

Waste Pit

(Water recd.11 m3/day) Soak Pit

Net Waste Water Quantity: 3 m3/day

2 m3/day 5 m3/day 1 m3/day

8 m3/day

General Rig Washing

5 m3/day

2 m3/day 2 m3/day

Total Water Required 35 m3/day





3.1.10 Waste Water Generation

The drilling operation would generate wastewater in the form of wash water due to washing of equipment, string and cuttings etc. The only other source of wastewater generated from seismic survey as well as drilling operation is sewage from sanitation facilities, which shall be disposed through septic tanks/soak pits. It is expected that wastewater in the form of washings shall be generated at an average rate of around 3 m3/day during the drilling operations from a single well. Waste water will be discharged in HDPE lined evaporation pit, size of the pit is generally 70mx30mx2m.

The wash water would contain variable quantities of mineral salts, solids, suspended and dissolved hydrocarbons, and other organic and inorganic components in very minor quantities.

3.1.11 Air Emissions

The emissions to the atmosphere from the drilling operations shall be from the diesel engines, and power generator.

3.1.12 Noise Generation

The source of noise generation during this phase of operations would be the operation of rig and diesel-generating sets. The expected noise generation at source, due to operation of rig is 101 dBA (Source: "Control of Noise Pollution from Diesel Generator sets", Programme Objective Series; PROBES/71/1998-99, Central Pollution Control Board). Besides, certain pumps are expected to be in operation during this phase, for mud circulation. The noise generation work however is transient and limited to the drilling period only.

Consultants from Kadam visited a typical ONGC drill site within the Cambay Basin; Noise levels were measured near various noise generating equipments and at site boundary. The noise levels were observed as follows

Near Well head ~ 80 to 85 dB (A) Near mud pump ~ 80 to 85 dB (A) Near DG Set ~ 70 to 75 dB (A) Near Shale Shaker ~70 to 75 dB (A) Near Site Boundary ~ 55 to 60 dB (A)

3.1.13 Waste Management

The top layer of soil shall be stacked at site for reuse after completion of drilling operations. The solid waste generated from drilling operation will be disposed in following manner.

Drill Cuttings – 150-200 MT / well will be generated, which are mainly inert solids. Drill cuttings shall be water washed and then solar dried at site in HDPE lined cutting pit. Dry cuttings shall be covered with top layer of soil.

Spent Oil – During the drilling approx. 200 lts. of spent oil shall be generated. This oil shall be sent to authorized recyclers, as per ONGC policy.

Oil Sludge/ Hazardous waste – The proposed drilling is temporary activity and exploratory in nature, no hazardous waste shall be generated. In case of any Oil Sludge/ Hazardous waste is generated during the drilling activities, same shall be sent for incineration to a TSDF site.





Drilling Mud – Water base drilling mud shall be used, approx. 200 m3 drilling mud per well is required. Waste mud shall be sent to central mud plant of ONGC for processing, recycling and reuse.

3.1.14 Safety and Environment

Adequate safety measures such as fire-fighting equipment shall be provided at the site in accordance with the norms of OISD 189. A high-pressure influx of formation fluids (water and/or gas) into the well bore is commonly known as a 'kick'. Well control is aimed at preventing the kick and a possible blowout. The function of well control can be conveniently sub-divided into two main categories, namely primary well control and secondary well control. These categories are briefly described below.

Primary Well Control

This is the maintenance of sufficient hydrostatic head of fluid in the well bore to balance the pressure exerted by the fluids in the formation being drilled. This means that the pressure exerted by the density of the drilling fluid should be greater than the pressure of the formation fluids. It should be noted that balancing formation pressure is a theoretical minimum requirement; good drilling practice dictates that a sufficient excess of hydrostatic head over the formation pressure be maintained at all times to allow for contingencies.

Secondary Well Control

If, for any reason, the effective hydrostatic head in the well bore should fall below formation pressure, an influx of formation fluids (kick) into the well bore would occur. If this situation occurs, the Blowout preventer (BOP's) must be closed to prevent the loss of fluid from the well. The purpose of secondary well control is to rectify the situation by closing the well in and circulating the invading fluid out of the well, while at the same time increasing the fluid weight to prevent any further influx.

The drilling personnel of the selected contractor are expected to be experienced in the above procedures and the key personnel will be required to hold certificates to prove competence in well control procedures. They will be trained and regular drills held to ensure that they will know how to act in such events. Furthermore, they will be aware of the safety aspects associated with the drilling operation, through training and experience. It must be also noted that blowouts are rare events during development drilling operations conducted by experienced operators.

3.1.15 Abandonment of Operations

At the conclusion of the drilling program at each drilling site, an orderly withdrawal of all personnel and the removal of all drilling and testing equipment and non-fixed items from the drilling site will be undertaken.

Broadly, there are two such scenarios:

In case that the well is completed when economic quantities of hydrocarbons are found, the well will be left with a wellhead in place, but all other equipment and materials will be removed from the site. The well site will be fenced and will be reduced to 30m X 30 m for the production phase and all non essential area will be fully reclaimed

In any other case the site will be cleared and refurbished to permit recovery to as near as possible the pre-existing local environment





Temporary Suspension of Activities

In the event that economic quantities of hydrocarbons are found, all empty drums, wastes, used and unused drilling fluids, fuel and lubricants will be removed from the drilling site. Water supply and effluent discharge hoses and associated equipment will be removed. All solids & liner will be removed and sent to an authorized TSDF site.

Decommissioning upon Abandonment

In the event that no economic quantities of hydrocarbons are found, a full abandonment plan will be implemented for the drilling sites in accordance with the applicable Oil Mines Regulation, 1984. The activities mentioned in the above section would apply to decommissioning upon abandonment as well, but abandonment would be more permanent.

The overriding principle being that the environment should, with time, be reinstated to broadly its original condition. Until such time as this is achieved, ONGC would actively manage the reinstatement process. All concrete or steel installations would be removed to at least 1 m below ground level, so as to ensure that there are no protruding surface structures. In the unlikely event that soil is found to be contaminated, measures would be taken to remove or treat appropriately all contaminated topsoil to promote its remediation.

3.2 Cost of the Project

Approximate cost of the project is given in Table 3-3.

Table 3-3: Cost of Project

Description of the Activity Approximate Cost

Drilling of 22 exploratory wells in NELP Block CB-ONN-2010/1,6 & 9 ~ Rs 350 Crore

3.3 Details of Oil Collection System

As the proposed project is for exploratory drilling operation no oil/gas collection system is envisaged.



& 9 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT


4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

4.1 Introduction

This chapter of the report provides an overview of the environmental baseline conditions within the study area that might be affected by the proposed activities. An environmental baseline survey was conducted as part of the EIA study for the subject exploratory drilling operations in these blocks of Banaskanth, Ahmedabad and Gandhinagar districts and it included collection of primary and secondary data.

4.2 Methodology

The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey considered the guidelines given in the EIA Manual of the MoEF and standard methods and techniques. Baseline information with respect to air, noise, water, and land quality in the study area was collected by conducting primary sampling/field studies during postmonsson season 2014 as mandated by the ToR issued by the EAC (Industrial projects) of the MoEF. The characteristics of baseline status of study area with respect to the parameters are discussed in subsequent sections of this chapter.

4.2.1 Study Area Included in Environmental Setting

The study area is considered to be the combined area within a radius of 10 km around the each block.

4.2.2 Primary Data Collection by Environmental Monitoring

Primary data collected include:

Ambient air quality Noise Ground Water/Surface water quality Soil quality Land use pattern Flora and Fauna

4.2.3 Secondary Data Collection

This includes review of secondary/published information on:

Socio-economic profile Sensitive areas such as biosphere reserve, forests, sanctuaries, places of historical,

archeological, tourist importance, etc.

4.3 Land Use

4.3.1 Classification of Land use and Land Cover

The National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Government of India, conducted a land use survey using Remote Sensing Techniques in the year 1988-89 at the behest of the Planning Commission for





classifying land by visual interpretation techniques and digital techniques. NRSA’s output resulted in a two-level system of classification, comprising six first level of classification of land use / landcover categories. Some of these categories required further classification, leading to a second level of classification that resulted in further sub-categories.

This system of classification has been the basis for Kadam’s landuse / landcover studies. Whilst these categories are generally found relevant with respect to describing landuse and landcover classes in the Indian context, sometimes modifications are required, and made, to include additional sub-categories which are more relevant in describing the landuse and landcover for a particular study. Such sub-categories are defined, in any case.

The definitions for the first and second level of classification are provided in the following sections.

Built Up Land or Habitation

It is defined as an area of human habitation developed due to non-agricultural use and that which has a cover of buildings, transport, communication utilities in association with water vegetation and vacant lands.

Kadam has chosen to further define this landuse category into additional categories, namely residential and industrial.

Residential /Commercial

Structures used by humans for living and working, but not including structures used exclusively for manufacturing.

Industrial

Structures used for manufacturing products.

Agricultural Land

It is defined as the land primarily used for farming and for production of food, fibre, and other commercial and horticultural crops. It includes land under crops (irrigated and un-irrigated), fallow land and plantations. These are further defined.

Crop Land

It includes those lands with standing crop (per se) as on the date of the satellite imagery. The crops may be of either Kharif (June-September) or Rabi (October – March) or Kharif Rabi seasons.

Fallow Land

It is described as agricultural land which is taken up for cultivation but is temporarily allowed to rest un-cropped for one or more seasons, but not less than one year. These lands are particularly those which are seen devoid of crops at the time when the imagery is taken during Rabi and Kharif.





Plantation

Plantations are described as an area under agricultural tree crops (for e.g. mango plantations) planted adopting certain agricultural management techniques. It includes tea, coffee, rubber, coconut, arecanut, citrus, orchards and other horticultural nurseries.

Forests

It is an area (within the notified forest boundary) bearing an association predominantly of trees and other vegetation types capable of producing timber and other forest produce. Forests can be further divided into sub-categories mentioned as follows.

Evergreen/ Semi – Evergreen Forests

These are forests which comprise thick and dense canopy of tall trees, which predominantly remain green throughout the year. Such forests include both coniferous and tropical broad-leaved evergreen trees. Semi-evergreen forests are often a mixture of both deciduous and evergreen trees but the latter predominate.

Deciduous Forest

These are described as forests which predominantly comprise of deciduous species and where the trees shed their leaves once in a year.

Degraded Forest or Scrub

It is described as a forest where the vegetative (crown) density is less than 20% of the canopy cover. It is the result of both biotic and abiotic influences. Scrub is a stunted tree or bush/shrub.

Forest Blank

A forest blank is an opening amidst forests without any tree cover. It includes openings of assorted size and shapes as seen on the imagery.

Forest Plantation

It is described as an area of trees of species of forestry importance and raised on notified forest lands. It includes eucalyptus, casuarinas, bamboo, etc.

Mangroves

Mangroves are described as a dense, thicker or woody, aquatic vegetation or forest cover occurring in tidal waters near estuaries and along the confluence of delta in coastal areas. Mangroves include species of the genera Rhizophora and Aviccunia.

Wastelands

Wastelands are described as degraded lands which can be brought under vegetative cover with reasonable water and soil management or on account of natural causes. Wastelands can result from internal / imposed constraints such as by location, environment, chemical and physical prosperities of the soil or financial or management constraints.





Different types of wastelands include salt-affected lands, waterlogged lands, marshy/swampy lands, mudlands, gullied / ravenous lands, land with or without scrub, sandy areas and barren rocky / stony waste / sheet rock areas.

Salt – Affected Land

The salt-affected land is generally characterized as the land that has adverse effects on the growth of most plants due to the action or presence of excess soluble or high exchangeable sodium. Alkaline land has an exchangeable sodium percentage (ESP) of about 15, which is generally considered as the limit between normal and alkali soils. The predominant salts are carbonates and bicarbonates of sodium. Coastal saline soils may be with or without ingress or inundation by seawater.

Waterlogged Land

Waterlogged land is that land where the water is at/or near the surface and water stands for most of the year. Such lands usually occupy topographically low-lying areas. It excludes lakes, ponds and tanks or in the context of the Wetlands (Conservation and Management Rules, 2010) such areas that could be considered as ‘protected wetlands’.

Marshy/ Swampy Land/ Mud Land Area

Marshy land is that which is permanently or periodically inundated by water and is characterized by vegetation, which includes grasses and weeds. Marshes are classified into salt/brackish or fresh water depending on the salinity of water. These exclude Mangroves.

Gullied / Ravenous Land

The ‘gullies’ are formed as a result of localized surface runoff affecting the friable unconsolidated material in the formation of perceptible channels resulting in undulating terrain. The gullies are the first stage of excessive land dissection followed by their networking which leads to the development of ravenous land. The word ‘ravine’ is usually associated not with an isolated gully but a network of deep gullies formed generally in thick alluvium and entering a nearby river, flowing much lower than the surrounding high grounds. The ravines are extensive systems of gullies developed along river courses.

Land with/ without Scrubs

They occupy (relatively) higher topography like uplands or high grounds with or without scrub. These lands are generally prone to degradation or erosion. These exclude hilly and mountainous terrain.

Sandy Area (Coastal Area/Desertic)

These are the areas, which have stabilized accumulations of sand in-site or transported in coastal riverine or inland (desert) areas. These occur either in the form of sand dunes, beaches, channel (river/stream) islands, etc.

Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area

It is defined as the rock exposures of varying lithology often barren and devoid of soil cover and vegetation and not suitable for cultivation. They occur amidst hill forests as openings or scattered as





isolated exposures or loose fragments of boulders or as sheet rocks on plateau and plains. It includes quarry or gravel pit or brick kilns.

Water Bodies

It is an area of impounded water, areal in extent and often with a regulated flow of water. It includes man-made reservoirs/lakes/tank/canals, besides natural lakes, rivers/streams and creeks.

River / Stream

It is a course of flowing water on the land along definite channels. It includes from a small stream to a big river and its branches. It may be perennial or non-perennial.

Reservoir / Lake / Pond / Tanks

It is a natural or man-made enclosed water body with a regulated flow of water. Reservoirs are larger than tanks/lakes and are used for generating electricity, irrigation and for flood control. Tanks are smaller in areal extent with limited use than the former. Canals are inland waterways used for irrigation and sometimes for navigation.

Others

It includes all those landuse and landcover classes which can be treated as miscellaneous because of their nature of occurrence, physical appearance and other characteristics.

Shifting Cultivation

It is the result of cyclic land use practice of felling of trees and burning of forest areas for growing crops. Such lands are also known as jhoom lands and cultivation called jhoom cultivation.

Grass Land / Grazing Land

It is an area of land covered with natural grass along with other vegetation, often grown for fodder to feed cattle and other animals. Such lands are found in river beds, on uplands, hill slopes, etc. Such lands can also be called as permanent pastures or meadows. Grazing lands are those where certain pockets of land are fenced for allowing cattle to graze.

Snow Covered / Glacial Area

These are snow-covered areas defined as a solid form of water consisting of minute particles of ice. It includes permanently snow covered areas as on the Himalayas. Glacier is a mass of accumulated ice occurring amidst permanently snow-covered areas.

Vegetation Cover

It is a land area predominantly covered with vegetation and is not part of Protected / Reserved Forests.

A synopsis of the above discussion is summarized and presented in Table 4.1.





Table 4-1: Synopsis of Land Use / Landcover Classification used for the Project S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification

1. Built-up Land or Habitation Residential / Commercial

Industrial

2. Agricultural Land Crop Land

Fallow Land Plantations

3. Forests

Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests Deciduous Forests

Degraded Forest or Scrub Forest Blank

Forest Plantations Mangroves

4. Wastelands

Salt-Affected Land Waterlogged Land

Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area Gullied / Ravenous Land

Land without Scrub Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic)

Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area

5. Water Bodies Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks

River Beds

6. Others Shifting Cultivation

Grassland / Grazing Land Snow Covered / Glacial Area

7. Vegetation Cover Vegetation Cover

4.3.2 Study Methodology Adopted

As already discussed, the project area comprises blocks CB-ONN-2010/1, CB-ONN-2010/6, CB-ONN-2010/9 of ONGC in the districts of Banaskantha, Gandhinagar and Ahmedabad.

The study area covers a distance equal to 10 km from the nearest block boundary for each block (as prescribed by the ToR).

To accomplish the objective the following steps were undertaken:

Study and collection of relevant documents and maps Checking of interpreted Google Earth imagery Field survey / ground truthing Generation of final land use / cover map

4.3.3 Landuse Pattern Studies

The methodology employed for preparation of Land use/ cover map included:





Data Collection Interpretation of satellite data Ground truth study Final map preparation

Data Collection

This covered:

Downloading of remote sensing data using the licensed software, Google Earth Pro having high resolution (<1.0m) imagery

Topographical maps as base map Quick reconnaissance survey of the study area by Kadam staff to get a general feel of the

entire ground area which can aid in the preliminary interpretation of the data

Interpretation of Satellite Data

The downloaded satellite imagery was interpreted considering the basic elements of interpretation such as size, shape, texture, pattern, location, association, shadow, aspect and resolution along with ground truth and ancillary information collected during the preliminary reconnaissance survey the interpretation was accomplished. The classification scheme followed in the project has been described earlier in Section 4.3.1 .

Ground Truth Studies

The aim of ground truth studies is to confirm whether the interpreted landuses are correct thus improving the quality of the output. It also allows interaction with local parties and stakeholders, thereby giving background information on the landuse.

4.3.4 Field Survey

Ground truth was carried out to check the discrepancy of the interpreted data. The survey consisted of traversing the study area, cross-checking of identified features with those represented on the map. Field notes were kept in the form of log sheets that recorded information pertaining to co-ordinates, photographs and identified landuses. Additional features identified or remarks made against existing interpretation were also recorded.

GPS readings were taken during the surveys wherever it was felt that additional confirmation in interpretation of the data and also observations of land features were noted. Additionally, spot checks were also done to confirm the land use / land cover interpretation even where confidence of interpretation was high.

4.3.5 Landuse and Landcover Pattern of the Study Area

The land use and land cover of the above mentioned study area comprises various categories.

All landuses are discussed in the subsequent sub-sections.





Built up Land

Residential / Commercial

This class covered 1.6 percent of land in Block CB-ONN-2010/1, 4.0 percent in CB-ONN-2010/6 and 2.3 percent in CB-ONN-2010/9.

Industrial Area

Sanand Industrial estate present in study area of Block CB-ONN-2010/9.

Industrial area also observed in Vasna Chacharwadi, Sari and Rajoda village.

In study area of block CB-ONN-2010/1 animal husbandry, milk production and concrete block manufacturing was also seen.

Agricultural Land

Crop Land / Fallow Land

The most observed category in the study area of all three Blocks CB-ONN-2010/1, 6, 9 was agricultural land covering more than 86, 80 and 75 percent of land.

Major crop cultivated in the study area of Block CB-ONN-2010/1 is mostly Castor (ricinus communis), Cotton (Gossypium herbaceum) and Mustard.

In study area of Block CB-ONN-2010/9 Wheat (Triticum aestivum), Rice.

In study area of Block CB-ONN-2010/6 Cotton (Gossypium herbaceum) ,Castor(ricinus communis), Wheat (Triticum aestivum), Bajra (Pennisetum glaucum), Jowar (Sorghum vulgare), and other crops like Mung (Phaseolus aureus), Til (Sesamum indicum), Guar (Cyamopsis tetragonalobus).

Water for agriculture is essentially from canals (Fatewadi yojna, Narmada Yojana and nalsan canal) bore wells and rainwater.

Plantation

The plantation mainly observed in Block CB-ONN-2010/6 were mostly of Chikoo (Manilkara zapota), Lemon (Citrus limonum), Amla (Emblica officinalis), and Mango (Mangifera indica)

In block CB-ONN-2010/1 plantation was mostly of Pomegranate

Wastelands

Land without Scrubs

The class Land without Scrub denotes land having no or sparse vegetation. It covers 1.5, 2.0 and 3.8 percent of area in Block CB-ONN-2010/1, 6, 9 respectively.

Water Bodies

This class covered 350, 623, 3501 hectares, of land in the study area of CB-ONN-2010/1, 6, 9 respectively. Waterbodies present in the Block CB-ONN-2010/9 in Village Govinda, Bakrana, Juwal, Khoda are well spread





Rivers

The only river Sabarmati flows through the study area of Block CB-ONN-2010/6 as shown in map on east region.

River Rodh flows through the study area of Block CB-ONN-2010/9

Vegetation Cover

The vegetation cover was spread along the river, canals, lakes and habitation. Along habitation it was dominated by Prosopis juliflora

4.3.6 Class wise Area Statistics

The area statistics of these classes are presented in Table 4-2.

Table 4-2: Area Statistic for Land use / Landcover in the Study Area CB-ONN-2010/1 S.

No. Level 1



Ha. ~km2 ~% Ha. ~km2 ~%


Residential / Commercial 4068.32 40.68 1.61

4138 41.4 1.6 Industrial 69.98 0.70 0.03


Crop Land / Fallow Land

218833.22 2188.32 86.62 218860 2188.6 86.6



7559 75.6 3.0 Mud land 3641.29 36.41 1.44

4. Water Bodies Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks 350.23 3.50 0.14 350 3.5 0.1

5. Vegetation Cover

Scrub 19724.39 197.24 7.81 21713 217.1 8.6 Open Vegetation 1880.43 18.80 0.74



No. Level 1



Ha. ~km2 ~% Ha. ~km2 ~%


Residential / Commercial 2782 27.82 4.0 3224 32.2 4.6

Industrial 442 4.42 0.64


Crop Land / Fallow Land 52500 525 75.51 55883 558.8 80.4

Plantations 3383 33.83 4.87 3. Wastelands Land Without Scrub 1375 13.75 2.0 1375 13.8 2.0


/ Tanks 187 1.87 0.27 623 6.2 1.0

River 436 4.36 0.63

5. Vegetation Cover

Scrub 4202 42.02 6.04 8422 84.22 12.11 Open Vegetation 4133 41.33 5.94

Close Vegetation 87 0.87 0.13






No. Level 1



Ha. ~km2 ~% Ha. ~km2 ~%


Residential / Commercial 2297.2 22.97 2.31 4194.7 41.9 4.2

Industrial 1897.48 18.97 1.91


Crop Land / Fallow Land 74793.13 747.93 75.13 75067.7 750.7 75.4



3790.7 37.9 3.8 Mud land 6.4 0.06 0.01


/ Tanks 3068.5 30.69 3.08 3501 35 3.5

River 432.53 4.33 0.43

5. Vegetation Cover

Scrub 12088.21 120.88 12.14 13096.6 130 13 Open Vegetation 758.03 7.58 0.76


4.3.7 Final Map Preparation

The proportional presence of different land uses and land cover in terms of statistical percentages was derived for the study area. Appropriate legends were used to represent the various categories of land use and land cover, and were then written on the prepared land use and land cover maps.

This concluded the landuse identification and description component of the study.

The images classified into the above-mentioned classes for different regions of interest are given in Photographs 4-1.

Photographs 4-1: Photographs of Various Land uses of Study Area





New residential development in Lekhamba Village Sanadar Village

Culvert Ladrani Village. Salt encrustation Concrete Block Manufacturing in Bhagwanpura Village

Mustard Crop Bhagwanpura Village Narmada Main Canal Bhadvel Village

4.3.8 Important Features within the Study Area

There is no Biosphere Reserve, National Park, Sanctuary within the study area. However, details of the important features in the study area are provided in Table 4-5.

Table 4-5: Important Feature within the Study Area

S. No. Features Details falling within study area

1 National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary No 2 Tiger Reserve/Elephant Reserve / Turtle Nesting Ground No 3 Core Zone of Biosphere Reserves No 4 Habitat for migratory birds No 5 Estuary/Sea/Lakes/Reservoir/Dams/streams/River Details given in Land use maps 6 Mangroves No





S. No. Features Details falling within study area

7 Mountains/Hills No 8 Archaeological sites/Monuments No 9 Defence Installation No 10 Industries Details given in land use maps 11 Airports No 12 Railway Lines Provided in Section 2.3.2 13 National/ State Highway Provided in Section 2.3.2

4.4 Meteorology

The climate of this region is characterized by a hot summer and general dryness except in the southwest monsoon season. The year may be divided into four seasons. The cold season from December to February is followed by the hot season from March to middle of June. The period from middle of June to September is the southwest monsoon season. October and November constitute the post-monsoon or retreating monsoon season.

4.4.1 Long Term Meteorology

The interpretation of climatic data is based on the long-term climatological tables (1961 – 1990) published by Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) and the climatological interpretations provided in the District Gazetteer of Ahmedabad (Published in 1984). A copy of the long-term climatological data is enclosed as Annexure 2.

Temperature

The period from March to May is one of continuous increase in temperatures. May is generally the hottest month with a mean daily maximum temperature of about 41.7°C and mean daily minimum of about 26.2°C. The weather is intensely hot in summer and on some days the day temperature may reach up to 45°C. The highest temperature recorded at Ahmedabad is 47.8°C on 27th May 1916.

From November, both day and night temperatures begin to decrease rapidly. January is generally the coldest month with the mean daily maximum temperature at about 28.3°C and mean daily minimum at about 11.9°C. Cold waves sometimes affect the region in association with the passage of western disturbances across North India. On such occasions, the minimum temperature sometimes drops down to 6-7°C. The lowest temperature recorded at Ahmedabad is 2.2°C on 6th February 1920.

Wind

Long term wind direction data is presented in Table 4-6. During June to September, that is during the monsoon season wind blows mostly from south-west. During the period from October to February, both the morning and evening winds are mostly from northeast. During March to May wind mostly blows from north-west predominantly.





Table 4-6: Predominant Wind Direction IMD Ahmedabad (1961 – 1990)

Month

Predominant Wind

First Second Third

Morning Evening Morning Evening Morning Evening January E N NE/ CLAM NW N NE February CALM NW NE/E W NW NE March NW NW CALM W E N April NW NW W W CALM SW May W W NW SW SW NW June SW SW W S S W July SW SW W W S S

August SW SW W W NW/CALM S September NW SW W W SW NW

October CALM CALM NW NW E N November E CALM CALM N NE E December E N NE E CALM NE / NW

Rainfall

The distribution of rainfall in the region, which includes the study area, is uneven. Average rainfall in the region is 762.7 mm. About 93 percent of the annual rainfall in the region is received during the southwest monsoon months i.e. June to September. July is the rainiest month.

The annual average rainfall is about 762.7 mm. Maximum rainfall in any one month was recorded in the month of July in year 1905 which was about 952.5 mm. July is having maximum number of rainy days i.e. 11.2.

Cloud Cover

The area remains cloudy between June - September, which is the active period of the monsoon season. During this time all clouds cover is between 4.3 to 6.6 Oktas during day time and 3.9 to 6.3 Oktas during night time.

Humidity

Most humid conditions are found in the monsoons, followed by post-monsoons, winter and summer in that order. Mornings are more humid than evenings and humidity ranges from a high of 74-87% in monsoon mornings to a low of 20-45% in summer evenings. During post-monsoon season, in morning humidity remains between 55-64% and in the evening it remains between 35-37%.





Table 4-7: Average Meteorological Condition at IMD Ahmedabad (1961 – 1990 )

Month

Mean Daily Temperature Rainfall (mm)

Monthly Total

No. of Rainy days

Relative Humidity

(%), Morning

Relative Humidity

(%), Evening

Max Min

January 28.3 11.9 1.8 0.2 59 32 February 30.9 14.0 1.1 0.1 53 25 March 35.8 18.9 1.0 0.1 49 20 April 39.8 23.5 2.7 0.2 54 20 May 41.7 26.2 15.1 0.7 65 23 June 38.5 27.1 98.7 4.2 74 45 July 33.4 25.6 262.3 11.2 85 67

August 31.9 24.7 239.6 10.8 87 71 September 33.7 24.2 108.9 5.3 82 58

October 36.0 21.0 16.2 0.4 64 37 November 33.1 16.6 11.5 0.6 55 35 December 29.6 13.2 3.8 0.2 60 35

Total - - 762.7 34.0 - - Average 34.4 20.6 - - - -

4.4.2 Site Specific Meteorology

Baseline meteorological data representing the postmonsoon season 2014 has been collected at at site. The parameters for which data has been collected are:

Wind Speed Wind direction Temperature Relative Humidity Cloud Cover Rain fall

Methodology for Collection of Meteorological Parameters

Hourly meteorological data (wind speed, wind direction, temperature, and relative humidity) were collected during postmonsoon season 2014 by installing manual meteorological station at site inside the block area. Cloud cover was collected at interval of four hour. Methodology for meteorological data collection is given in Table 4-8.

Table 4-8: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological data

Parameters Sampling equipment

Range of measurement

Sensitivity/ Detection Limit Methodology

Wind Speed Cup Counter Anemometer

(0 to 65) in m/s

0.25 m/s IS 8829 - 1978





Parameters Sampling equipment

Range of measurement

Sensitivity/ Detection Limit Methodology

Wind Direction Wind vane

(0° to 357°) degree with respect to North

direction 1°

Temperature Thermometer

(-40° to 60°)

in degree Celsius 0.1°C

Relative Humidity Relative Humidity meter

(0 to 99 %) in percent

3%

Cloud Cover - - - Visual Inspection by the observer

Baseline Meteorological Data

As per requirement of Terms of Reference, the hourly baseline meteorological data were collected by setting up meteorological station at in the site area.

Meteorological data shows that mean average wind speed during study period are 2.6 m/s.

Wind rose prepared for study period is shown as Figure 4-1. It can be observed that during study period wind blows mostly from ENE direction.

Mean average temperature recorded during study period was 28.3°C with mean maximum temperature of 34.8°C and mean minimum of 22.0°C.

The mean average relative humidity recorded was 34.5% with mean maximum humidity of 42.0% and mean minimum of 22.2%.

The data obtained during the study period using mechanized meteorological data collection instrument has then been compiled to obtain average data. Compiled mean meteorological data is represented in Table 4-9.

Table 4-9: Mean Meteorological Data for Post monsoon season 2014

Time Temp °C Humidity % Wind Speed (m/sec)

Wind Direction

Cloud Cover, Octas

Rain Fall, mm

0:00 26.5 36.1 2.7 NNW 0.5 0.0 1:00 25.5 37.7 2.6 NNW 0.4 0.0 2:00 24.6 39.0 2.6 ENE 0.5 0.0 3:00 23.7 40.1 2.7 ENE 0.5 0.0 4:00 23.1 41.2 2.7 ENE 0.5 0.0 5:00 22.5 41.8 2.7 ENE 0.5 0.0 6:00 22.0 42.0 3.0 ENE 0.5 0.0 7:00 22.0 41.0 2.9 ENE 0.4 0.0 8:00 24.1 39.6 3.0 ENE 0.4 0.0 9:00 26.1 38.5 3.2 ENE 0.5 0.0





Time Temp °C Humidity % Wind Speed (m/sec)

Wind Direction

Cloud Cover, Octas

Rain Fall, mm

10:00 28.5 34.9 3.0 ENE 0.4 0.0 11:00 30.7 31.4 2.9 ENE 0.4 0.0 12:00 32.6 27.3 2.9 ENE 0.5 0.0 13:00 33.8 25.7 2.7 ENE 0.4 0.0 14:00 34.6 23.8 2.5 ENE 0.4 0.0 15:00 34.8 22.2 2.4 ENE 0.5 0.0 16:00 33.8 25.3 2.2 ENE 0.5 0.0 17:00 33.0 28.8 2.1 NE 0.5 0.0 18:00 32.0 31.5 2.0 NE 0.5 0.0 19:00 31.0 32.6 2.0 NE 0.5 0.0 20:00 30.1 33.4 2.1 NE 0.5 0.0 21:00 29.3 33.6 2.5 NW 0.5 0.0 22:00 28.2 34.6 2.4 NW 0.4 0.0 23:00 27.2 35.4 2.5 NNW 0.5 0.0

Average/ Predominant

28.3 34.1 2.6 ENE 0.5 0





Figure 4-1: Wind Rose Diagram

NOTE: Frequencies indicate directions from which the wind is blowing.





4.5 Ambient Air Quality

4.5.1 Season and Period for Monitoring

The Ambient Air Quality Monitoring was carried out for Postmonsoon season 2014 as mandated by ToR issued by EAC (Industry II). Ambient Quality Monitoring was taken at 15 different locations within the study area.

4.5.2 Selected Sampling Stations

The locations for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring were decided based on the guidelines given in the EIA manual prepared by MoEF. For this EIA, the purpose is to ascertain the baseline pollutant concentrations in ambient air. Accordingly, the criterion was selected to ascertain quality of air at important human settlements (residential areas). Fourteen locations were selected for carrying out ambient air quality monitoring within study area which are presented in Table 4-10 , Photographs 4-2 and also shown in Map 4.2. (A to C)

Table 4-10: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location Details AAQM

Station Location Taluka District

AA 1 Dheriana Vav Banskantha AA 2 Vav Vav Banskantha AA 3 Bhankhod Vav Banskantha AA 4 Lalpura Vav Banskantha AA 5 Kotarwada Deodar Banskantha AA 6 Paldi Deodar Banskantha AA 7 Nardipur Kalol Gandhinagar AA 8 Soja Kalol Gandhinagar AA 9 Sobhasan Kalol Gandhinagar AA 10 Vagosana Kalol Gandhinagar AA 11 Vasna Bavla Ahmedabad AA 12 Kunavar Sanand Ahmedabad AA 13 Fangdi Sanand Ahmedabad AA 14 Daran Sanand Ahmedabad AA 15 Lodaria Sanand Ahmedabad





Photographs 4-2: Photographs of AAQ Sampling Stations

AAQ Station at Bhankhod Village AAQ Station at Kotarwada Village

Grab Sample at Lalpura Village AAQ Station at Sobhasan Village

AAQ Station at Daran Village AAQ Station at Fangdi Village

4.5.3 Sampling Frequency

The frequency of monitoring was 24 hrs twice a week at each station spread over the entire season with gaseous samples being changed six times (at 8-hour intervals).





4.5.4 Parameters Monitored and Methods Used

The parameters monitored were PM10, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Oxides (NOx), Hydrocarbons and Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs). These parameters have been selected based on the guidelines given by the MoEF. The detailed monitoring methodology for ambient air is given in Table 4-11.

Table 4-11: Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring

Sampling Parameters

Sampling equipment

Analytical Equipment

Sensitivity/Detection Limit Methodology

PM10

Respirable Dust Sampler with

Cyclone & Flow measurement

Electronic balance

5 µg/m3

Gravimetric IS: 5182

(Part 23) 2006

PM2.5 Fine Particulate

Sampler Electronic balance 3 µg/m3

Guideline for the measurement of

ambient air pollutant Volume -1 by CPCB, 2011,

Gravimetric

SO2 Gaseous Flow

attachment with RDS Sampler

Spectro photometer 1.7 µg/m3

Colorimetric IS: 5182:

(Part II) 2001

NOx Gaseous Flow

attachment with RDS Sampler

Spectro photometer 0.5 µg/m3

Colorimetric IS: 5182:

(Part VI) 2006

HC Grab samples Gas Chromatograph 1ppm As per equipment

manual

VOC Grab samples Gas Chromatograph 1ppm As per equipment

manual





4.5.5 Result of Ambient Air Monitoring

Result of ambient air monitoring are given in Table 4-12

Table 4-12: Ambient Air Monitoring Results

Station code Location (CPCB Designation)

Parameters & Results

Note: All units are in µg/Nm3 except VOCs, which are in ppm. Figures in brackets indicate CPCB limits. Minimum Reportable Readings are 8 µg /Nm3 for SO2, 10 µg /Nm3 for NOx, 800µg/Nm3 for THCs, 10

µg /Nm3 for NMHCs, and <1 ppm for VOC

AA1 Dheriana (Rural)

PM10 (100) [24 Hours]

SO2 (80) [24 Hours]

NOx (80) [24 Hours]

HC (NS) [Grab]

NMHC(NS) [Grab]

CO ( 8 hours)

VOC [NS]

Maximum 79 9.6 26.9 2191 283 <1145 <1 ppm

Minimum 41 <8.0 14.2 1957 169 <1145 <1 ppm

Average 64 8.4 21.5 2074 227 <1145 <1 ppm 98%tile 79 9.5 26.3 2186 283 <1145 <1 ppm

AA2 Vav (Rural)

PM10 (100) [24 Hours]

SO2 (80) [24 Hours]

NOx (80) [24 Hours]

HC (NS) [Grab]

NMHC(NS) [Grab]

CO ( 8 hours)

VOC [NS]

Maximum 79 9.9 29.0 2606 263 <1145 <1 ppm Minimum 42 <8.0 17.7 878 107 <1145 <1 ppm Average 67 8.3 24.7 1812 162 <1145 <1 ppm 98%tile 79 9.9 28.7 2580 257 <1145 <1 ppm

AA3 Bhankhod Village (Rural)

PM10 (100) [24 Hours]

SO2 (80) [24 Hours]

NOx (80) [24 Hours]

HC (NS) [Grab]

NMHC(NS) [Grab]

CO ( 8 hours)

VOC [NS]


AA4 Lalpur Village (Rural Areas)

PM10 (100) [24 Hours]

SO2 (80) [24 Hours]

NOx (80) [24 Hours]

HC (NS) [Grab]

NMHC(NS) [Grab]

CO ( 8 hours)

VOC [NS]

Maximum 75 9.9 19.9 2260 174 <1145 <1 ppm Minimum 39 <8.0 10 1007 164 <1145 <1 ppm









Average 56 8.6 14.6 1745 168 <1145 <1 ppm 98%tile 72 9.9 19.7 2248 174 <1145 <1 ppm

AA5 Kotarwada Village (Rural Areas)

PM10 (100) [24 Hours]

SO2 (80) [24 Hours]

NOx (80) [24 Hours]

HC (NS) [Grab]

NMHC(NS) [Grab]

CO ( 8 hours)

VOC [NS]

Maximum 75 9.3 23.9 2040 196 <1145 <1 ppm

Minimum 33 <8.0 11.9 1397 195 <1145 <1 ppm

Average 57 8.3 19.9 1719 196 <1145 <1 ppm

98%tile 75 9.3 23.8 2027 196 <1145 <1 ppm

AA6 Paldi Village (Rural Areas)

PM10 (100) [24 Hours]

SO2 (80) [24 Hours]

NOx (80) [24 Hours]

HC (NS) [Grab]

NMHC(NS) [Grab]

CO ( 8 hours)

VOC [NS]

Maximum 74 9.7 21.9 1965 174 <1145 <1 ppm

Minimum 31 <8.0 13.8 1168 106 <1145 <1 ppm

Average 62 8.4 17.8 1438 144 <1145 <1 ppm

98%tile 74 9.7 21.7 1934 173 <1145 <1 ppm

AA7 Nardipur Village (Rural Areas)

PM10 (100) [24 Hours]

SO2 (80) [24 Hours]

NOx (80) [24 Hours]

HC (NS) [Grab]

NMHC(NS) [Grab]

CO ( 8 hours)

VOC [NS]

Maximum 78 9.6 23.5 2172 212 <1145 <1 ppm

Minimum 42 <8.0 11.1 1863 139 <1145 <1 ppm

Average 62 8.6 17.0 2019 186 <1145 <1 ppm

98%tile 75 9.6 22.6 2171 212 <1145 <1 ppm

AA8 Soja Village (Rural Areas)

PM10 (100) [24 Hours]

SO2 (80) [24 Hours]

NOx (80) [24 Hours]

HC (NS) [Grab]

NMHC(NS) [Grab]

CO ( 8 hours)

VOC [NS]

Maximum 72 9.8 23.9 1976 331 <1145 <1 ppm









Minimum 34 <8.0 10.0 1388 147 <1145 <1 ppm

Average 55 8.5 17.3 1746 209 <1145 <1 ppm

98%tile 71 9.8 23.7 1974 323 <1145 <1 ppm

AA9 Sobhasan Village (Rural Areas)

PM10 (100) [24 Hours]

SO2 (80) [24 Hours]

NOx (80) [24 Hours]

HC (NS) [Grab]

NMHC(NS) [Grab]

CO ( 8 hours)

VOC [NS]

Maximum 79 9.8 22.1 2201 326 <1145 <1 ppm

Minimum 32 <8.0 10.0 1897 195 <1145 <1 ppm

Average 60 8.3 17.8 2049 261 <1145 <1 ppm

98%tile 76 9.6 21.9 2195 323 <1145 <1 ppm

AA10 Vagosana Village (Rural Areas)

PM10 (100) [24 Hours]

SO2 (80) [24 Hours]

NOx (80) [24 Hours]

HC (NS) [Grab]

NMHC(NS) [Grab]

CO ( 8 hours)

VOC [NS]

Maximum 98 9.9 23.7 1520 161 <1145 <1 ppm

Minimum 43 <8.0 11.8 1413 153 <1145 <1 ppm

Average 81 8.8 17.8 1467 157 <1145 <1 ppm

98%tile 97 9.9 23.3 1518 161 <1145 <1 ppm

AA11 Vasna Village (Rural Areas)

PM10 (100) [24 Hours]

SO2 (80) [24 Hours]

NOx (80) [24 Hours]

HC (NS) [Grab]

NMHC(NS) [Grab]

CO ( 8 hours)

VOC [NS]

Maximum 85 9.5 24.9 1857 332 <1145 <1 ppm

Minimum 43 <8.0 11.7 965 109 <1145 <1 ppm

Average 64 8.5 16.9 1527 175 <1145 <1 ppm

98%tile 85 9.4 24.1 1846 320 <1145 <1 ppm









AA12 Kunavar Village (Rural Areas)

PM10 (100) [24 Hours]

SO2 (80) [24 Hours]

NOx (80) [24 Hours]

HC (NS) [Grab]

NMHC(NS) [Grab]

CO ( 8 hours)

VOC [NS]

Maximum 86 9.8 23.8 2296 351 <1145 <1 ppm Minimum 41 <8.0 10.0 968 126 <1145 <1 ppm

Average 64 8.5 18.5 1632 239 <1145 <1 ppm

98%tile 83 9.7 23.8 2269 347 <1145 <1 ppm

AA13 Fangdi Village (Rural Areas)

PM10 (100) [24 Hours]

SO2 (80) [24 Hours]

NOx (80) [24 Hours]

HC (NS) [Grab]

NMHC(NS) [Grab]

CO ( 8 hours)

VOC [NS]


AA14 Daran Village (Rural Areas)

PM10 (100) [24 Hours]

SO2 (80) [24 Hours]

NOx (80) [24 Hours]

HC (NS) [Grab]

NMHC(NS) [Grab]

CO ( 8 hours)

VOC [NS]


AA15 Lodaria Village (Rural Areas)

PM10 (100) [24 Hours]

SO2 (80) [24 Hours]

NOx (80) [24 Hours]

HC (NS) [Grab]

NMHC(NS) [Grab]

CO ( 8 hours)

VOC [NS]






A comparison of the above results with the value range indicators provided by CPCB

The average concentration of PM10 recorded at 15 locations ranged from 55 (Soja Village) to 81 µg/m3 (Vagosana Village). All these values are within the specified limit of CPCB (100 µg/m3).

The average concentration of SO2 were found in range from 8.3 µg/m3 (Sobhasan Village) to 8.8 µg/m3 (Lodaria & Vagosana Village) All these values are within the specified limit of CPCB (80 µg/m3

The average concentration of NOX were found in range from 16.9 µg/m3 (Vasna Village) to 24.7 µg/m3 (Vav Village) All these values are within the specified limit of CPCB (80 µg/m3

National Ambient air quality standards are given in Annexure 3. The detailed ambient air quality monitoring results are given in Annexure 4.

4.6 Noise and Vibration

Ambient noise level is the background sound pressure level at a given location, normally specified as a reference level to study a new intrusive sound source

Examples of background noises are environmental noises such as waves, traffic noise, alarms, people talking, bio acoustic noise from animals or birds and mechanical noise from devices such as refrigerators or air conditioning, power supplies or motors.

The objective of monitoring background noise level in study area is to establish baseline noise level to identify impact due to proposed drilling activity.

Based on site visit of existing drilling operation in cambay basin, it is observed that exploratory drilling would not have impact on noise environment beyond site boundary or in close vicinity as the drilling locations will be selected such that they would be at a safe distance of 500 meter from nearest habitation.

Hence, nearest habitations or other important locations to proposed wells were selected for baseline noise monitoring.

4.6.1 Noise Sampling and Analysis Methodology

Methodology for monitoring of noise levels is given in Table 4-13

Table 4-13: Monitoring Methodology of noise Env.

Compo-nent

Sampling location

Sampling Parameter

Sampling Frequency

Sample collection Methodology Sampling

equipment Detection

Limit

Ambient Noise levels

19 Locations

Decibels – dB (A)

Once during the study

Hourly reading for 24 hours at each location

Noise Level Meter 0.1 dB (A) ISLM 100

4.6.2 Noise Level Sampling Locations

Noise level sampling locations are given in Table 4-14. Photographs are shown in Photographs 4-3.





Table 4-14: Noise Level Sampling Locations Location Code Location District Date Category

NL1 Khicha Village Ahmedabad 22.12.14 Residential NL2 Goraj Village Ahmedabad 25.12.14 Residential NL3 Modasar Village Ahmedabad 27.12.14 Residential NL4 Juwal Village Ahmedabad 28.12.14 Residential NL5 Vagosana Village Gandhinagar 29.12.14 Residential NL6 Indrapura Village Gandhinagar 30.12.14 Residential NL7 Dhedhu Village Gandhinagar 31.12.14 Residential NL8 Khodal Village Banaskantha 08.11.14 Residential NL9 Kotarwada Village Banaskantha 10.11.14 Residential NL10 Kalyanpura Village Banaskantha 11.11.14 Residential NL11 Sardarpura Village Banaskantha 12.11.14 Residential NL12 Paldi Village Banaskantha 13.11.14 Residential NL13 Dhima Village Banaskantha 14.11.14 Residential NL14 Boru Village Gandhinagar 15.10.14 Residential NL15 Nava Village Gandhinagar 16.10.14 Residential NL16 Bhankhod Village Banaskantha 17.11.14 Residential NL17 Dheriyana Village Banaskantha 18.11.14 Residential NL18 Thithgam Village Banaskantha 19.11.14 Residential NL19 Vavdi Village Banaskantha 20.11.14 Residential

Photographs 4-3: Photographs of Noise Level Sampling Locations

Paldi Village Dhima Village





Dhedhu Village Juwal Village

4.6.3 Noise Level Results

The average noise levels are presented in Table 4-15.

Table 4-15: Noise Level Readings

Station Code

Noise Monitoring Location

Category of Area/Zone

CPCB Limits in dB(A)leq

Noise Levels in dB(A) leq

Day Time Hours

[06:00 to 22:00]

Night Time Hours

[22:00 to 06:00]

Day Time Hours

[06:00 to 22:00]

Night Time Hours

[22:00 to 06:00]

NL 1 Khicha Village Residential 55 45 63.77 55.17

NL 2 Goraj Village Residential 55 45 53.48 44.96

NL 3 Modasar Village Residential 55 45 56.05 46.41

NL 4 Juwal Village Residential 55 45 58.19 43.98

NL 5 Vagosana Village Residential 55 45 52.03 46.13

NL 6 Indrapura Village Residential 55 45 58.78 44.93

NL 7 Dhedhu Village Residential 55 45 56.46 57.54

NL 8 Khodal Village Residential 55 45 56.77 47.37

NL 9 Kotarwada Village Residential 55 45 56.84 59.6

NL 10 Kalyanpura Village Residential 55 45 54.12 40.0

NL 11 Sardarpura Village Residential 55 45 53.07 41.11

NL 12 Paldi Village Residential 55 45 63.95 62.64

NL 13 Dhima Village Residential 55 45 60.79 41.97





Station Code

Noise Monitoring Location

Category of Area/Zone

CPCB Limits in dB(A)leq

Noise Levels in dB(A) leq

Day Time Hours

[06:00 to 22:00]

Night Time Hours

[22:00 to 06:00]

Day Time Hours

[06:00 to 22:00]

Night Time Hours

[22:00 to 06:00]

NL 14 Boru Village Residential 55 45 65.56 47.39

NL 15 Nava Village Residential 55 45 62.51 61.7

NL 16 Bhankhod Village Residential 55 45 59.56 55.27

NL 17 Dheriyana Village Residential 55 45 60.16 44.2

NL 18 Thithgam Village Residential 55 45 66.06 57.03

NL 19 Vavdi Village Residential 55 45 56.94 43.58

Noise levels were recorded at thirty five different locations within the study area.

Noise level during daytime, in Residential area was observed in the range of 52.03 dBA to 66.06 dBA during daytime which is slightly higher than CPCB standards residential area (55 dBA (d)) and higher noise levels at some of the monitoring locations is attributed to vehicular movements.

Noise level during Nighttime, in Residential area was observed in the range of 40.0 dBA to 62.64 dBA, which is slightly higher than the CPCB standards i.e. residential area 45 dBA.

4.6.4 Vibration

Vibration is a mechanical phenomenon whereby oscillations occur about an equilibrium point. The oscillations may be periodic such as the motion of a pendulum or random such as the movement of a tire on a gravel road.

Major sources of vibration are blasting due to mining activities, vibration caused by motions of engines, electric motors, or any mechanical device in operation theses are typically unwanted. Such vibrations can be caused by imbalances in the rotating parts, uneven friction, the meshing of gear teeth, etc. such vibrations can be reduced by proper designing.

In the study area there are no major sources of vibrations i.e. mines etc.

4.7 Geology

4.7.1 Geology of Block CB-ONN-2010/1 (Banaskantha District)

Topography

Site and surrounding area covers part of Banaskatha Districts. Topographically, entire area, part of Gujarat alluvium plains, is almost flat with gentle dipping toward southwest. Banas River is passing ~20km south from block boundary.





Geologically, Block CB-ONN-2010/1 is flat terrain occupied by thick piles of Quaternary and Tertiary sediments

Geology of Mehsana and Patan districts is given in Table 4-16.

Table 4-16: Geology of Block CB-oNN-2010/1 Lithology Formation Group/Supergroup Age

Sand, mud flat deposits, Tidal flat deposits, levee deposits etc

Jantral, Katpur, Varahi, Rann clay, Akhej

formations

Holocene

unconformity Variegated clay, siltstone, marl,

calcareous, grit, sandstone, polymict conglomerate etc

Vend, Miliolite formations

Porbander group Post Miocene

Unconformity Shelly and foraminiferal limestone,

marl, calcareous sandstone conglomerate

Gaj formation Lower to middle Miocene

unconformity Granite, quartz porphyry, quartz vein Idar granite Malani Igneous suit Upper proterozoic

Granite, leuccogranite, quartzo-feldspathic veins

Sendra-Ambaji granite Middle proterzoic

unconformity Calc-schist, calc gneiss and biotite

gneiss Kumbalgarh group Delhi supergroup Lower to middle

proterozoic

4.7.2 Geology of Block CB-ONN-2010/6, 9 (Gandhinagar and Ahmedabad District)

The geology of Ahmadabad and Gandhinagar Districts has been studied in detail by the workers of geological survey of India, ONGC and State Geology Department. Based on District Resource Map, a brief geology of the district is as under.

The entire area is covered with thick pile of Quaternary sediments except few patchy outcrops of Basalt in SW portion of the Ahmadabad district. Topographically, entire area is almost plain terrain made up of mudflats and sand sheets. Some patches shows rolling topography because of aeolian deposits in the form of sand dunes. Sediments of Pleistocene age are represented by Vend Formation (variegated clay and siltstone) and Miliolite Formation (Oolitic to sandy limestone and sandstone) of Porbandar Group. Sediments of Holocene age are represented by Rann Clay, Katpur, Akhaj, Mahuva, Varahi, Jantral and Nal Sarovar Formations. Rann Clay and Mahuva formations (tidal flats and tidal marsh deposits) are deposited in marine environment. Katpur and Varahi Formations (flood plain, levees, channel fill, delta deposits) are deposited in fluvial environment and mostly confined to river. Jantral and Akhaj Formations (sand dunes and sand sheets) are representing aeolian environment of deposition and Nal Sarovar represents lacustrine deposits.

Table 4-17: Geology of Blocks in Ahmedabad and Gandhinagar District Lithology Formation Group Age

Lacustrine deposits Nal Sarovar (LE) Holocene





Lithology Formation Group Age

Sand sheet and sand dunes Jantral (AE)

Channel fill and flood plain deposits Varahi (FE)

Shoal, Spit bar, tidal flats, tidal marsh Mahuva (ME)

Sand sheets and sand dunes Akhaj (AE)

Flood plain, levees, delta deposits Katpur (FE)

Older tidal flat deposits Rann Clay (ME)

Variegated clay, siltstone and marl Vend Porbandar

Group Pleistocene Oolitic to sandy limestone with

intercalated grit and sandstone Miliolite

Basalt flow Deccan Volcanics Upper Cretaceous to Eocene

4.8 Soil

The project area covers three districts (Banaskantha, Ahmedabad and Gandhinagar) of North Gujarat Agro-climatic zone IV & V of Gujarat and these districts fall under AEZ (Agro-ecological region) 15, 13A and 20,respectively.AEZs are characterized by 60-80 cm rain fall,1-3% soil slope in Banaskantha as well as Gandhinagar and 3-8% in Ahmedabad and district. The soil are by and large having loam texture barring few areas in all the district, wherein clay loam to clay soils are present .The soil salinity is<2dS/m, however there is a large variation in depth of water table, which is around 15m in some areas of Ahmedabad districts and30-100m in Banaskantha and Gandhinagar districts. The cropping intensity 139% in Banaskantha and 137% in Ahmedabad and Gandhinagar districts. The irrigation in M is mainly through bore wells (75.3-82.4%) and through open wells as well as tanks, while in Ahmedabad 45 area is irrigated through bore wells as well as through canal (23%) and tanks (20%).The main crops are bajara, pulses, ground nut, cotton. The horticultural crops are tomato, cluster bean, brinjal and okra in Banaskantha, while Ahmedabad and Gandhinagar grow ber, citrus and cucurbits. The significant fruit crops coming up in Banaskantha are pomegranate and apple ber. The soils of the area are by and large fertile and productive.

4.8.1 Soil Sampling Locations

Soil sampling was carried out in nineteen (19) locations in the study area and they are presented in Table 4-18.

Table 4-18: Surface Soil Sampling Locations

Code Location Date of Sampling District

ST 1 Goraj 30-11-2014 Ahmedabad ST 2 Khicha 29-11-2014

ST 3 Daran 28-11-2014





Code Location Date of Sampling District

ST 4 Lodhariya 01-12-2014 ST 5 Nardipur 16-11-2014

Gandhinagar

ST 6 Soja 16-11-2014 ST 7 Vagosana 16-11-2014 ST 8 Golthara 16-11-2014 ST 9 Dhenthy 16-11-2014 ST 10 Jamla 16-11-2014 ST 11 Indrapur 16-11-2014 ST 12 Dhima 23-12-2014

Banaskantha

ST 13 Budhanpura 24-12-2014 ST 14 Vav 24-12-2014 ST 15 Vasarda 24-12-2014 ST 16 Kotarwada 24-12-2014 ST 17 Paldi 24-12-2014 ST 18 Duchakvada 24-12-2014 ST 19 Lakhani 24-12-2014

Locations selected for surface soil sampling are shown in M 4.2. (A to C)

Photographs 4-4: Photographs of Soil Sampling Locations

Soil Sampling at Nardipur Village Soil Sampling at Jamla Village





Soil Sampling at Vagosana Village Soil Sampling at Golthara Village

4.8.2 Sampling and Analysis Methodology

Methodology of soil sample monitoring is given in Table 4-19 and the soil sampling analysis results are given in Table 4-20 to Table 4-22.

Table 4-19: Methodology of Soil Sample Monitoring

Sampling Parameters

Sample collection

Analytical Equipment Methodology Remarks

Porosity

Manual sample collection using hammer and

container tube for collecting

undisturbed top soil.

- IS: 2720 Part 7 Trial pit method for topsoil

sample collection; disturbed samples

Water holding capacity Keen Apparatus HMSO, UK

Permeability - IS: 2720 Part 17

Moisture content Electronic Balance IS: 2720 Part 2

Texture - IS: 2720 Part 4 Particle size Distribution Glass wares IS: 2720 Part 4

5% Leachate to be made and

analyzed as per APHA,

“Standard Methods” All method

numbers are as per APHA “Standard

Methods” (21st edition, 2005)

Cation Exchange Capacity Centrifuge IS: 2720 Part 24

(1976)

SAR F. Photometer (Na,

K) Titration ( Ca & Mg)

Calculation

pH pH Meter 4500 H+B Electrical Conductivity Conductivity Meter As per IS 14767 -2000

Calcium Glass wares 3500 Ca B

Magnesium Glass Wares 3500 Mg B

Sodium (Na) F. Photometer 3500 Na B Potassium F. Photometer 3500 K B





Table 4-20: Soil Analysis Results

S. No Parameter Unit

ST1 ST2 ST3 ST4 ST5 ST6

Goraj Khicha Daran Lodhariya Nardipur Soja

1 Porosity % 56 59 55 57 57 58 2 Water Holding Capacity % 43 52 42 55 41.00 45.00 3 Permeability mm/hr 13.1 7.98 14.6 8.89 7.79 6.48 4 Moisture % 2.88 9.23 1.57 3.1 3.59 5.87 5 Particle Size Distribution a Sand % 33 21 45 24 40 39 b Clay % 48 47 34 45 28 32 c Silt % 19 32 21 31 32 29 6 Texture Loam Clay Loam Loam Clay Loam Clay Loam Clay Loam 7 Cation Exchange Capacity mg/100gm 58.24 66.80 92.13 70.80 84.73 75.15 8 Electrical Conductivity dS/m 0.1083 0.1621 0.180 0.129 0.1815 0.1807 9 Sodium Absorption Ratio 0.28 0.35 0.69 0.44 0.24 0.21 10 Exchangable Sodium % <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 11 pH 7.40 7.51 7.53 7.60 7.30 7.43 12 Calcium gm/kg 0.48 0.40 0.56 0.64 0.96 1.19 13 Magnesium gm/kg 0.78 0.73 0.15 0.34 1.80 1.47 14 Sodium gm/kg 0.19 0.23 0.32 0.25 0.25 0.20 15 Potassium gm/kg 0.06 0.07 0.15 0.09 0.17 0.10




Vagosana Golthara Dhenthy Jamla Indrapur Dhima

1 Porosity % 51 59 55 47 49 54

2 Water Holding Capacity % 44 45 38 39 40 35 3 Permeability mm/hr 22.9 2.43 13 27.1 25.1 14







Vagosana Golthara Dhenthy Jamla Indrapur Dhima

4 Moisture % 2.05 3.93 2.88 1.13 0.91 26.59 5 Particle Size Distribution a Sand % 49 23 31 59 53 40 b Clay % 21 51 47 19 23 38 c Silt % 29 26 22 22 24 22 6 Texture Sandy Clay Loam Silty Loam Loam Sandy Clay Loam Sandy Clay Loam Loam 7 Cation Exchange Capacity mg/100gm 84.12 72.51 71.53 78.15 57.76 47.44 8 Electrical Conductivity dS/m 0.177 0.165 0.181 0.175 0.134 0.0956 9 Sodium Absorption Ratio 0.23 0.22 0.17 0.27 0.18 0.3 10 Exchangable Sodium % <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 11 pH 7.51 7.53 7.50 7.48 7.51 7.86 12 Calcium gm/kg 0.90 0.93 1.09 0.95 0.74 0.5 13 Magnesium gm/kg 1.69 1.48 1.19 1.13 1.35 0.43 14 Sodium gm/kg 0.23 0.21 0.15 0.23 0.16 0.17 15 Potassium gm/kg 0.13 0.08 0.18 0.11 0.07 0.04



ST13 ST14 ST15 ST16 ST17 ST18 ST19

Budhanpura Vav Varsada Kotarwada Paldi Duchakvada Lkhani

1 Porosity % 51 55 47 50 49 48 47 2 Water Holding Capacity % 34 37 19 33 31 26 25 3 Permeability mm/hr 21.4 12.3 30 22.2 24.5 25.8 27.1 4 Moisture % 22.32 30.22 33.11 32.69 5.35 4.12 34.08 5 Particle Size Distribution a Sand % 56 39 72 57 64 69 72 b Clay % 25 42 10 24 14 11 9 c Silt % 19 19 18 19 22 20 19






ST13 ST14 ST15 ST16 ST17 ST18 ST19

Budhanpura Vav Varsada Kotarwada Paldi Duchakvada Lkhani

6 Texture Sandy Loam Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam Silty Clay Loam Sandy Loam Sandy Loam

7 Cation Exchange Capacity mg/100gm 71.78 56.4 68.45 57.11 58.86 70.13 56.62

8 Electrical Conductivity dS/m 105.8 112.5 141.2 142.4 163.8 210.5 174.5 9 Sodium Absorption Ratio 0.45 0.29 0.34 0.34 0.33 0.29 0.24 10 Exchangable Sodium % <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 11 pH 8.12 8.21 8.07 8.15 8.13 8.1 8.09 12 Calcium gm/kg 0.66 0.45 0.72 0.56 0.71 0.69 0.85 13 Magnesium gm/kg 0.43 0.6 0.53 0.44 0.59 1.09 0.75 14 Sodium gm/kg 0.27 0.18 0.22 0.2 0.22 0.23 0.18 15 Potassium gm/kg 0.05 0.08 0.1 0.06 0.02 0.06 0.06





4.8.3 Quality of Soil

Block CB-ONN-2010/1 (Banaskantha District)

Eight soil samples from the project area were collected to monitor physical and chemical properties of soils. The porosity ranged from 47% (Vasarda & Lakhni villages) to 55% (Vav vilage) and WHC varied from 19% (Vasarda village) to 37% (Vav village). The permeability ranged from 12.3mm/hr (Vav village) to 30mm/hr (Vasarda village) mainly due to sandy loam texture of soils mostly of alluvial origin. However the CEC of soils is very high ranging from 47.44meq/100g soil (Dhima village) to 71.78meq/100g soil (Budhanpura village) may be due to very high amount of organic matter application. Although the ground waters in some of the areas are highly saline the soil salinity levels are much below the threshold level of 0.8 dS/m and even soil sodicity as determined by ESP is <0.01. The soil pH ranged from 7.86 (Dhima village) to 8.21 (Vav village). Among water soluble cations predominance of calcium was seen followed by magnesium, sodium and potassium.

Block CB-ONN-2010/6 (Gandhinagar District)

Seven soil samples from the project area were collected to monitor physical and chemical properties of soils. The porosity ranged from 47% (Jamla village) to 59% (Golthara village) and WHC varied from 38% (Jamla village) to 45% (Soja & Golthara villages). The permeability ranged from 0.91 mm/hr (Indrapura village) to 5.87 mm/hr (Soja village) mainly due to loamy texture of soils mostly of alluvial origin. However, the CEC of soils is very high ranging from 57.76 meq/100g soil (Indrapura village) to 84.2 meq/100g soil (Soja village) may be due to very high amount of organic matter application. Although the ground waters in some of the areas are highly saline the soil salinity levels are much below the threshold level of 0.8 dS/m and even soil sodicity as determined by ESP is <0.01. The soil pH ranged from 7.30 (Nardipur village) to 7.53 (Golthra village). Among water soluble cations predominance of magnesium was seen followed by calcium, sodium and potassium.

Block CB-ONN-2010/9 (Ahmedabad District)

Five soil samples from the project area were collected to monitor physical and chemical properties of soils. The porosity ranged from 55% (Daran village) to 59% (Khicha village) and WHC varied from 42% (Daranvillage) to 55% (Lodhariya village). The permeability ranged from 7.98mm/hr (Khicha village) to 14.6 mm/hr (Daran village) mainly due to loamy texture of soils mostly of alluvial origin. However the CEC of soils is very high ranging from 58.24 meq/100g soil (Goraj village) to 92.13 meq/100g soil (Daran village) may be due to very high amount of organic matter application. Although the ground waters in some of the areas are highly saline the soil salinity levels are much below the threshold level of 0.8 dS/m and even soil sodicity as determined by ESP is <0.01. The soil pH ranged from 7.40 (Goraj village) to 7.60 (Lodhariya village). Among water soluble cations predominance of calcium was seen followed by magnesium, sodium and potassium.

Over all soil information indicate that large part of soils are of alluvial origin (Inceptisol) and well drained barring few areas which are having high water holding capacity but poorly drained on account of clay loam to clay texture. There are no problem of salinity or sodicity in spite of the fact that underground waters are saline to highly saline.





4.9 Hydrology and Ground Water

4.9.1 Hydrology

Block CB-ONN-2010/1

The site and surrounding area is covered with multilayered Quaternary alluvium sediments having huge thickness. These deposits mostly contains fine sand, silt and clay layers. Groundwater occurs in confined conditions.

Google Earth and Geological map studies indicate geologically there is a close relation of site with Great Rann of Kutch. The Great Rann of Kutch is at around 30 km, towards West from wastern block boundary. This Rann of Kutch has continuity /extension, towards south, to Gulf of Kutch. These stretches are saline tracts due to formational salinity owing through the origin as sea deposits. It is likely to have subsurface continuity of such saline tracks at study area.

During groundwater sampling, groundwater levels as informed from well owners are lower down to more than ~100m. Tharad block falls under Over-Exploited zone as per CGWA notification.

Majority part of this block is falls under Narmada Canal command area.

Block CB-ONN-2010/6

A lithological log and water level details of tubewell near Mansa village, (~5 km northeast of block) were collected from GWRDC. As per litholog, an alternate sequence of sand and clay exists. Sandy aquifer confined by clay layers. Clay layers having less thickness indicate limited areal extent and also aerially interconnection of sandy layers. As per received details, groundwater level was 170 m. Mansa and Gandhinagar blocks falls under Over-Exploited zone as per CGWA notification.

Block CB-ONN-2010/9

The entire area is covered with sandy and silty soil which is recent alluvium. A lithological log and water level details of tubewell near Bopal village, (~14 km east of site) were collected from GWRDC. As per lithological log, the entire area is covered by alternate sequences of clay and Sand layers. Sandy aquifers are confined by clay layers. As per GWRDC well data, Static Water Level (SWL) at Bopal Village is ~34.85 m in year 1985 and aquifer tapped is between ~129.75 to ~145.47 m. However, as per discussion with tube well owners during groundwater sampling, depth to water level in the area is ranging from ~100-120 m.

An additional information was search on net and an authentic information, in the form of paper published Mr.P.R.Gupte CGWB authority in the year 2011, distinctly tells about groundwater depletion. The water level has reached to a depth of 90 m bgl. It corroborate with the data cited in above paragraph which shows water level fall of 2 m per/annum. With depleting water level, people are tapping dipper aquifers and the water level is cumulative effect of Piezometric head.

Analysis Methodology Ground Water

The samples were collected as grab samples, from each location, once during the study period and the analysis methodology is given in Table 4.23.





Table 4-23: Analysis Methodology of Ground Water Sampling Parameters Sample Analysis Methodology

pH pH meter 4500 H+ B Temperature Thermometer 2550 B

Turbidity Nephlometer 2130 B TDS Gravimetric 2540 C

Electrical Conductivity Conductivity Meter 2510 B COD Volumetric 5220 B

BOD Volumetric IS 3025

Ammonical Nitrogen Nessler method 4500 NH3 Phenol S. Photometer 510 C *

Chlorides Argentometric 4500 cl- B SO4-2 S. Photometer 4500 SO4-2 SAR F. Photometer (Na, K) Titration ( Ca and Mg) Calculation

Total Hardness Titration 2340 C Ca++ Hardness Titration EDTA 3500 Mg B Mg++ Hardness Titration EDTA 3500 Mg B

Nitrate S. Photometer 4500 NO3-2 Sodium F. Photometer 3500 Na B

Potassium Flame photometer 3500 K B Calcium Titration EDTA 3500 ca B

Magnesium Titration 3500 Mg B

Salinity Volumetric 4500 cl- B

Cu (Copper) S. Photometer 3500 Cu B Zn (Zinc) S. Photometer / AAS 3500 Zn B

Coliform Count Fermentation Tube 9221 B Faecal Coliform Multiple Tube Technique 9230 B

Boron S. Photometer 4500 B C

Ground Water Quality

Sample was collected from twenty different locations to find ground water quality within study area. Sampling locations are presented in Table 4-24 and photographs of the sampling locations are shown in Photographs 4-5. Results are given in Table 4-25 to Table 4-27. Sampling locations are shown in Map 4.2 (A to C)

Table 4-24: Ground Water Quality Sampling Locations Code Location Source Date of Sampling

Block CB-ONN-2010/1 (Banaskatha District) GW 1 Dhima village Tube well 23.12.14 GW 2 Budhanpur Tube well 24.12.14 GW 3 Vav Tube well 24.12.14 GW 4 Vasarda Tube well 24.12.14 GW 5 Kotarvada Tube well 24.12.14





Code Location Source Date of Sampling GW 6 Paldi Tube well 24.12.14 GW 7 Duchakvada Tube well 24.12.14 GW 8 Lakhani Tube well 24.12.14

Block CB-ONN-2010/6 (Gandhinagar District) GW 9 Nardipur Tube well 16.11.14 GW 10 Soja Tube well 16.11.14 GW 11 Vagosana Tube well 16.11.14 GW 12 Golthra Tube well 16.11.14 GW 13 Dhenthy Tube well 16.11.14 GW 14 Jamla Tube well 16.11.14 GW 15 Indrapur Tube well 16.11.14

Block CB-ONN-2010/9 (Ahmedabad District) GW 16 Goraj Tube well 30.11.14 GW 17 Khicha Tube well 29.11.14 GW 18 Daran Tube well 28.11.14 GW 19 Lodhariya Tube well 01.12.14 GW 20 Rupavati Tube well 30.12.14





Table 4-25: Analysis Results of Ground Water Samples in Block CB-ONN-2010/1 Sample Location ID GW 1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

Sampling Location

Dhima Budhanpura Vav Vasarda Kotarwada Paldi Duchakvada Lakhani S. No.

Parameters Unit

IS 10500 Standard Limits for drinking

water

Desirable limit

Permissible limit

1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 7.31 7.41 7.13 7.18 7.15 7.39 7.36 7.31

2 Temperature o C NS NS 22 22 21 22 21 22 22 21

3 Turbidity NTU 5 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

4 TDS mg/lit 500 2000 429 1549 2894 4187 1508 1557 789 1004

5 Electrical conductivity

µmhos/cm NS NS 615 2215 4140 5980 2520 2230 1320 1674

6 COD mg/lit NS NS <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 7 BOD mg/lit NS NS <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

8 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

9 Chlorides mg/lit 250 1000 164 685 1384 2073 656 651 333 439 10 Sulphates mg/lit 200 400 37 103 96 129 34 71 60 98

11 Total Hardness mg/lit 300 600 230 530 710 780 620 700 320 330

12 Ca++ Hardness mg/lit NS NS 162 134 378 552 228 272 198 184

13 Mg++ Hardness mg/lit NS NS 68 396 332 228 392 428 122 146

14 Total Alkalinity mg/lit 200 600 100 120 70 80 70 120 110 100

15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 100 11.73 7.65 8.84 14.45 40.63 52.79 49.47 66.47





Sample Location ID GW 1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

Sampling Location


Parameters Unit


water

Desirable limit

Permissible limit

16 Fluoride mg/lit 1 1.5 0.39 0.38 0.26 0.08 0.58 0.67 0.59 0.98 17 Sodium mg/lit NS NS 85.3 369 651 1020 325 323 142.3 231.4 18 Potassium mg/lit NS NS 34 3.9 1.1 13 0.6 1.7 2.8 2.8 19 Calcium mg/lit 75 200 64.93 54 151.5 221 91 109.02 79.36 73.75 20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 100 16.52 96 80.68 55 95 104 29.65 35.48 21 Salinity mg/lit NS NS 295.39 1234 2493.4 3736 1182 1172.85 599.46 790.59

22 Total Nitrogen mg/lit NS NS 2.2 1.68 1.68 3.36 8.96 11.76 11.2 15.12

23 Total

Phosphorous

mg/lit NS NS <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

24 Dissolved Oxygen mg/lit NS NS 3.3 3.4 3.6 3.3 3.4 3.7 3.5 3.6

25 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

26 SAR - NS NS 2.44 7 11 15.84 5.65 5.29 3.45 5.52

27 Heavy Metals

a Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002

b Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.01 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

c Cromium mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003





Sample Location ID GW 1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

Sampling Location


Parameters Unit


water

Desirable limit

Permissible limit

(as Cr)

d Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

e Cyanide (as CN) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 1 0.34 0.34 0.31 0.34 0.32 0.31 0.32 0.34

g Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

h Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

i Manganese

(as Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04

j Nickel (as Ni) mg/l - - <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08

28 Total Coliform MPN 10/100 ml 10/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

29 Faecal Coliforms MPN 10/100 ml 10/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

Note: NA - Not Applicable, NR - No Relaxation, NS - Not Specified





Table 4-26: Analysis Results of Ground Water Samples in Block CB-ONN-2010/6 Sample ID GW9 GW10 GW11 GW12 GW13 GW14 GW15

S. No. Parameters Unit

IS 10500 Standard Limits for drinking water

Tube well Tube well Tube well Tube well Tube well Tube well Tube well Desirable

limit Permissible

limit

1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 7.10 6.21 6.51 6.62 6.63 6.73 6.90

2 Temperature o C NS NS 22 23 22 23 23 22 22

3 Turbidity NTU 5 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

4 TDS mg/lit 500 2000 503 474 600 569 391 547 651

5 Electrical conductivity µmhos/cm NS NS 788 689 1003 952 668 925 941

6 COD mg/lit NS NS <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

7 BOD mg/lit NS NS <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2

8 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

9 Chlorides mg/lit 250 1000 159 154 202 193 111 193 202

10 Sulphates mg/lit 200 400 56 48 33 29 23 59 59

11 Total Hardness mg/lit 300 600 230 220 350 340 300 340 360

12 Ca++ Hardness

mg/lit NS NS 74 100 146 134 82 94 112

13 Mg++ Hardness mg/lit NS NS 156 120 204 75 218 246 248

14 Total

Alkalinity mg/lit 200 600 60 40 40 50 40 50 600

15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 100 49.1 56.3 37.8 56.2 26.4 71.8 71.0





Sample ID GW9 GW10 GW11 GW12 GW13 GW14 GW15




limit Permissible

limit

16 Fluoride mg/lit 1 1.5 0.25 0.27 0.40 0.29 0.05 0.12 0.33

17 Sodium mg/lit NS NS 74.5 69.8 97.4 89.3 11.1 88.1 79.5

18 Potassium mg/lit NS NS 3.2 4.2 4.2 3.4 2.6 3.4 3.6

19 Calcium mg/lit 75 200 30 40 38 54 33 38 45

20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 100 38 29 50 50 53 60 60

21 Salinity mg/lit NS NS 287 278 365 348 200 348 365

22 Total Nitrogen mg/lit NS NS 11.20 12.90 8.40 11.20 5.6 16.24 15.7

23 Total Phosphorous mg/lit NS NS <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

24 Dissolved Oxygen mg/lit NS NS 3.3 3.4 3.2 3.5 3.8 3.6 3.4

25 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

26 SAR - NS NS 2.13 2.00 2.00 2.10 0.28 2.07 1.81

27 Heavy Metals

a Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002

b Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.01 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

c Cromium (as Cr) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003





Sample ID GW9 GW10 GW11 GW12 GW13 GW14 GW15




limit Permissible

limit

d Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

e Cyanide (as CN) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

g Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

h Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

i Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04

j Nickel (as Ni) mg/l - - <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08

28 Total Coliform MPN 10/100 ml 10/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

29 Faecal Coliforms MPN 10/100 ml 10/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

Note: NA - Not Applicable, NR - No Relaxation, NS - Not Specified





Table 4-27: Analysis Results of Ground Water Samples Block CB-ONN-2010/9 Sample ID GW16 GW17 GW18 GW19 GW20



water Tube well Tube well Tube well Tube well Tube well Desirable

limit Permissible

limit

1 pH pH scale 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5 6.54 6.83 6.74 6.81 7.69

2 Temperature o C NS NS 21 22 21 22 22

3 Turbidity NTU 5 10 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

4 TDS mg/lit 500 2000 1675 1295 1555 2092 1718

5 Electrical conductivity µmhos/cm NS NS 2400 1850 2230 2990 2645

6 COD mg/lit NS NS <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

7 BOD mg/lit NS NS <2 <2 <2 <2 <2

8 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

9 Chlorides mg/lit 250 1000 699 535 617 906 781

10 Sulphates mg/lit 200 400 263 223 238 300 184

11 Total Hardness mg/lit 300 600 570 440 650 620 440

12 Ca++ Hardness mg/lit NS NS 264 120 150 226 310

13 Mg++ Hardness mg/lit NS NS 306 320 500 394 130

14 Total Alkalinity mg/lit 200 600 40 50 50 60 180





Sample ID GW16 GW17 GW18 GW19 GW20

15 Nitrate mg/lit 45 100 3.4 0.7 5.4 6.6 7.7

16 Fluoride mg/lit 1 1.5 0.99 1.35 1.06 0.75 0.82

17 Sodium mg/lit NS NS 283.1 210 230.6 323 289.6

18 Potassium mg/lit NS NS 6 6.2 6.5 7 2.6

19 Calcium mg/lit 75 200 106 48 60 91 124

20 Magnesium mg/lit 30 100 74 78 122 96 32

21 Salinity mg/lit NS NS 1260 964 1112 1633 1407

22 Total Nitrogen mg/lit NS NS 0.60 0.20 1.12 1.40 1.68

23 Total Phosphorous mg/lit NS NS <1 0.65 0.16 <1 0.24

24 Dissolved Oxygen mg/lit NS NS 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.5 3.7

25 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit NS NS <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

26 SAR - NS NS 5.14 4.00 4.00 5.62 5.99

27 Heavy Metals

a Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002

b Cadmium (as Cd)

mg/l 0.01 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

c Cromium (as Cr) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

d Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 1.5 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

e Cyanide (as CN) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003





Sample ID GW16 GW17 GW18 GW19 GW20

f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 1 <0.1 <0.1 0.14 <0.1 0.34

g Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.05 NR <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

h Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

i Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04

j Nickel (as Ni) mg/l - - <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 15 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08

28 Total Coliform MPN 10/100 ml 10/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

29 Faecal Coliforms MPN 10/100 ml 10/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent





It was observed from the analysis report that, all the Parameters are within the permissible Limit except in Vav and Vasarda village where TDS and Chlorides are higher than permissible limits. This may be due to formational salinity.

Surface Water Sampling

Surface water samples were collected from nine (9) different locations within the study area and they are presented in Table 4-28.

Table 4-28: Surface Water Sampling Locations (Pond & canal) Sample

Code Location Date of Sampling Source District

SW 1 Goraj 30/11/2014 Pond Ahmedabad SW 2 Khicha 29/11/2014 Pond Ahmedabad SW 3 Daran 28/11/2014 Pond Ahmedabad SW 4 Lodhariya 01/12/2014 Pond Ahmedabad SW 5 Nardipur 12/12/2014 Pond Gandhinagar SW 6 Soja 12/12/2014 Pond Gandhinagar SW 7 Vagosana 10/12/2014 Pond Gandhinagar SW 8 Sobhasan 10/12/2014 Pond Gandhinagar SW 9 Balva 08/12/2014 Pond Gandhinagar

Sampling Locations are shown in Map 4.2 (A to C) and Photographs 4-5.

Analysis results are given in Table 4-29 to Table 4-30.





Table 4-29: Analysis Results of Surface Water Samples

S. No.

Parameters

Unit

Classification for Inland Surface Water (CPCB)

Surface Water Quality

SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 A B C D E

1 pH pH Scale 6.5 to 8.5

6.5 to 8.5

6.0 to 9.0

6.5 to 8.5

6.5 to 8.5

7.01 6.94 6.86 6.82 7.04

2 Total Dissolved Oxgen mg/l 6.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 NA 4.2 4.1 4.3 4.4 4.1

3 TDS mg/l 500.0 NA 1500.0 NA 2100 411 455 1145 695 289

4 Electrical

Conductivity μmohs/cm NA NA NA 1000 2250 587 650 1637 993 415

5 BOD mg/l 2.0 3.0 3.0 NA NA 11 10 21 13 5

6 Chlorides(as CL) mg/l 250 NA 600 NA 600 120 159 433 236 30

7 Sulphate mg/l 400 NA 400 NA 1000 39 28 140 100 19

8 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 20 NA 50 NA NA 28.1 7.4 25 6 6.9

9 Fluoride mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 - - 0.37 0.53 0.45 0.61 0.02 10 Free Ammonia mg/l NA NA NA 1.2 NA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 11 SAR mg/gm NA NA NA NA 26 1.03 1.2 3.67 2.27 0.33 12 Copper mg/l 1.5 NA 1.5 NA NA <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

13 Iron mg/l 0.3 NA 50 NA NA <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

14 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 NA 0.2 NA NA <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 15 Lead mg/l 0.1 NA 0.1 NA NA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 16 Zinc mg/l 15 NA 15 NA NA <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 17 Boron mg/l NA NA NA NA 2 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 18 Total Coliform MPN/100ml 50 500 5000 - - 1200 940 2100 1500 790





Table 4-30: Analysis Results of Surface Water Samples

S. No.

Parameters

Unit

Classification for Inland Surface Water (CPCB) Surface Water Quality

SW6 SW7 SW8 SW9 A B C D E

1 pH pH Scale 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 7.42 7.35 7.25 7.03

2 Total Dissolved Oxgen mg/l 6.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 NA 4.2 4.4 4.2 4.5

3 TDS mg/l 500.0 NA 1500.0 NA 2100 443 330 317 391

4 Electrical Conductivity μmohs/cm NA NA NA 1000 2250 722 475 446 556

5 BOD mg/l 2.0 3.0 3.0 NA NA 40 25 8 41

6 Chlorides(as CL) mg/l 250 NA 600 NA 600 146 86 77 142

7 Sulphate mg/l 400 NA 400 NA 1000 2 1 15 12

8 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 20 NA 50 NA NA 7.4 6 22 21.0

9 Fluoride mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 - - 0.25 0.03 0.21 0.02 10 Free Ammonia mg/l NA NA NA 1.2 NA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 11 SAR mg/gm NA NA NA NA 26 1.65 0.97 0.8 1.71 12 Copper mg/l 1.5 NA 1.5 NA NA <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

13 Iron mg/l 0.3 NA 50 NA NA <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

14 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 NA 0.2 NA NA <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 15 Lead mg/l 0.1 NA 0.1 NA NA <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 16 Zinc mg/l 15 NA 15 NA NA <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 <0.08 17 Boron mg/l NA NA NA NA 2 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 18 Total Coliform MPN/100ml 50 500 5000 - - 2400 2100 1400 2800





Quality of Surface Water

It is observed from the analysis report of surface water samples that:

pH of sample was found to vary from 6.82 (Lodhariya) to 7.42 (Soja Village). All samples were within the permissible limit (6.5 to 8.5)

TDS of sample was found to vary from 289 mg/l (Nardipur Village) to 1145 mg/l (Daran Village).

Electrical conductivity in all samples was found to be vary from 415 µmoh/cm (Nardipur Village to 1637 µmoh/cm (Daran)

Iron content of sample was found to vary from <0. 1 mg/l at all locations

Photographs 4-5: Photographs of Ground Water and Surface water Sampling Locations

Surface Water Sampling at Goraj Village Surface Water Sampling at Balva Village

GW Water Sampling at Nardipur Village GW Water Sampling at Dhenthy Village

4.10 Ecology and Bio-Diversity

4.10.1 Study Area

Project Site / Core Zone

Project site (area within the 1 km radius from the proposed well) considered as a core zone for biodiversity sampling.





Buffer Zone

Surrounding area up to 10km radius from the project boundary considered as a buffer zone for biodiversity sampling.

Sensitivity of the Study Area

There is no Reserve Forest, Protected Forest, Wild Life Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Tiger / Elephant Reserve and Corridor falls in the project study area.

Habitats of the Study Area

Core zone of project study area encompasses mainly scrub vegetation, agriculture land while buffer zone includes villages, agriculture land and scrub vegetation.

4.10.2 Survey Methodology

Secondary / Desktop Literature Review

No site specific (project site) data is available of flora and fauna, however information available on websites of Botanical Survey of India (BSI), Zoological Survey of India (ZSI), Gujarat Biodiversity Board, published literature, research papers have been consulted.

Primary / Field Data Collection

Sampling with standard methods was carried out to understand different floral and faunal components of the project site. The study area is dominated by scrub, shrubs, small and large trees along with agricultural fields and water bodies. The field observation on vegetation was made by surveying at different locations with the help of “Flora of Gujarat by G. L. Shah, topographic maps, forest working plan. Birds were noted and identified with the help of binocular and standard field identification guides. Other animals were directly counted from amongst the vegetation, bushes and roadside fields. Other information regarding wild animals has been collected from the local people. Floral and faunal details along with other agriculture information have been collected during the field survey.

4.10.3 Baseline Status of Bio diversity

Flora

Core Zone

Overall 35 plant species belonging to 18 families reported from the core zone of the study area of district Banaskantha. On the behalf of the qualitative analysis, the maximum species were herbs (17) followed by shrubs (14), trees (6) and climbers & grasses (2 each).

While from the district Gandinagar, a total of 38 species were recorded from the core zone of the study area, belonging to 19 families. Maximum species belongs to the shrubs and herbs (13 each) followed by trees (10) and grasses (2).





A total of 41 species belonging to 22 families were recorded from the core zone of the study area of district Ahmedabad, out of which maximum species belongs to the shrubs (16) followed by trees (14), herbs (9) and grasses (2).

The species are arranged in alphabetical order. Species names are followed by vernacular names/local names and species distribution and richness in each well and given in Table 4-31.

Table 4-31: Floral species reported in core Zone CB-ONN-2010/1 S.No. Scientific Name Local/Comm

on Name Family Code of Well Location

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10TREES

1. Acacia nilotica Babul Fabaceae - √ √ - - - - - - √ 2. Acacia tortilis Israeli Babul Fabaceae √ - - √ - √ - - √ -3. Azadirachta indica Limdo Meliaceae √ √ √ - - - √ - 4. Cordia dichotoma Gundo Boraginaceae √ - - √ - √ - - - -5. Melia azadarach Bakain Meliaceae - - √ - - - - - - -6. Phoenix sylvestris Kahjoor Arecaceae - - - - - - √ - √ -

SHRUBS 1. Achyranthes aspera Aghedo Amaranthaceae √ - - - - - √ - √ -2. Calotropis procera Nano Akdo Apocynaceae √ √ √ - √ - √ √ √ √ 3. Capparis decidua Karir Capparaceae √ √ √ - - √ - - √ √ 4. Cassia italica Kawaria Fabaceae √ √ - √ √ - √ √ 5. Euphorbia

Caducifolia Thor Euphorbiaceae √ √ √ √ - √ - - √ √

6. Grewia tenax Gango Tiliaceae √ - - √ - - - - 7. Ipomea carnea Beshram Convolvulaceae - √ √ - - - √ - √ 8. Jatropha cureas Ratanjyot Euphorbiaceae - √ √ - - - - - - - 9. Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae - √ - - √ - - - - 10. Prosopis juliflora Gandobaval Fabaceae √ √ - √ √ √ √ √ √ - 11. Salvadora oleiodes Pilu Salvadoraceae √ √ - - - - - √ - 12. Salvidora persica Pilu Salvadoraceae - √ - - √ √ - - √ 13. Sesbania sesban Dhaincha Fabaceae √ - - √ - √ √ - - 14. Zizyphus

nummularia Jhahrberi Rhamnaceae √ √ - - - √ - √ -

HERBS 1. Aerva lanata Gorakh ganjo Amaranthaceae √ - - √ - - √ - √ - 2. Aerva tomentosa Kapok bush Amaranthaceae - √ √ - √ - - - -3. Amaranthus

spinosus Katanudant Amaranthaceae √ - - - √ - - √ - √

4. Amaranthus viridis Chaulai Amaranthaceae - - √ - - - √ 5. Argemone

mexicana Darudi Papaveraceae √ - - √ - - - √ √ √

6. Boerhavia diffusa Punarnava Nyctaginaceae - - √ - - - √ - √ - 7. Convolvulus

prostratus Shankhpushpi Convolvulaceae - - - - √ - √ - - -

8. Crotalaria burhia Kharshan Fabaceae - - - √ - - √ - - - 9. Launaea

procumbens Moti Bhonpatri Asteraceae - √ - - - √ - - - √

10. Leucas aspera Kubi Lamiaceae - √ - - √ - - √ - -





S.No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name

Family Code of Well Location

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011.Polygonum glabrum Kamole Polygonaceae - - - √ - - √ - - - 12. Solanum indicum Kantakari Solanaceae √ - - - - - √ - 13.Solanum surratance Kateli Solanaceae √ - - √ - √ - - √ 14.Sonchus wightianus Sow Palang Asteraceae - √ - - - - - - √ 15. Tephrosia purpurea Sharpunkha Fabaceae - - - √ - - √ - √ 16. Tridax procumbens Pardesi

Bhangaro Asteraceae - √ √ - - √ - -

17. Xanthium strumarium

Chhota Gokhru

Solanaceae √ √ - - √ - - - √ √

CLIMBERS 1. Coccinia grandis Ghiloda Cucurbitaceae √ - - - √ - - √ - - 2. Tinospora cordifolia Gulvel Menispermaceae - √ - - - - √ - √ -

GRASSES 1. Cyndon dactylon Darb Poaceae √ √ √ √ - √ √ √ √ - 2. Paspalidium

flavidium Gorju Poaceae - - - - - - √ - - -

Species Richness 19 17 16 12 11 13 17 10 21 12

Floral species observed in Core Zone of CB-ONN-2010/6 is given in Table 4-32.

Table 4-32: List of Floral species observed in the Study Area of CB-ONN-2010/6 S.No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name Family Code of Well Location

1 2 3 4 5 6 7TREES

1. Acacia nilotica Babul Fabaceae √ √ √ √ √ - √2. Acacia tortilis Israeli Babul Fabaceae - √ - - - - - 3. Albizia lebbeck Siris Fabaceae - - √ √ - - - 4. Azadirachta indica Limdo Meliaceae - √ - - - - - 5. Cordia dichotoma Gundo Boraginaceae - - √ - √ √ - 6. Dalbergia sisoo Sissoo Fabaceae - - - - √ - √7. Derris indica Karanj Fabaceae √ √ - - √ - √8. Mimusops elengi Maulshree Sapotaceae - - - - √ - - 9. Mimusops hexandra Rayan Sapotaceae √ - √ - - - - 10. Pithecellobium dulce Jungle Jalebi Fabaceae √ - - - √ - -

SHRUBS 1. Achyranthes aspera Aghedo Amaranthaceae √ - - - √ - - 2. Abutilon indicum Kanghi Malvaceae √ - - - √ - - 3. Adhatoda vasica Ardusi Acanthaceae √ - - - - 4. Calotropis procera Nano Akdo Apocynaceae √ - - - √ - √5. Capparis decidua Karir Capparaceae - - √ - √ 6. Cassia italica Kawaria Fabaceae - √ - √ - - - 7. Carissa opaca Karaunda Apocynaceae √ √ - - - 8. Euphorbia Caducifolia Thor Euphorbiaceae - - √ - √ - - 9. Indigofera oblongifolia Zeel Fabaceae - - √ - - - √10. Prosopis juliflora Gandobaval Fabaceae √ √ - - √ - - 11. Ricinus communis Aerando Euphorbiaceae - - √ - √ -





S.No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name Family Code of Well Location

1 2 3 4 5 6 712. Withania somnifera Ashwaganda Solanaceae - - √ √ - 13. Zizyphus nummularia Jhahrberi Rhamnaceae - - √ - √ -

HERBS 1. Aerva lanata Gorakh ganjo Amaranthaceae - - √ - - √ - 2. Aerva tomentosa Kapok bush Amaranthaceae - √ - - - - - 3. Amaranthus viridis Chaulai Amaranthaceae √ - - √ - - - 4. Boerhavia diffusa Punarnava Nyctaginaceae √ - - √ - - √5. Brassica juncea Mustard Brassicaceae - √ - - - - √6. Cassia occidentalis Kasonda Fabaceae - √ - - √ - - 7. Cassia tora Pumvadiyo/Kawaria Fabaceae √ - - - √ √8. Chenopodium album Bathua Chenopodiaceae √ √ - - √ - √9. Datura matel Dhatura Solanaceae - - √ - - √ √10. Sonchus wightianus Sow Palang Asteraceae - √ - - √ - √11. Tephrosia purpurea Sharpunkha Fabaceae - √ - √ - √12. Typha angustata Patera Typhaceae - - √ - √ - -13. Xanthium strumarium Chhota Gokhru Solanaceae - √ √ √ √

GRASSES - - -1. Cyndon dactylon Darb Poaceae √ √ - - √ √ - 2. Cyperus rotundus Motha Cyperaceae √ √ - √ - - -

Species Richness 15 16 12 10 17 09 13

Floral Species observed in study area of Block CB-ONN-2010/9 is given Gazetteer are presented in Table 4-33.

Table 4-33: List of Floral Species observed in core zone in Block CB-ONN-2010/9 S.No. Scientific Name Local/Common

Name Family Code of Well Location

1 2 3 4 5 TREES

1. Acacia nilotica Babul Fabaceae √ √ √ - √ 2. Aegle marmelos Bili Rutaceae - - - √ √ 3. Azadirachta indica Limdo Meliaceae √ √ - - - 4. Balanitis aegyptiaca Desert date Balanitaceae - √ - - √ 5. Cocos nucifera Nariel Arecaceae √ - - - - 6. Cordia dichotoma Gundo Boraginaceae √ - - - √ 7. Dalbergia sisoo Sissoo Fabaceae √ - - - - 8. Ficus benghalensis Vad Moraceae - - - - √ 9. Ficus religiosa Pipalo Moraceae - - - - √ 10. Limonia acidissima Kaith Bel Rutaceae - - √ - - 11. Moringa oleifera Saragvo Moringaceae √ √ - - - 12. Morus alba Shetur Moraceae - √ - - - 13. Pithecellobium dulce Goras Amli Fabaceae √ - - - - 14. Syzygium cumini Jamun Myrtaceae - - - √ √

SHRUBS 1. Achyranthes aspera Aghedo Amaranthaceae √ - √ - √ 2. Calotropis procera Nano Akdo Apocynaceae - √ - - √





S.No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name

Family Code of Well Location

1 2 3 4 5 3. Capparis decidua Karir Capparaceae √ - - - √ 4. Capparis sepiaria kanthar Capparaceae - - √ √ - 5. Carissa opaca Karaunda Apocynaceae - √ - - - 6. Euphorbia Caducifolia Thor Euphorbiaceae - √ √ - - 7. Indigofera oblongifolia Zeel Fabaceae - - - √ √ 8. Jatropha cureas Ratanjyot Euphorbiaceae - √ - - - 9. Prosopis juliflora Gandobaval Fabaceae √ √ √ - √ 10. Prosopis sinereria Khejri Fabaceae - - √ - - 11. Salvadora oleiodes Pilu Salvadoraceae - - - √ √ 12. Salvidora persica Pilu Salvadoraceae √ - - - - 13. Sesbania sesban Dhaincha Fabaceae √ - - - - 14. Sida cordifolia Bhuinii Malvaceae - √ - - √ 15. Zizyphus mauritiana Bordi Rhamnaceae - √ √ - - 16. Zizyphus nummularia Jhahrberi Rhamnaceae - - - √ √

HERBS 1. Abutilon glaucum Khapat Malvaceae - - √ √ - 2. Ageratum conyzoides Wild pudina Asteraceae √ √ - - - 3. Chenopodium album Bathua Chenopodiaceae - √ √ - - 4. Datura metel Dhaturo Solanaceae √ - - - - 5. Euphorbia hirta Duddhi Euphorbiaceae - √ - √ 6. Sphaeranthus indicus Gorakh mundi Asteraceae - - √ - √ 7. Tephrosia purpurea Sharpunkha Fabaceae - - √ √ - 8. Typha angustata Patera Typhaceae √ - - - -9. Xanthium strumarium Chhota Gokhru Solanaceae - - √ - √

GRASSES 1. Chloris barbata Mindadiu Poaceae √ - - - - 2. Cyndon dactylon Darb Poaceae √ √ - √ -

Species Richness 17 16 13 9 18

Buffer Zone

Overall 66 species were reported from buffer zone of district Banaskantha, out of which maximum species of trees (19) followed by herbs (24), shrubs (17), and climbers & grasses (3 each).

While from the district of Gandhinagar, a total of 87 species were recorded from the buffer zone zone of the study area. On the behalf of the qualitative analysis, the maximum species were trees (31) followed by herbs (29), Shrubs (21), and grasses (4) and climbers & twinners (2 each).

In district Ahmedabad, a total of 81 species were recorded from buffer zone, out of which maximum 34 species of trees followed by herbs (23), shrubs (21), and grasses (3).

Table 4-34: List of Floral Species observed in Buffer zone in Block CB-ONN-2010/1 S No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name Family

TREES1. Acacia nilotica Babul Fabaceae 2. Acacia Senegal Gorad Fabaceae 3. Acacia tortilis Israeli Babul Fabaceae





S No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name Family 4. Aegle marmelos Bili Rutaceae 5. Azadirachta indica Limdo Meliaceae 6. Butea monosperma Khakhro Fabaceae 7. Cassia fistula Amaltas Fabaceae 8. Cordia dichotoma Gundo Boraginaceae9. Dalbergia sisoo Sissoo Fabaceae 10. Delonix regia Gulmohar Fabaceae 11. Diosphros Montana Dheki Ebenaceae 12. Emblica officinalis Amla Euphorbiaceae 13. Ficus benghalensis Vad Moraceae 14. Madhuca latifolia Mahua Sapotaceae 15. Melia azadarach Bakain Meliaceae 16. Peltophorum pterocarpum Copper pod Fabaceae 17. Phoenix sylvestris Kahjoor Arecaceae 18. Pletophorum pterocarpum Gulmohar Fabaceae 19. Tamarindus indica Amli Fabaceae

SHRUBS 1. Achyranthes aspera Aghedo Amaranthaceae 2. Balanites roxburghii Ingor Zygophyllaceae 3. Calotropis procera Nano Akdo Apocynaceae 4. Capparis decidua Karir Capparaceae 5. Cassia italica Kawaria Fabaceae 6. Euphorbia Caducifolia Thor Euphorbiaceae 7. Grewia tenax Gango Tiliaceae 8. Indigofera oblongifolia Zeel Fabaceae 9. Ipomea carnea Beshram Convolvulaceae 10. Jatropha cureas Ratanjyot Euphorbiaceae 11. Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae 12. Prosopis juliflora Gandobaval Fabaceae 13. Prosopis sinereria Khejri Fabaceae 14. Salvadora oleiodes Pilu Salvadoraceae 15. Salvidora persica Pilu Salvadoraceae 16. Sesbania sesban Dhaincha Fabaceae 17. Zizyphus nummularia Jhahrberi Rhamnaceae

HERBS 1. Aerva lanata Gorakh ganjo Amaranthaceae 2. Aerva tomentosa Kapok bush Amaranthaceae 3. Aeschynomene procumbens -- Fabaceae 4. Amaranthus spinosus Katanudant Amaranthaceae 5. Amaranthus viridis Chaulai Amaranthaceae 6. Argemone mexicana Darudi Papaveraceae 7. Bacopa monnieri Bam Scrophulariaceae 8. Blumea eriantha Kapuriyo kalhar Asteraceae 9. Boerhavia diffusa Punarnava Nyctaginaceae 10. Cassia tora Pumvadiyo/Kawaria Fabaceae 11. Celosia argentea Lalmurga Amaranthaceae 12. Colocasia esculenta Pattarveliya Araceae





S No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name Family 13. Convolvulus prostratus Shankhpushpi Convolvulaceae14. Crotalaria burhia Kharshan Fabaceae 15. Launaea procumbens Moti Bhonpatri Asteraceae 16. Leucas aspera Kubi Lamiaceae 17. Polygonum glabrum Kamole Polygonaceae18. Solanum indicum Kantakari Solanaceae 19. Solanum surratance Kateli Solanaceae 20. Sonchus wightianus Sow Palang Asteraceae 21. Tephrosia purpurea Sharpunkha Fabaceae 22. Tridax procumbens Pardesi Bhangaro Asteraceae 23. Typha angustata Patera Typhaceae 24. Xanthium strumarium Chhota Gokhru Solanaceae

CLIMBERS 1. Coccinia grandis Ghiloda Cucurbitaceae 2. Mucuna pruriens Kuvech Fabaceae 3. Tinospora cordifolia Gulvel Menispermaceae

GRASSES 1. Cyndon dactylon Darb Poaceae 2. Dendrocalamus strictus Narvans Poaceae 3. Paspalidium flavidium Gorju Poaceae

Table 4-35: List of Floral Species observed in Buffer zone in Block CB-ONN-2010/6 S.No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name Family

TREES 1. Acacia nilotica Babul Fabaceae 2. Acacia Senegal Gorad Fabaceae 3. Acacia tortilis Israeli Babul Fabaceae 4. Aegle marmelos Bili Rutaceae 5. Alangium lamarkii Ankol Cornaceae 6. Albizia lebbeck Siris Fabaceae 7. Azadirachta indica Limdo Meliaceae 8. Butea monosperma Khakhro Fabaceae 9. Casearia tomentosa Umbh Salicaceae 10. Cassia fistula Amaltas Fabaceae 11. Cassia siamea Kasid Fabaceae 12. Cordia dichotoma Gundo Boraginaceae 13. Dalbergia sisoo Sissoo Fabaceae 14. Delonix regia Gulmohar Fabaceae 15. Derris indica Karanj Fabaceae 16. Diosphros Montana Dheki Ebenaceae 17. Emblica officinalis Amla Euphorbiaceae 18. Ficus benghalensis Vad Moraceae 19. Ficus glomerata Gular Moraceae 20. Ficus infectoria Pipli Moraceae 21. Ficus religiosa Pipalo Moraceae 22. Gymnosporia Montana Viklo Celastraceae 23. Holoptelea integrifolia Charal Ulmaceae





S.No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name Family 24. Madhuca latifolia Mahua Sapotaceae 25. Mangifera indica Ambo Anacardiaceae26. Melia azadarach Bakain Meliaceae 27. Mimusops elengi Maulshree Sapotaceae 28. Mimusops hexandra Rayan Sapotaceae 29. Peltophorum ferrugineum Copper pod Fabaceae 30. Pithecellobium dulce Jungle Jalebi Fabaceae 31. Tamarindus indica Amli Fabaceae

SHRUBS 1. Achyranthes aspera Aghedo Amaranthaceae2. Abutilon indicum Kanghi Malvaceae 3. Adhatoda vasica Ardusi Acanthaceae 4. Balanites roxburghii Ingor Zygophyllaceae 5. Calotropis procera Nano Akdo Apocynaceae 6. Capparis decidua Karir Capparaceae 7. Cassia auriculata Aval Fabaceae 8. Cassia italica Kawaria Fabaceae 9. Carissa opaca Karaunda Apocynaceae 10. Euphorbia Caducifolia Thor Euphorbiaceae 11. Holarrhena antidysenterica Kado Apocynaceae 12. Indigofera oblongifolia Zeel Fabaceae 13. Ipomea carnea Beshram Convolvulaceae 14. Jatropha cureas Ratanjyot Euphorbiaceae 15. Prosopis juliflora Gandobaval Fabaceae 16. Ricinus communis Aerando Euphorbiaceae 17. Tecoma stans Vasant Bignoniaceae 18. Vitex negundo Nagod Verbenaceae 19. Withania somnifera Ashwaganda Solanaceae 20. Zizyphus mauritiana Bordi Rhamnaceae 21. Zizyphus nummularia Jhahrberi Rhamnaceae

HERBS 1. Aerva lanata Gorakh ganjo Amaranthaceae 2. Aerva tomentosa Kapok bush Amaranthaceae 3. Aeschynomene indica Budda pea Fabaceae 4. Amaranthus spinosus Katanudant Amaranthaceae 5. Amaranthus viridis Chaulai Amaranthaceae 6. Argemone mexicana Darudi Papaveraceae 7. Bacopa monnieri Bam Scrophulariaceae 8. Blumea eriantha Kapuriyo kalhar Asteraceae 9. Boerhavia diffusa Punarnava Nyctaginaceae 10. Brassica juncea Mustard Brassicaceae 11. Cassia occidentalis Kasonda Fabaceae 12. Cassia tora Pumvadiyo/Kawaria Fabaceae 13. Catharanthus roseus Barmasi Apocynaceae 14. Chenopodium album Bathua Chenopodiaceae 15. Colocasia esculenta Pattarveliya Araceae 16. Corchorus olitorius Chhunchho Malvaceae





S.No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name Family 17. Datura matel Dhatura Solanaceae 18. Hygrophila auriculata Kantashelio Acanthaceae19. Leucas aspera Kubi Lamiaceae 20. Martynia diandra Vinchu Martyniaceae21. Physalis minima Rasbhari Solanaceae 22. Polygonum glabrum Kamole Polygonaceae23. Portulaca oleracea Motiluni Portulacaceae24. Solanum nigrum Piludi Solanaceae 25. Sonchus wightianus Sow Palang Asteraceae 26. Tephrosia purpurea Sharpunkha Fabaceae 27. Tridax procumbens Pardesi Bhangaro Asteraceae 28. Typha angustata Patera Typhaceae 29. Xanthium strumarium Chhota Gokhru Solanaceae

CLIMBERS 1. Coccinia grandis Ghiloda Cucurbitaceae 2. Ipomoea pestigridis Vagpadi Convolvulaceae

TWINNERS 1. Abrus precatorius Chanothi Fabaceae 2. Ipomoea quamoclit Kamlata Convolvulaceae

GRASSES 1. Cymbopogon martini Roicha Ghas Poaceae 2. Cyndon dactylon Darb Poaceae 3. Cyperus rotundus Motha Cyperaceae 4. Dendrocalamus strictus Narvans Poaceae

Table 4-36: List of Floral Species observed in Buffer zone in Block CB-ONN-2010/9 S.No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name Family

TREES 1. Aegle marmelos Bili Rutaceae 2. Acacia nilotica Babul Fabaceae 3. Ailanthus excelsa Rukhdo Simaroubaceae 4. Albizia lebbeck Siris Fabaceae 5. Alstonia scholaris Saptaparni Apocynaceae 6. Azadirachta indica Limdo Meliaceae 7. Balanitis aegyptiaca Desert date Balanitaceae 8. Butea monosperma Khakhro Fabaceae 9. Cassia fistula Amaltas Fabaceae 10. Cassia siamea Kasid Fabaceae 11. Casuarina equisetifolia Saru Casuarinaceae 12. Cocos nucifera Nariel Arecaceae 13. Cordia dichotoma Gundo Boraginaceae 14. Dalbergia sisoo Sissoo Fabaceae 15. Delonix regia Gulmohar Fabaceae 16. Emblica officinalis Amla Euphorbiaceae 17. Ficus benghalensis Vad Moraceae 18. Ficus racemosa Gular Moraceae 19. Ficus religiosa Pipalo Moraceae





S.No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name Family 20. Holoptelea integrifolia Charal Ulmaceae 21. Limonia acidissima Kaith Bel Rutaceae 22. Madhuca latifolia Mahua Sapotaceae 23. Mangifera indica Ambo Anacardiaceae24. Melia azedarach Bakain Meliaceae 25. Moringa oleifera Saragvo Moringaceae26. Morus alba Shetur Moraceae 27. Peltophorum pterocarpum Copper pod Fabaceae 28. Phoenix sylvestris Kahjoor Arecaceae 29. Pithecellobium dulce Goras Amli Fabaceae 30. Pletophorum pterocarpum Gulmohar Fabaceae 31. Polyalthia longifolia Asopalav Annonaceae 32. Syzygium cumini Jamun Myrtaceae 33. Tamarindus indica Amli Fabaceae 34. Tectona grandis Sag Lamiaceae

SHRUBS 1. Achyranthes aspera Aghedo Amaranthaceae 2. Calotropis procera Nano Akdo Apocynaceae 3. Capparis decidua Karir Capparaceae 4. Capparis sepiaria kanthar Capparaceae 5. Carissa opaca Karaunda Apocynaceae 6. Euphorbia Caducifolia Thor Euphorbiaceae 7. Grewia tenax Gango Tiliaceae 8. Holarrhena antidysenterica Kado Apocynaceae 9. Indigofera oblongifolia Zeel Fabaceae 10. Jatropha cureas Ratanjyot Euphorbiaceae 11. Prosopis juliflora Gandobaval Fabaceae 12. Prosopis sinereria Khejri Fabaceae 13. Ricinus communis Aerando Euphorbiaceae 14. Salvadora oleiodes Pilu Salvadoraceae 15. Salvidora persica Pilu Salvadoraceae 16. Sesbania sesban Dhaincha Fabaceae 17. Sida cordifolia Bhuinii Malvaceae 18. Tecoma stans Vasant Bignoniaceae 19. Vitex negundo Nagod Verbenaceae 20. Zizyphus mauritiana Bordi Rhamnaceae 21. Zizyphus nummularia Jhahrberi Rhamnaceae

HERBS 1. Abutilon glaucum Khapat Malvaceae 2. Ageratum conyzoides Wild pudina Asteraceae 3. Amaranthus spinosus Katanudant Amaranthaceae 4. Amaranthus viridis Chaulai Amaranthaceae 5. Argemone mexicana Darudi Papaveraceae 6. Bacopa monnieri Bam Scrophulariaceae 7. Blumea mollis Bhutaco Asteraceae 8. Boerhavia diffusa Punarnava Nyctaginaceae 9. Cassia tora Pumvadiyo/Kawaria Fabaceae





S.No. Scientific Name Local/Common Name Family 10. Chenopodium album Bathua Chenopodiaceae11. Datura metel Dhaturo Solanaceae 12. Euphorbia hirta Duddhi Euphorbiaceae13. Gnaphalium indicum Phulvo Asteraceae 14. Ipomoea aquatica Nali ni Bhaji Convolvulaceae15. Ocimum canum Basil Lamiaceae 16. Polygonum glabrum Kamole Polygonaceae17. Solanum indicum Kantakari Solanaceae 18. Solanum nigrum Piludi Solanaceae 19. Solanum xanthocarpum Bhoyringni Solanaceae 20. Sphaeranthus indicus Gorakh mundi Asteraceae 21. Tephrosia purpurea Sharpunkha Fabaceae 22. Typha angustata Patera Typhaceae 23. Xanthium strumarium Chhota Gokhru Solanaceae

GRASSES 1. Chloris barbata Mindadiu Poaceae 2. Cyndon dactylon Darb Poaceae 3. Dendrocalamus strictus Narvans Poaceae

Fauna

Core Zone

Overall 35 species were reported from the core zone of the study area of district Banaskantha. On the behalf of the qualitative analysis, the maximum species of Birds (24) followed by Mammals and reptiles (7 each) were reported from the core zone.

While, from the core zone of district Gandhinagar, a total of 38 species were reported out of which, maximum species of birds (29) were reported followed by the mammals (6) and herpetofauna (3).

From the district Ahmedabad, overall 49 species were reported.The maximum species of birds (39) followed by mammals and reptiles (5 each) were reported on the basis of direct and indirect evidences from the core zone.

The detailed list of species is arranged in alphabetical order. Species names are followed by common/English names, status and species distribution and richness in each well given in table below

Table 4-37: List of Fauna in the Core Zone of CB-ONN-2010/1 S.

No. Scientific

Name Common

Name IWPA, 1972/ IUCN

Category

Code of Well Location 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

MAMMALS 1. Boselaphus

tragocemalus Nilgai III √ - √ - - √ √ - √ -

2. Funambulus pennanti

Striped squirrel

IV √ √ - √ √ - √ - √ -

3. Herpeste edwardsi

Mongoose II √ - √ - - √ √ - √ √





S. No.

Scientific Name

Common Name

IWPA, 1972/ IUCN

Category


4. Hystrix indica Indian porcupine

IV - - √ - - - √ - - √

5. Lepus nigricollis

Black napped Hare

IV - - √ √ √ - - √ √

6. Lepus nigricollis dayanus

Desert Hare IV - - √ - √ - - √ - -

7. Presbytis entellus

Common Languor

II - √ √ - √ - √ - √ √

REPTILES 1. Bungarus

caeruleus Common Krait IV - - √ - - - - - - √

2. Eryx Conicus Sand Boa IV - - - √ √ - - √ - - 3. Naja naja Cobra II √ - - - - √ - √ - - 4. Ptyas mucosus Rat snake II - - √ - - - √ - - -

BIRDS 1. Acredotheres

tristis Common Myna IV √ √ √ √

2. Anthus novaeseelandi

ae

Paddy field Pipit

IV √ - - √ - √ - √ √ √

3. Apus affinis House swift IV - √ - - - - - - - - 4. Ardeola grayii Pond Heron IV - √ - √ - √ - - √ - 5. Bulbulcus ibis Cattle Egret IV √ √ - - - √ - - √ √ 6. Columba livia Blue Rock

Pigeon IV √ √ √ - - - √ - √ √

7. Copsychus saularis

Magpie Robin LC √ - √ √ - √ - √ √ √

8. Corvus macrorhyncho

s

Jungle Crow LC √ √ - - √ √ √ - √ -

9. Corvus splendens

Common Crow V √ √ - √ - - - - √ √

10. Dicrurusadsimilis

Black Drongo IV √ √ - - √ - - √ √ -

11. Halcyon smyrensis

White Breasted Kingfisher

IV - - √ - - √ - - √ -

12. Merops orientalis

Small Green Bee-Eater

LC √ - - √ - √ - √ √ -





S. No.

Scientific Name

Common Name

IWPA, 1972/ IUCN

Category


13. Milvus migrans

Pariah Kite LC - - √ - √ - - - - -

14. Motacilla cinerea

Grey Wagtail IV - - √ - - √ - - √ -

15. Nectarinia asiatica

Purple Sunbird LC - √ √ - - √ √ - - √

16. Passer domesticus

House Sparrow

LC - √ √ - - - √ - √ √

17. Phalacrocorax niger

Little Cormorant

IV √ √ - - - - - √ -

18. Psittacula krameri

Rose ringed Parakeet

IV √ - - - √ - √ - √ √

19. Pycnonotus cafer

Red vented Bulbul

IV - √ √ √ - √ - √ √ √

20. Streptoplia tranquebarica

Red Turtle Dove

IV - √ √ - √ - √ √ √ -

21. Sturnus pagodarum

Brahminy Myna

IV - - √ - √ - - - - √

22. Turdoides caudatus

Common Babbler

LC √ √ √ - - - √ - √ -

23. Turdoides striatus

Jungle Babbler IV √ √ √ √

24. Vanellus indicus

Red Wattled Lapwing

LC √ - √ √ - √ - √ √ √

Species Richness 17

16

22

10

12

15

13

10

24

16

Table 4-38: List of Fauna in the Core Zone of Block CB-ONN-2010/6 S.

No. Scientific Name Common Name Schedule/

IUCN Category

Code of Well Location

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MAMMALS

1. Boselaphus tragocemalus Nilgai III - √ √ - √ - -

2. Funambulus pennanti Striped Squirrel IV √ - √ √ - - √ 3. Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare IV √ - - √ - - - 4. Presdbytis entellus Common Langur II - √ - √ - - - 5. Rattus sp. Rats V - - √ √ - √ √ 6. Sus scrofa Wild Pig III - - - - √ - -

REPTILES





S. No.

Scientific Name Common Name Schedule/ IUCN

Category


1. Eryx johnii Red Sand Boa LC - √ - - - √ - 2. Naja naja Cobra II - - √ √ - - - 3. Ptyas mucosa Rat Snake II √ - - - - - -

BIRDS 1. Acredotheres

ginginianus Bank Myna IV √ - - √ - - √

2. Acredotheres tristis Common Myna IV - √ √ √ - - √ 3. Anthus

novaeseelandiae Paddy field Pipit IV - √ - - √ √ -

4. Ardea cinerea Grey Heron IV √ - - √ √ √ - 5. Ardeola grayii Pond Heron IV √ √ - √ √ - √ 6. Bulbulcus ibis Cattle Egret IV √ - - - √ - √ 7. Columba livia Blue Rock Pigeon IV √ - - √ √ - √ 8. Copsychus saularis Magpie Robin LC - √ √ - - - - 9. Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller LC √ √ - - - - √ 10. Corvus macrorhynchos Jungle Crow LC - √ - √ √ - √ 11. Dicrurusadsimilis Black Drongo IV √ - √ √ - √ √ 12. Eudynamys scolopacea Indian Koel IV - √ √ - √ - - 13. Halcyon smyrensis White Breasted

Kingfisher IV √ - √ √ √ √ -

14. Himantopus himantopus

Black winged Stilt IV √ - - - - - -

15. Hirundo rustica House Swallow IV √ - √ √ - - - 16. Merops orientalis Small Green Bee-

Eater LC √ - - √ √ √ √

17. Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail IV √ - √ √ - - √ 18. Passer domesticus House Sparrow LC - - √ - √ √ √ 19. Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant IV √ - - - - - - 20. Psittacula krameri Rose ringed

Parakeet IV √ √ √ - √ - √

21. Pycnonotus cafer Red vented Bulbul IV √ √ - √ √ √ -22. Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin LC √ √ - √ - - √ 23. Sterna ablifrons River Tern LC √ - - - - - - 24. Streptoplia

tranquebarica Red Turtle Dove IV - √ - √ - √ √

25. Threskiornis melanocephalus

Black Headed Ibis IV √ - √ √ - - √

26. Tringa hypoleucos Common Sandpiper

IV √ - - - - - -

27. Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler LC √ √ √ - √ √ - 28. Turdoides striatus Jungle Babbler IV √ - √ - √ √ √ 29. Vanellus indicus Red Wattled

Lapwing LC √ - √ √ - √ √





S. No.

Scientific Name Common Name Schedule/ IUCN

Category


Species Richness 25 15 17 21 16 13 19

Table 4-39: List of Fauna in Core Zone of CB-ONN-2010/9 S.

No. Scientific Name Common Name Schedule/IUCN

Category Code of Well Location

1 2 3 4 5

MAMMALS 1. Funambulus pennati Striped squirrel IV √ - √ √ √ 2. Herpestes edwardsii Mongoose II - √ √ - - 3. Lepus nigricollis Black napped

Hare IV √ - - √ √

4. Presbytis entellus Common Langur II √ - √ √ - 5. Rattus spp. Rat V √ √ √ - √

REPTILE 1. Naja naja Cobra II - √ - √ - 2. Eryx johnii Red Sand Boa IV - - √ - √ 3. Lissemys punctata India soft-

shelled turtle I, Part II √ - - - -

4. Ptyas mucosus Rat Snake IV - √ - √ - BIRDS

1. Acridotheres ginginianus

Bank Myna IV √ - - - √

2. Acridotheres tristis Common Myna IV √ - √ √ - 3. Ardea alba Large Egret IV √ √ - - √4. Ardea cinerea Grey Heron IV √ √ - - √ 5. Ardeola grayii Pond heron IV √ √ - - √ 6. Columba livia Blue Rock

Pigeon IV - - √ √ √

7. Coracias benghalensis

Indian Roller IV √ - √ - √

8. Dicrurus adsimilis Black drongo IV √ - √ - √9. Egretta garzetta Little Egret IV √ √ - - - 10. Egretta intermedia Smaller Egret IV - - - - √ 11. Halcyon smyrensis White Breasted

Kingfisher IV √ √ - - √

12. Himantopus himantopus

Black winged Stilt

IV √ √ - - √

13. Merops orientalis Small Green Bee-Eater

IV - - √ √ √

14. Passer domesticus House Sparrow IV √ - √ - - 15. Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant IV √ - - - - 16. Pseudibid papillosa Black Ibis IV √ √ √ 17. Psittacula krameri Roseringed

Parakeet IV √ - √ - -

18. Pycnonotus cafer Red vented Bulbul

IV - √ - √ -

19. Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin IV - - √ - √ 20. Streptoplia Red Turtle Dove IV - √ √ - √





S. No.

Scientific Name Common Name Schedule/IUCN Category


1 2 3 4 5

tranquebarica 21. Threskiornis

melanocephalus Black Headed

Ibis IV √ √ - - √

22. Tringa hypoleucos Common Sandpiper

IV √ √ - - √

23. Upupa epops Hoopoe IV - √ - √ - 24. Vanellus indicus Red Wattled

Lapwing IV √ √ √ - √

Species Richness 22 17 15 11 20

Buffer Zone

Overall 50 species were reported from the buffer zone of the study area of district Banaskantha. On the behalf of the qualitative analysis, the maximum species were Birds (40) followed by Mammals (6) and herpetofauna (4).

While, from the buffer zone of district Gandhinagar, a total of 47 species were reported out of which, maximum species of birds (36) were reported followed by the mammals (7) and herpetofauna (4).

From the district Ahmedabad, overall 49 species were reported.The maximum species of birds (39) followed by mammals and reptiles (5 each) were reported on the basis of direct and indirect evidences.

Detailed lists of species followed by common/English names along with threatened status have been tabulated in the following tables

Table 4-40: List of Fauna in Buffer Zone of CB-ONN-2010/1 S. No. Scientific Name Common Name IWPA, 1972/

IUCN Category MAMMALS

1. Boselaphus tragocemalus Nilgai III,LC 2. Funambulus pennanti Striped squirrel IV,LC 3. Herpeste edwardsi Mongoose II 4. Hystrix indica Indian porcupine IV,LC 5. Lepus nigricollis Black napped Hare IV,LC 6. Lepus nigricollis dayanus Desert Hare IV,LC 7. Presbytis entellus Common Languor II,LC 8. Sus scrofa Wild Boar III,LC 9. Vulpes bengalensis Indian Fox II,LC

REPTILES 1. Eryx Conicus Sand Boa IV 2. Ptyas mucosus Rat snake II 3. Bungarus caeruleus Common Krait IV 4. Naja naja Cobra II

BIRDS





S. No. Scientific Name Common Name IWPA, 1972/ IUCN Category

1. Acredotheres ginginianus Bank Myna IV 2. Acredotheres tristis Common Myna IV 3. Anthus novaeseelandiae Paddy field Pipit IV 4. Apus affinis House swift IV 5. Ardea cinerea Grey Heron IV 6. Ardeola grayii Pond Heron IV 7. Bulbulcus ibis Cattle Egret IV 8. Centropus sinensis Crow-pheasant IV 9. Ceryle rudis Pied Kingfisher IV 10. Columba livia Blue Rock Pigeon IV 11. Copsychus saularis Magpie Robin LC 12. Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller LC 13. Corvus macrorhynchos Jungle Crow LC 14. Corvus splendens Common Crow V 15. Dicrurusadsimilis Black Drongo IV 16. Elanus caerulus Black winged Kite LC 17. Eudynamys scolopacea Indian Koel IV 18. Halcyon smyrensis White Breasted Kingfisher IV 19. Himantopus himantopus Black winged Stilt IV 20. Lanius excubitor Grey shrike IV 21. Merops orientalis Small Green Bee-Eater LC 22. Milvus migrans Pariah Kite LC 23. Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail IV 24. Nectarinia asiatica Purple Sunbird LC 25. Orthotomus sutorius Tailor Bird LC 26. Passer domesticus House Sparrow LC 27. Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant IV 28. Psittacula krameri Rose ringed Parakeet IV 29. Pycnonotus cafer Red vented Bulbul IV 30. Rhipidura aureola Fantail Flycatcher IV 31. Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin LC 32. Sterna ablifrons River Tern LC 33. Streptoplia tranquebarica Red Turtle Dove IV 34. Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy Myna IV 35. Himatopus himantopus Black winged Stilt LC 36. Francolinus pondicerianus Grey Francolin LC 37. Tringa hypoleucos Common Sandpiper IV





S. No. Scientific Name Common Name IWPA, 1972/ IUCN Category

38. Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler LC 39. Turdoides striatus Jungle Babbler IV 40. Vanellus indicus Red Wattled Lapwing LC

I, II, III, IV & V are Schedules of Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972. LC- Least Concern, EN-Endangered, NT- Near Threatened, VU-Vulnerable, R-Rare are the status assigned by IUCN

Table 4-41: List of Fauna in Buffer Zone of CB-ONN-2010/6

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Schedule/ IUCN Category

MAMMALS 1. Boselaphus tragocemalus Nilgai III 2. Funambulus pennanti Striped Squirrel IV 3. Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare IV 4. Presdbytis entellus Common Langur II 5. Rattus sp. Rats V 6. Sus scrofa Wild Pig III 7. Vulpes begalensis Indian Fox II

REPTILES 1. Eryx johnii Red Sand Boa LC 2. Lycodon aulicus Common Wolf Snake LC 3. Naja naja Cobra II 4. Ptyas mucosa Rat Snake II

BIRDS 1. Acredotheres ginginianus Bank Myna IV 2. Acredotheres tristis Common Myna IV 3. Anthus novaeseelandiae Paddy field Pipit IV 4. Ardea cinerea Grey Heron IV 5. Ardeola grayii Pond Heron IV 6. Bulbulcus ibis Cattle Egret IV 7. Columba livia Blue Rock Pigeon IV 8. Copsychus saularis Magpie Robin LC 9. Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller LC 10. Corvus macrorhynchos Jungle Crow LC 11. Corvus splendens Common Crow V 12. Dicrurusadsimilis Black Drongo IV 13. Elanus caeruelus Black winged Kite IV 14. Eudynamys scolopacea Indian Koel IV





S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Schedule/ IUCN Category

15. Halcyon smyrensis White Breasted Kingfisher IV 16. Himantopus himantopus Black winged Stilt IV 17. Hirundo rustica House Swallow IV 18. Lanius excubitor Grey shrike IV 19. Merops orientalis Small Green Bee-Eater LC 20. Milvus migrans Pariah Kite LC 21. Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail IV 22. Nectarinia asiatica Purple Sunbird LC 23. Orthotomus sutorius Tailor Bird LC 24. Passer domesticus House Sparrow LC 25. Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant IV 26. Psittacula krameri Rose ringed Parakeet IV 27. Pycnonotus cafer Red vented Bulbul IV 28. Rhipidura aureola Fantail Flycatcher IV 29. Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin LC 30. Sterna ablifrons River Tern LC 31. Streptoplia tranquebarica Red Turtle Dove IV 32. Threskiornis melanocephalus Black Headed Ibis IV 33. Tringa hypoleucos Common Sandpiper IV 34. Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler LC 35. Turdoides striatus Jungle Babbler IV 36. Vanellus indicus Red Wattled Lapwing LC

I,II, III, IV & V are Schedules of Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972. LC- Least Concern, EN-Endangered, NT- Near Threatened, VU-Vulnerable, R-Rare are the status assigned by IUCN

Table 4-42: List of Fauna in Buffer Zone of CB-ONN-2010/9

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Schedule/IUCN Category

MAMMALS 1. Funambulus pennati Striped squirrel IV 2. Herpestes edwardsii Mongoose II 3. Lepus nigricollis Black napped Hare IV 4. Presbytis entellus Common Langur II 5. Rattus spp. Rat V

REPTILE 1. Naja naja Cobra II 2. Eryx johnii Red Sand Boa IV 3. Lissemys punctata India soft-shelled turtle I, Part II 4. Ptyas mucosus Rat Snake IV





S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Schedule/IUCN Category

5. Vipera ruselli Russel’s viper II BIRDS

1. Acridotheres ginginianus Bank Myna IV 2. Acridotheres tristis Common Myna IV 3. Apus affinis House swift IV 4. Ardea alba Large Egret IV 5. Ardea cinerea Grey Heron IV 6. Ardeola grayii Pond heron IV 7. Bulbulcus ibis Cattle Egret IV 8. Centropus sinensis Crow-pheasant IV 9. Columba livia Blue Rock Pigeon IV 10. Copsychus saularis Magpie Robin IV 11. Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller IV 12. Corvus splendens House Crow V 13. Dicrurus adsimilis Black drongo IV 14. Edynamys scolopacea Koel IV 15. Egretta garzetta Little Egret IV 16. Egretta intermedia Smaller Egret IV 17. Elanus caeruleus Blackwinged Kite IV 18. Grus antigone Sarus crane IV 19. Halcyon smyrensis White Breasted Kingfisher IV 20. Hirundo rustica House Swallow IV 21. Himantopus himantopus Black winged Stilt IV 22. Merops orientalis Small Green Bee-Eater IV 23. Milvus migrans govinda Pariah kite IV 24. Nectarinia asiatica Purple Sunbird IV 25. Orthotomus sutorius Tailer bird IV 26. Passer domesticus House Sparrow IV 27. Pavo cristatus Common Peafowl I 28. Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant IV 29. Pseudibid papillosa Black Ibis IV 30. Psittacula krameri Roseringed Parakeet IV 31. Pycnonotus cafer Red vented Bulbul IV 32. Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin IV 33. Steptopedila chinensis Spotted dove IV 34. Streptoplia tranquebarica Red Turtle Dove IV 35. Threskiornis aethiopica White Ibis IV 36. Threskiornis melanocephalus Black Headed Ibis IV 37. Tringa hypoleucos Common Sandpiper IV 38. Upupa epops Hoopoe IV 39. Vanellus indicus Red Wattled Lapwing IV

I, II, III, IV & V are Schedules of Indian Wildlife Protection Act, 1972. LC- Least Concern, EN-Endangered, NT- Near Threatened, VU-Vulnerable, R-Rare are the status assigned by IUCN





4.11 Socio-Economics

4.11.1 Methodology

The study was conducted for various socio-economic components with respect to demographic structure, infrastructure development, health & economic status, religious and cultural attributes, awareness and opinion of the people about the upcoming project. The basic amenities data has been abstracted from Census 2001 of Gujarat State, obtained from Office of Registrar General India, New Delhi and Provisional Census Data 2011.

In accordance with this secondary data, field surveys were carried out in the study area within the selected villages of the blocks. The primary data was generated through site observation, interviews with the key-informants and focused group discussions in the villages falling within the study area. In addition, random interactions were also held with the stakeholders like adult male/female, schoolteachers, anganwadi workers, PHC in-charge and gramsevaks. Furthermore, they were asked to attend the public hearing as fixed by the authorities where they can put their opinions and views about the upcoming project.

Photographs 4-6: Photographs of Method of Data Collection in the Study Area

Meeting with Key Informants of the Study Area

4.11.2 Population Distribution

The statistics regarding the human population and the number of dwelling units of villages in the study area is given in Table 4-43.

Table 4-43: List of Villages Population and Dwelling Units in the Study Area S. No. District Taluka Village HH_2011 Pop_2011

Core Area Villages 1 Banaskantha Vav Fangadi 250 1308

2 Banaskantha Vav Dheriana 187 1014

3 Banaskantha Vav Takhatpura 113 636

4 Banaskantha Vav Pratappura 166 916





S. No. District Taluka Village HH_2011 Pop_2011 5 Banaskantha Vav Dhima 1249 6592

6 Banaskantha Vav Sapreda 527 3008

7 Banaskantha Vav Bhakhari 548 2977

8 Banaskantha Vav Gambhirpura 239 1305 9 Banaskantha Vav Chuva 533 2891

10 Banaskantha Vav Golgam 481 2623

11 Banaskantha Vav Uchpa 426 2499

12 Banaskantha Vav Sardarpura 96 478

13 Banaskantha Vav Reluchi 76 398

14 Banaskantha Vav Vav 2286 12034

15 Banaskantha Vav Ravla 82 366

16 Banaskantha Vav Khimanavas 948 4994

17 Banaskantha Vav Malsan 307 1641

18 Banaskantha Vav Khimana Padar 416 2137 19 Banaskantha Vav Chandarva 362 2013

20 Banaskantha Vav Madka 939 5131

21 Banaskantha Vav Morikha 658 3632

22 Banaskantha Vav Bhatvar Vas 255 1494

23 Banaskantha Vav Bhachali 324 1849

24 Banaskantha Vav Dharadhara 604 3378

25 Banaskantha Vav Dendava 4621 2489

26 Banaskantha Vav Dethali 679 3699

27 Banaskantha Vav Tithgam 617 3298

28 Banaskantha Vav Baiyak 341 1856

29 Banaskantha Vav Savpura 151 783

30 Banaskantha Vav Janavada 284 1491

31 Banaskantha Vav Ishvariya 155 900

32 Banaskantha Vav Bahisara 158 804

33 Banaskantha Vav Vasarda 447 2608

34 Banaskantha Vav Bhankhod 111 631

35 Banaskantha Vav Rampura 316 1834

36 Banaskantha Vav Kalyanpura 108 598

37 Banaskantha Vav Eta 436 2398

38 Banaskantha Vav Lalpura 330 1767

39 Banaskantha Tharad Mahadevpura 116 654

40 Banaskantha Tharad Idhata 570 3178

41 Banaskantha Tharad Charda 524 2947

42 Banaskantha Tharad Dodgam 630 3369

43 Banaskantha Deodar Rantila 817 5138





S. No. District Taluka Village HH_2011 Pop_2011 44 Banaskantha Deodar Vajegadh 321 1965

45 Banaskantha Deodar Kotarwada 1095 6380

46 Banaskantha Deodar Golvo 60 298

47 Banaskantha Deodar Golvi 572 3487 48 Banaskantha Deodar Sesan Nava 210 1271

49 Banaskantha Deodar Manpura Dhunsol 166 1158

50 Banaskantha Deodar Dhunsol 324 2440

51 Banaskantha Deodar Paldi 805 4976

52 Banaskantha Deodar Mojru Juna 511 3134

53 Banaskantha Deodar Manpura Jalodha 168 1006

54 Banaskantha Deodar Rampura 257 1841

55 Banaskantha Deodar Khanodar 474 2851

56 Banaskantha Deodar Sardarpura (Ravel) 305 1897

57 Banaskantha Deodar Duchakwada 707 3899 58 Banaskantha Bhabhar Sanesda 583 3686

59 Banaskantha Bhabhar Vajapur Nava 367 2039

60 Banaskantha Bhabhar Vajapur Juna 327 1769

61 Banaskantha Bhabhar Devkapdi 387 2265

62 Banaskantha Bhabhar Mera 462 2760

63 Banaskantha Bhabhar Khari Paldi 381 2367

64 Banaskantha Bhabhar Harkudiya 249 1293

65 Gandhinagar Mansa Boru 992 5085

66 Gandhinagar Kalol Vagosana 339 1461

67 Gandhinagar Kalol Jamla 946 4261

68 Gandhinagar Kalol Dhendhu 260 1204

69 Gandhinagar Kalol Sobhasan 353 1692

70 Gandhinagar Kalol Nadri 186 926

71 Gandhinagar Kalol Itla 360 1698

72 Gandhinagar Kalol Nava 164 812

73 Gandhinagar Kalol Nardipur 1643 7757

74 Ahmedabad Bavla Dhedhal 603 3146

75 Ahmedabad Bavla Vasna Dhedhal 478 2748

76 Ahmedabad Sanand Lodariyal 378 1818

77 Ahmedabad Sanand Daran 745 3651

78 Ahmedabad Sanand Juwal 886 4545

79 Ahmedabad Sanand Modasar 1053 5410

80 Ahmedabad Sanand Juda 424 2330

81 Ahmedabad Sanand Kodaliya 191 1009

82 Ahmedabad Sanand Fangdi 537 2932





S. No. District Taluka Village HH_2011 Pop_2011 83 Ahmedabad Sanand Khicha 449 2217

84 Ahmedabad Sanand Lekhamba 302 1785

85 Ahmedabad Sanand Goraj 973 4879

86 Ahmedabad Sanand Vasodara 276 1394 87 Ahmedabad Sanand Rupavati 227 1180

88 Ahmedabad Sanand Vasna Iyava 571 2624

89 Ahmedabad Sanand Khoda 360 1929

Total 41,751 227,031 Buffer Area Villages

1 Banaskantha Vav Kareli 489 2721

2 Banaskantha Vav Baluntri 423 2158

3 Banaskantha Vav Vajiyasara 154 875

4 Banaskantha Vav Haripura 74 485

5 Banaskantha Vav Rabadi Padar 118 668 6 Banaskantha Vav Chandangadh 146 821

7 Banaskantha Vav Chothar Nesda 396 2290

8 Banaskantha Vav Tadav 836 4647

9 Banaskantha Vav Kolava 299 1808

10 Banaskantha Vav Umedpura 224 1178

11 Banaskantha Vav Rachhena 390 2194

12 Banaskantha Vav Achhuva 264 1444

13 Banaskantha Vav Nalodar 307 1822

14 Banaskantha Vav Lodrani 253 1484

15 Banaskantha Vav Bukna 575 3215

16 Banaskantha Vav Vavdi 466 2471

17 Banaskantha Vav Asaravas 277 1495

18 Banaskantha Vav Golap 304 1606

19 Banaskantha Vav Jelana 401 2163

20 Banaskantha Vav Khardol 242 1354

21 Banaskantha Vav Devpura (Suigam) 84 473

22 Banaskantha Vav Devpura (Talsari) 105 617

23 Banaskantha Vav Kanothi 485 2717

24 Banaskantha Vav Golap Nesda 304 1606

25 Banaskantha Vav Bharadava 977 5230

26 Banaskantha Vav Koreti 306 1743

27 Banaskantha Vav Mamana 221 1405

28 Banaskantha Vav Limbala 339 1842

29 Banaskantha Vav Dhanana 210 1143

30 Banaskantha Vav Khadol 270 1444





S. No. District Taluka Village HH_2011 Pop_2011 31 Banaskantha Vav Chala 364 2014

32 Banaskantha Vav Motipura 134 715

33 Banaskantha Vav Benap 1046 5888

34 Banaskantha Vav Sedav 257 1366 35 Banaskantha Vav Kumbharkha 315 1847

36 Banaskantha Vav Bhatasana 222 1427

37 Banaskantha Vav Radka 315 1909

38 Banaskantha Vav Uchosan 608 3636

39 Banaskantha Vav Dudhva 379 2045

40 Banaskantha Tharad Tharad 5154 27954

41 Banaskantha Tharad Rampura 378 2470

42 Banaskantha Tharad Patiyasara 187 1065

43 Banaskantha Tharad Rajkot 377 1977

44 Banaskantha Tharad Jampur 254 1417 45 Banaskantha Tharad Saba 268 1728

46 Banaskantha Tharad Gadsisar 310 1938

47 Banaskantha Tharad Medhala 228 1185

48 Banaskantha Tharad Bhorol 692 3870

49 Banaskantha Tharad Ganeshpura 334 1869

50 Banaskantha Tharad Savpura 494 3008

51 Banaskantha Tharad Bhadodar 281 1633

52 Banaskantha Tharad Bhapi 443 2568

53 Banaskantha Tharad Bhapdi 335 1863

54 Banaskantha Tharad Hathawada 166 889

55 Banaskantha Tharad Vami 413 2668

56 Banaskantha Tharad Lorwada 365 2087

57 Banaskantha Tharad Jamda 490 2709

58 Banaskantha Tharad Lunal 265 1643

59 Banaskantha Tharad Dudhva 612 3724

60 Banaskantha Tharad Janadi 268 1457

61 Banaskantha Tharad Dolatpura 184 1062

62 Banaskantha Tharad Chudmer 443 2641

63 Banaskantha Tharad Budhanpur 332 1848

64 Banaskantha Tharad Abhepura 186 1049

65 Banaskantha Tharad Khanpur 378 2162

66 Banaskantha Tharad Nagala 428 2276

67 Banaskantha Tharad Malupur 632 3487

68 Banaskantha Tharad Gela 541 3786

69 Banaskantha Tharad Peparal 337 2209





S. No. District Taluka Village HH_2011 Pop_2011 70 Banaskantha Tharad Jetda 858 4432

71 Banaskantha Tharad Lunawa 460 2811

72 Banaskantha Tharad Moti Pavad 398 2213

73 Banaskantha Tharad Nani Pavad 293 1636 74 Banaskantha Tharad Jandla 230 1271

75 Banaskantha Tharad Sanadhar 99 644

76 Banaskantha Tharad Del 400 2256

77 Banaskantha Tharad Sanavia 562 3311

78 Banaskantha Tharad Asasan 469 2587

79 Banaskantha Deesa Jasara 459 3183

80 Banaskantha Deesa Moral 452 2741

81 Banaskantha Deesa Lakhani 1931 11154

82 Banaskantha Deesa Vasna (Vatam) 793 4644

83 Banaskantha Deesa Manaki 427 2965 84 Banaskantha Deesa Agthala 917 5225

85 Banaskantha Deodar Lembau 513 3159

86 Banaskantha Deodar Achhavadiya 199 1135

87 Banaskantha Deodar Kuwana 368 2356

88 Banaskantha Deodar Lavana 970 5561

89 Banaskantha Deodar Chalva 524 3051

90 Banaskantha Deodar Sanav 376 2408

91 Banaskantha Deodar Daua 135 792

92 Banaskantha Deodar Chibhda 736 4341

93 Banaskantha Deodar Makhanu 260 1420

94 Banaskantha Deodar Makdala 384 2394

95 Banaskantha Deodar Dera 332 1920

96 Banaskantha Deodar Jalodha 484 2545

97 Banaskantha Deodar Narana 147 909

98 Banaskantha Deodar Vatam Nava 402 2319

99 Banaskantha Deodar Kunvata 487 3118

100 Banaskantha Deodar Vatam Juna 318 1751

101 Banaskantha Deodar Navapura 279 1622

102 Banaskantha Deodar Forna 612 3647

103 Banaskantha Deodar Kotda Forna 456 2386

104 Banaskantha Deodar Ravel 594 3368

105 Banaskantha Deodar Nokha 501 2984

106 Banaskantha Deodar Vadiya 645 3772

107 Banaskantha Deodar Dhrandvada 234 1277

108 Banaskantha Deodar Bhesana 646 3904





S. No. District Taluka Village HH_2011 Pop_2011 109 Banaskantha Deodar Jada 614 3978

110 Banaskantha Deodar Chamanpura 202 1176

111 Banaskantha Deodar Chagwada 308 1949

112 Banaskantha Deodar Liladhar 253 1595 113 Banaskantha Deodar Soni 628 3441

114 Banaskantha Deodar Jasali 324 1900

115 Banaskantha Deodar Odha 328 1897

116 Banaskantha Deodar Dhanakwada 795 4520

117 Banaskantha Deodar Kotda Deodar 769 4307

118 Banaskantha Deodar Ludara 754 4525

119 Banaskantha Deodar Vakha 473 2758

120 Banaskantha Deodar Sanadar 149 780

121 Banaskantha Deodar Raiya 1006 5590

122 Banaskantha Deodar Surana 521 2804 123 Banaskantha Deodar Mulakpur 327 1885

124 Banaskantha Bhabhar Radakiya 136 845

125 Banaskantha Bhabhar Balodhan 577 3256

126 Banaskantha Bhabhar Asana 517 3075

127 Banaskantha Bhabhar Kuvala 749 4425

128 Banaskantha Bhabhar Barvala 555 3027

129 Banaskantha Bhabhar Bhem Bordi 407 2365

130 Banaskantha Bhabhar Suthar Nesdi 448 2804

131 Banaskantha Bhabhar Tetarva 365 2046

132 Banaskantha Bhabhar Chatara 389 2295

133 Banaskantha Bhabhar Chaladara 189 1151

134 Banaskantha Bhabhar Chembuva 315 1895

135 Banaskantha Bhabhar Nesda 308 1892

136 Banaskantha Bhabhar Mitha 761 4625

137 Banaskantha Bhabhar Vadana 322 1904

138 Banaskantha Bhabhar Abala 281 1753

139 Banaskantha Kankrej Zalmor 444 2625

140 Mahesana Vijapur Motipura 239 948

141 Mahesana Vijapur Titodan 756 3562

142 Mahesana Mahesana Dhandhusan 455 2119

143 Mahesana Mahesana Gojhariya 2999 13933

144 Mahesana Mahesana Charadu 1117 5865

145 Mahesana Mahesana Langhnaj 1926 9182

146 Mahesana Mahesana Saldi 628 2890

147 Mahesana Mahesana Vadasma 1336 6522





S. No. District Taluka Village HH_2011 Pop_2011 148 Mahesana Mahesana Hadvi 160 780

149 Mahesana Kadi Karjisan 661 2971

150 Mahesana Kadi Dangarva 1129 5355

151 Mahesana Kadi Vadu 828 3909 152 Mahesana Kadi Narola 485 2527

153 Mahesana Kadi Jhulasan 1073 5046

154 Mahesana Kadi Anandpura 255 1180

155 Gandhinagar Mansa Harnahoda 948 4906

156 Gandhinagar Mansa Samou 1395 6844

157 Gandhinagar Mansa Padusma 677 3141

158 Gandhinagar Mansa Charada 2190 10595

159 Gandhinagar Mansa Dhameda 737 3895

160 Gandhinagar Mansa Amarpura 276 1428

161 Gandhinagar Mansa Ridrol 1401 6188 162 Gandhinagar Mansa Kharna 635 2989

163 Gandhinagar Mansa Solaiya 844 4282

164 Gandhinagar Mansa Bapupura 567 2656

165 Gandhinagar Mansa Parsa 649 3218

166 Gandhinagar Mansa Khata Amba 497 2436

167 Gandhinagar Mansa Itadara 1701 8295

168 Gandhinagar Mansa Fatehpura 271 1486

169 Gandhinagar Mansa Gulabpura 299 1391

170 Gandhinagar Mansa Badpura 715 3339

171 Gandhinagar Mansa Mansa (M) 6458 30347

172 Gandhinagar Kalol Himmatpura 138 649

173 Gandhinagar Mansa Indrapura 456 2130

174 Gandhinagar Mansa Rampura 416 1964

175 Gandhinagar Mansa Manekpur Makakhad 1312 6135

176 Gandhinagar Mansa Veda 1199 5528

177 Gandhinagar Mansa Ambod 423 1904

178 Gandhinagar Mansa Parbatpura 792 3608

179 Gandhinagar Mansa Dholakuva 820 4042

180 Gandhinagar Mansa Rajpura 273 1317

181 Gandhinagar Mansa Delvad 676 3466

182 Gandhinagar Mansa Bhimpura 139 662

183 Gandhinagar Kalol Khorajdabhi 680 3340

184 Gandhinagar Kalol Limbodara 1272 5922

185 Gandhinagar Kalol Bhavpura 222 1051

186 Gandhinagar Kalol Paliyad 1144 5442





S. No. District Taluka Village HH_2011 Pop_2011 187 Gandhinagar Mansa Amarapur 339 1653

188 Gandhinagar Kalol Soja 1639 7377

189 Gandhinagar Kalol (2) Rampura 45 227

190 Gandhinagar Kalol Pratappura 377 2054 191 Gandhinagar Kalol (1) Pratappura 126 555

192 Gandhinagar Kalol Amaja 600 3035

193 Gandhinagar Kalol Balva 1330 6504

194 Gandhinagar Kalol Aluva 427 2069

195 Gandhinagar Kalol Mubarakpura 421 2113

196 Gandhinagar Kalol Golthara 1060 5350

197 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Sadra 1205 5989

198 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Unava 1474 6769

199 Gandhinagar Kalol Dingucha 732 3284

200 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Pindharada 418 1858 201 Gandhinagar Kalol Mokhasan 574 2841

202 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Vasan 816 3995

203 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Chekhalarani 197 976

204 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Piplaj 615 2907

205 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Rupal 1323 6587

206 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Dolarana Vasana 905 4394

207 Gandhinagar Kalol Pansar 1874 8438

208 Gandhinagar Kalol Bhadol 225 1076

209 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Sardhav 1675 7703

210 Gandhinagar Kalol Vadavsvami 245 1186

211 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Randheja 2555 12205

212 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Sonipur 426 2135

213 Gandhinagar Kalol Isand 817 3881

214 Gandhinagar Kalol Dhamasna 1022 4864

215 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Jalund 417 2113

216 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Adraj Moti 1839 9355

217 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Kolavada 3764 17846

218 Gandhinagar Kalol Arsodiya 1198 5859

219 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Gandhinagar 63168 292797

220 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Bhoyan Rathod 499 2499

221 Gandhinagar Gandhinagar Titoda 1461 7144

222 Ahmedabad Bavla Nanodara 622 3329

223 Ahmedabad Bavla Kavla 403 1958

224 Ahmedabad Bavla Sankod 535 2724

225 Ahmedabad Bavla Rajoda 680 3232





S. No. District Taluka Village HH_2011 Pop_2011 226 Ahmedabad Bavla Kavitha 1480 7591

227 Ahmedabad Bavla Rasam 621 3020

228 Ahmedabad Bavla Adroda 553 2474

229 Ahmedabad Bavla Hasannagar 299 1504 230 Ahmedabad Bavla Chhabasar 362 1756

231 Ahmedabad Bavla Baldana 608 3081

232 Ahmedabad Bavla Bavla 9089 42458

233 Ahmedabad Bavla Lagdana 234 1168

234 Ahmedabad Bavla Dahegamda 416 2089

235 Ahmedabad Bavla Ranesar 230 1140

236 Ahmedabad Bavla Amipura 107 611

237 Ahmedabad Bavla Kochariya 587 3036

238 Ahmedabad Bavla Rupal 944 4418

239 Ahmedabad Bavla Saljada 321 1423 240 Ahmedabad Bavla Juval Rupavati 322 1566

241 Ahmedabad Bavla Zekda 274 1298

242 Ahmedabad Bavla Kerala 348 1560

243 Ahmedabad Bavla Chiyada 616 3034

244 Ahmedabad Bavla Sakodara 399 1924

245 Ahmedabad Bavla Dhanwada 409 2093

246 Ahmedabad Bavla Bhayla 532 2597

247 Ahmedabad Bavla Kalyangadh 245 1232

248 Ahmedabad Dholka Dholka (M+OG) 16584 80945

249 Ahmedabad Dholka Badarkha 1966 10002

250 Ahmedabad Dholka Saroda 920 4534

251 Ahmedabad Dholka Chandisar 1001 4698

252 Ahmedabad Dholka Vasna Keliya 1220 5776

253 Ahmedabad Dholka Chaloda 1772 8641

254 Ahmedabad Dholka Shekhdi 136 672

255 Ahmedabad Dholka Sindhraj 558 2577

256 Ahmedabad Dholka Ranoda 443 2122

257 Ahmedabad Dholka Lana 267 1522 258 Ahmedabad Dholka Maflipur (OG) 299 1414

259 Ahmedabad Daskroi Bhat 1176 5858

260 Ahmedabad Sanand Sanand 8628 41530

261 Ahmedabad Sanand Virochannagar 1371 7081 262 Ahmedabad Sanand Dodar 487 2421

263 Ahmedabad Sanand Naranpura 121 612

264 Ahmedabad Sanand Iyava 514 2525





S. No. District Taluka Village HH_2011 Pop_2011 265 Ahmedabad Sanand Rampura 107 459

266 Ahmedabad Sanand Anadej 838 4408

267 Ahmedabad Sanand Bhavanpur 217 1087

268 Ahmedabad Sanand Chekhla 924 4774 269 Ahmedabad Sanand Garodiya 330 1831

270 Ahmedabad Sanand Godhavi 751 3669

271 Ahmedabad Sanand Nidhrad 871 4451

272 Ahmedabad Sanand Chharodi 512 2655

273 Ahmedabad Sanand Khoraj 779 3903

274 Ahmedabad Sanand Zolapur 881 4807

275 Ahmedabad Sanand Shiyawada 452 2256

276 Ahmedabad Sanand Kalana 411 2003

277 Ahmedabad Sanand Bol 454 2150

278 Ahmedabad Sanand Manipur 582 2875 279 Ahmedabad Sanand Kaneti 379 1891

280 Ahmedabad Sanand Shela 896 4277

281 Ahmedabad Sanand Sanathal 1242 6251

282 Ahmedabad Sanand Telav 712 3512

283 Ahmedabad Sanand Sanand (Rural)

(Gibpura) 350 1872

284 Ahmedabad Sanand Kunvar 891 4504

285 Ahmedabad Sanand Hirapur 395 2026

286 Ahmedabad Sanand Charal 419 1985

287 Ahmedabad Sanand Bakrana 430 2085

288 Ahmedabad Sanand Daduka 440 2360

289 Ahmedabad Sanand Melasana 339 1912

290 Ahmedabad Sanand Makhiyav 757 3887

291 Ahmedabad Sanand Vinchhiya 480 2427

292 Ahmedabad Sanand Soyla 422 2230

293 Ahmedabad Sanand Kolat 813 4327

294 Ahmedabad Sanand Navapura 792 3756

295 Ahmedabad Sanand Changodar 1861 7873

296 Ahmedabad Sanand Moraiya 1540 6783

297 Ahmedabad Sanand Moti Devti 594 3232

298 Ahmedabad Sanand Pipan 684 3337

299 Ahmedabad Sanand Nani Devti 521 2458

300 Ahmedabad Sanand Mankol 1120 5862

301 Ahmedabad Sanand Kundal 419 2016

302 Ahmedabad Sanand Rethal 718 3585





S. No. District Taluka Village HH_2011 Pop_2011 303 Ahmedabad Sanand Govinda 188 844

304 Ahmedabad Sanand Matoda 468 2597

305 Ahmedabad Sanand Sari 372 2040

306 Ahmedabad Sanand Palwada 359 1899 307 Ahmedabad Sanand Tajpur 267 1200

308 Ahmedabad Sanand Vasna Chacharavadi 555 2513

309 Ahmedabad Viramgam Sachana 787 3844

310 Ahmedabad Viramgam Ogan 851 3906

311 Gandhinagar Kalol Nasmed 578 2879 312 Gandhinagar Kalol Adhana 106 581

313 Gandhinagar Kalol Mulasana 226 1172

314 Gandhinagar Kalol Vayana 294 1456

315 Gandhinagar Kalol Vansajada Dhedia 288 1490

316 Gandhinagar Kalol Unali 286 1419

317 Gandhinagar Kalol Rancharada 832 3924

318 Gandhinagar Kalol Palodiya 349 1724

319 Mehsana Kadi Thol 1415 6866

320 Mehsana Kadi Kanjari 324 1622

321 Mehsana Kadi Medha 338 1420 322 Mehsana Kadi Agol 947 4502

323 Mehsana Kadi Panthoda 469 2401

324 Mehsana Kadi Nadan 260 1427

325 Mehsana Kadi Khanderavpura 325 1283

326 Mehsana Kadi Govindpura 157 612

327 Mehsana Kadi Chandrasan 444 2240

328 Mehsana Kadi Yashvantpura 170 631

Total 298,672 1,491,045

Source: Primary Census Abstract 2011

The study area has been bifurcated into core and buffer area. The core area includes the villages that comes inside the block demarcation where as the buffer area consists of the villages that are outside the block demarcation. The above table shows that the entire study area consists of 417 villages across the districts of Banaskantha, Gandhinagar and Ahmedabad out of which 89 villages are in the core area where as 328 villages are in the buffer area.

The core area villages has the population of 187,807 and the number of households to be 32,902 whereas the buffer area has the population of 1,325,110 and 255,579 households in 2001.The household size in 2001 of the core and buffer area are approximately 6 and 5 respectively. The sex ratio of the core and the buffer area respectively are 930 and 913 in 2001. Similarly, in 2011 the population and households of the core area are 227,031 and 41,751 and of the buffer area are





1,491,045 and 298,672 respectively. The household size in the core and buffer area during 2011 are approximately 5 each.

It can be inferred that there is 21 percent increase in population in 2011 than in 2001 in the core area whereas in the buffer area there is approximately 13 percent increase in population in 2011 than in 2001.

Table 4-44: Population and Households in the Study Area Study Area Core Area Buffer Area Total

Number of house holds 41,751 298,672 340,423

Population

Total 227,031 1,491,045 1,718,076 Male 117,592 776,515 894,107

Female 109,439 714,530 823,969 Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2011

The above table shows that the study area consists of a population of 1,718,076 of which males are 894,107 and females are 823,969. The sex ratio of the total study area is approximately 922 in 2011. The sex ratio of the core and buffer area are 932 and 920 respectively in 2011.

4.11.3 Social Profile

Banaskantha District is situated on the banks of river Banas. It lies on the north-west side of the Gujarat State. Marwad and Sirohi Districts of Rajasthan State in the north, Sabarkantha District in the east surrounds the Banaskantha District.

Gandhinagar District includes the four talukas- Mansa, Kalol, Dahegam, and Gandhinagar. The famous places here are Akshardham, Swaminarayan Complex, Deer Park, Sports Complex, Haranodyan garden etc.

Ahmadabad is located on the banks of the river Sabarmati and earlier was also ‘Manchester of the East’ for its home of developing textile industry.

Hinduism is the predominant religion of the Ahmadabad district and the various castes residing in the study area are Patel, Thakor, Rabari, Naik, Raval, Prajapati, Vaghri, Darbar, Harijan, Parmar, Chunara and Bhangi.

The statistics regarding the distribution of scheduled caste and scheduled tribe population in the study area are given in Table 4-45.

Table 4-45: Schedule Caste and Schedule Tribe Population Distribution in the Study area Study Area Population

% SC % ST

Total Male Female Total Male Female Core Area 11.9 12.0 11.7 0.92 0.91 0.93 Buffer area 11.6 11.7 11.6 1.47 1.50 1.43


As per the Primary Census Abstract 2011, the SC population in the core and buffer study area is 26,923 and 173,292 respectively and ST population in core and buffer study area is 2,094 and 21,895





respectively. The sex ratio of SC in the core and buffer area are 913 and 910 respectively. The sex ratio of ST in the core and buffer area are 947 and 878 respectively. The population of the Scheduled Caste is comparatively much higher than the Scheduled Tribe in the whole of the study area.

4.11.4 Literacy and Education in the Study Area

The detail of the literacy and education in the study area is given in Table 4-46.

Table 4-46: Detail of Literacy

Study area % Literacy

Total Male Female Core Area 53.6 64.7 41.7

Buffer Area 67.3 75.1 58.9

Total 65.5 73.7 56.6


The literacy rate in the core and buffer study area is 53.6 and 67.3 percent respectively. The literacy rate of the males is relatively higher than the females in whole of the study area. In the core area the literacy level is lower in comparison to the buffer area.

Table 4-47: Number of Villages having Educational Facilities in the Study Area

Study Area Primary School Secondary School Senior Secondary School College

Core Area 149 16 4 1

Buffer Area 527 91 29 3

Total 676 107 33 4


The study area has adequate primary schools present in the whole of the study area whereas middle schools are totally absent in the study area. A total of four colleges are present in the study area, one in core area and three other in the buffer areas.

The facilities however in the schools needs upgradation and maintenance in terms of study equipments, potable water facility, building and connecting road to the schools.

4.11.5 Health Facilities in the Study Area

The statistics regarding to the health facilities within the study area are give in the Table below

Table 4-48: Number of Villages having Health Facilities in the study Area

Distance from site

Allopathic Hospital

Maternity & Child

Welfare Centre

Primary Health Centre

Primary Health

Sub-centre

Family Welfare Centre

Registered Private Medical

Practitioners

Core 5 5 3 14 12 20

Buffer 19 33 22 127 79 124





Total 24 38 25 141 91 144

Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2001

The above statistical data the shows the availability of health facilities in the study area according to Primary Census Abstract, 2001. There are few primary health centers but many primary health sub-centres, maternity & child welfare center and allopathic hospital present in the study area. Private Doctors commonly pay visits to villages as and when required by the people. In some of the study area villages there is no PHC so to avail this facility the villagers go to the nearest village having the PHC.

Fever, malaria and water borne diseases are the common diseases prevalent in the study area and on the whole the morbidity rate is quite low. Anganwadi workers continuously work for the promotion and betterment of health of children and women.There is lack of sanitation facilities in the study area which creates problem to the local people.

4.11.6 Rural Water Supply in the Study Area

The statistics regarding the drinking water facilities within the study area are given in Table 4-49.

Table 4-49: Number of Villages having Drinking Water Facilities in the Study Area Study Area Tap Well Tank Tubewell Handpump River Canal

Core Area 64 46 48 48 0 0 2

Buffer Area 291 118 113 217 22 5 3

Total 355 164 161 265 22 5 5


There was sufficient drinking water facilities available in the study area in 2001. The facility of tap connection to individual houses and tube well facility is sufficiently present in the study area villages.

4.11.7 Social Welfare

Women and child development programs are efficiently carried out by the Anganwadi workers of the study area.

4.11.8 Economic Profile

Agriculture in the Study Area

The major crops of the study area are wheat, cotton, bajra, jowar, mustard, raidu, castor seeds and pulses.

Agriculture is mostly carried out by the water from borewells and Narmada Canal. Modern equipments and tractors are used to carry out the agricultural work in the study area.

Animal Husbandry in the Study Area

Livestock rearing is common among the people of this region. Most of the animals reared by them are cows, buffaloes, goats, donkeys and camels.





Photographs 4-7: Photographs of Animal Husbandry in the Study Area

Animal Husbandry in the study area

Private veterinary doctors visits on the basis of the requirement of the local people. Regular medical check-up of animals is carried out by the private doctors.

Industries in the Study Area

In Banaskantha district the major medium and large scale industries are engaged in the production of granite tiles and marble blocks. The district has seven Small Scale Industries (SSI) clusters focused on textile, diamond processing and ceramics industry. The district is traditionally known for its food processing industry, especially for vegetable oils and vanaspati. It is the third largest producer of oil seeds in the State after Junagadh and Jamnagar.

Electronics & Textiles have been the main sectors of investment and employment in Gandhinagar district since late 1980s. In Gandhinagar district services in the public sector, Electrical & Electronics, Textiles, Food Processing, IT/ITeS, Ceramics and Office Stationery are some of the major vocational and industrial activities in Gandhinagar.

In Ahmedabad district there are around 422 medium and large scale industries. Ahmedabad was known as the Manchester of the East for being home of textile manufacturing.

4.11.9 Livehood Status

The statistics regarding to the distribution of the workers within the study area are given in Table 4-50.

Table 4-50: Occupational pattern Within the Study Area

Study Area Cultivators Agricultural Labourers

Household Workers

Marginal Workers Others

Core Area 38.8 23.2 0.7 20.3 17.0 Buffer Area 22.5 20.4 1.3 15.6 40.1





Total 24.9 20.8 1.2 16.3 36.8


According to the Census Data 2011, there are 24.9% cultivators, 20.8% agricultural labourers, 1.2% household workers and 36.8% marginal workers in the study area. 16.3% of the people fall in other workers category. Most of the people of the study area are found to be employed in industries present in the surrounding areas. The core area has 38.8% of the cultivators followed by the daily wage agricultural labourers that is 23.2%. So it can be inferred from the above table that in the core area maximum percent of population are cultivators where as in the buffer area the maximum percent of population belongs to the others worker category.

4.11.10 Infrastructure

The statistics regarding to the prevalence of basic infrastructure within the study area are given in Table 4-51.

Table 4-51: Number of villages having Basic Infrastructure within the Study Area Study Area Bus Services Railway Services Core Area 84 1

Buffer Area 315 27

Total 399 28


The study area is well connected with roads and railway facilities. Banaskantha, Gandhinagar and Ahmedabad are well connected to the nearby states through road and railway routes.

Availability of Power Supply

The Government of Gujarat supplies power to all the households in the study area through the Jyotigram Scheme.

Means of Communication

The statistics regarding to the means of communication within the study area are given in Table 4-52.

Table 4-52: Number of Villages having Communication Facilities within the Study Area Study Area Post Office Telephonic Connections Core Area 52 624

Buffer Area 222 6536

Total 274 7160


The changing trends in technology have massively affected the people in the study area. The most important means of communication is mobile phones which is possessed by most of the individuals in the locality. It has become an obsession among the youth and a necessity for the working class. The post office facility and telephone connections are present sufficiently in the study area. The actual





figure may differ however as the Primary Census Abstract of 2001 has been used where as its 2015 now.

Availability of Banking Facility in the Study Area

There are branches of State Bank of India, other public as well as private sector banks and Cooperative Banks in many villages of the study area. The villages that do not have bank, avails bank facility from the village or nearest city.

4.11.11 Cultural Profile

Archeological or Historical Sites/ Places of Religious Importance in the Study Area

Banaskantha district has presence of pilgrimages like Ambaji and Kumbharia.

Gandhinagar district has Akshardham Swaminarayan Temple which is built in pink stone turns out to be city’s main tourist attractions.

Adalaj Step Well was built in 1499 by Queen Ruda, the wife of Vaghela Chief Vikramsinh, as a resting place for travellers. It is five storied with elaborately carved geometric, floral and animal designs.

Ahmedabad district has Calico Museum that is one of the best textile museum in the world. It comprises of well labeled collection of textile, designs, articrafts and technology.

The district has presence of a number of temples like Swami Narayan Temple, Iscon Temple etc.

4.11.12 Lifestyle of the Study Area

People in the study area are mainly engaged in cultivation and animal husbandry. The major industry of this town is cattle feed and dairy farm. There is presence of Milk Co-operatives in almost all the villages of the study area that makes clear that animal husbandry is an important means of livelihood of the villagers in the study area. The people have their own set of customs and rituals. The main language spoken in this area is Gujarati. The cuisine in this area is comparatively spicy and includes preparations of Rotli (Chapatti), Shaak (vegetable preparation), Dal (Lentils) and Rice. The people also consume Chhaas (buttermilk) along with their food. Kadhi-Khichdi is much savored variety among the people.



& 9 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

AND MITIGATION MEASURES


5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

5.1 Introduction

In this chapter, we:

Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely impact the environment Predict and assess the environmental impacts of the such activities Examine each environmental aspect-impact relationship in detail and identify its degree of

significance Identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and select the most

appropriate mitigation measure, based on the reduction in significance achieved and practicality in implementation

5.2 Impact Assessment Methodology

5.2.1 Key Definitions

Environmental Aspects

These are elements of an organization’s activities or products or services that can interact with the environment. Environmental aspects could include activities that occur during normal, abnormal and emergency operations.

Environmental aspects selected for further study should large enough for meaningful examination and small enough to be easily understood.

Environmental Impacts

Environmental impacts are defined as any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organization’s environmental aspects.

Environmental Indices

The environment includes surroundings in which an organization operates such as air, water, land, natural resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interrelation.

The environmental indices (or parts of the receiving environment on which impacts are being assessed) include: Land use/land cover, air quality, noise quality, surface water environment, ground water environment, soil, ecology and bio diversity, socio economics, occupational health, community health and safety

After the identification of impacting activities, impacts require to be assessed based on subjective / objective criteria to assess the impacting activities. This is done in the following steps.






5.2.2 Identification of Impacts

This entails employing a simple checklist method requiring:

1. Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof that can cause environmental impacts)

2. Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the environmental aspects can cause an environmental impact

3. Making notes of the reason / possible inter-relationships that lead to environmental impact creation

4. Listing the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along with the key impacting activities on each component

5.2.3 Component Wise Environment Risk Assessment and Mitigation

A component wise approach to environmental risk assessment and mitigation is now applied. For each environmental component this is carried through a series of steps as follows.

Step 1: Review and Assessment of the Specific Aspects Generating Environmental Risk

Several scientific techniques and methodologies are also used to predict impacts on the environment. Mathematical models are useful tools (where applicable) to quantitatively describe the cause and effect relationships between sources of pollution and different components of environment. In cases where it is not possible to identify and validate a model for a particular situation, predictions have been arrived at based on logical reasoning / consultation / extrapolation or overlay methods. In any case, for each component of the environment, the methods used to arrive at the likely impacts require to be described.

Step 2: Quantifying the Environmental Risk, Identifying Aspects Causing Unacceptable Levels of Risk and Prioritizing Aspects Requiring Mitigation Measures

Once a general understanding of the impacts has been studied and understood, efforts are made to compare different impacts so as to prioritize mitigation measures, focusing on those impacting activities (i.e. aspects) that require urgent mitigation. For ease of comparision across different activities, a summary environmental risk score is calculated. Two key elements are taken into consideration based on standard environmental risk assessment methodologies:

Severity / consequence: the resultant effect of an activity and its interaction with the physical, biological and/or socio-economic environments

Probability: the likelihood that an impact may occur due to the project activity/aspect

A combination of severity / consequence with probability gives a reasonable measure of environmental risk, which aids in decision making. It must always be kept in mind that any scoring methodology howsoever well defined is subjective and different persons can arrive at different impact risk scores based on their understanding / opinion. Therefore end results should be evaluated against past experience as well as professional judgment as well as project and activity specific conditions to ensure adequacy and equity. Kadam has made an effort to ensure that the scoring does not change significantly assuming that different evaluators are equally well informed on the project as well as knowledgeable on the concerned issues. The steps in identifying environmental risk follow.






1. Scoring the Impact Severity / Consequence

The consequences on various environmental receptors have been ranked into 5 levels ranging from insignificant to catastrophic consequence and are given in Table 5-1.



& 9 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION

MEASURES


Table 5-1: Impact Scoring System – Consequence Assessment

S. No.

Environmental Component Impacted

Impact and Score7

Insignificant Consequence (+/-) 1 point

Minor Consequence (+/-) 2 points

Moderate Consequence (+/-) 3 points

Major Consequence (+/-) 4 points

Catastrophic Consequence (+/-) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

1 Landuse / Landcover

Very short term (upto 1 year)

Short term (>1 - 3 years)

Medium term (>3 - 5 years) Long term

(> 5-10 years) Very long term (>10 years)

Extent

Very Limited (Within core zone)

Limited (<1 km around core zone)

Medium Range >1 – 3.0 km around core

zone)

Long Range (>3 – 7 kms around core

zone)

Extensive (>7.0 kms around core

zone) Intensity

Reversible Largely Reversible Equally distributed between reversible and irreversible Largely irreversible Irreversible

2 Air Quality

Temporary nuisance due to controlled / uncontrolled release of air emissions,

odor / dust or greenhouse gases

Minor environmental impact due to controlled /

uncontrolled release of air emissions, odor / dust or greenhouse gases with no lasting detrimental effects

Moderate environmental impact due to controlled / uncontrolled release of air emissions, odor / dust or greenhouse gases leading

to visual impacts, at significant nuisance levels

Significant environmental impact due to release of air emissions, odor / dust or greenhouse gases leading

to exceedance of limits specified in EP Rules’

Unacceptable environmental impact due to release of air emissions,

odor / dust leading to possibility of chronic / acute

health issues, injuries or fatalities

3 Ambient Noise - give the mean score from the

Background Noise Levels, with respect to Applicable Limit8 as per The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, as Measured at Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit

<10% or more Between <10 to <5% Between <5% or the limit Upto 5% above the limit >5% above the limit

1

7 In case none of the impacts are applicable, then Not Applicable (NA) is written in the appropriate cell. 8 For leq (day) or leq (night), whichever is higher.




MEASURES


S. No.


Impact and Score7






C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 three

categories, rounded to the nearest decimal

Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit 1 dB(A) or less 1 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) – 3 dB(A) 3 dB(A) – 4 dB(A) 4 dB(A) or more

Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Nearest Human Settlement / Sensitive Receptor from Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit

0.5 dB(A) or less 0.5 dB(A) – 1 dB(A) 1 dB(A) – 1.5 dB(A) 1.5 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) or more

4

Surface Water - give the mean score from the

three categories,

rounded to the nearest decimal

Water Consumption (KL/D) < 50 51 – 100 101 - 250 250 – 500 501 and more

Water Consumption, Duration < 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more

Wastewater Discharge Quality

No wastewater generation Zero Discharge9 Discharge to an authorized, functional CETP

Other discharge within limits specified by the EP

Rules

Other discharge, outside limits specified by the EP

Rules

5

Ground Water - give the mean score from the

three categories,

rounded to the nearest decimal

Location of Drawl, as per CGWA / CGWB Regulations Safe Semi-critical Critical Over-exploited Notified

Water Drawl (KL/D) < 50 51 – 100 101 - 250 250 – 500 501 and more

Water Drawl, Duration < 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more

1

9 Meaning that any wastewater generated is recycled and any non-recycled water is disposed without discharge, through an appropriate means such as thermal destruction.




MEASURES


S. No.


Impact and Score7






C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

Accidental spillage/leakage for both storage/transport routes10

Negligible leakages of chemicals/oils that only

require periodic maintenance

Minor but frequent leakages of Chemicals/oil that require provision safety measures and proper maintenance

Moderate leakages of Chemicals/oil that may

contaminate groundwater if proper safety measures not

provided

Major leakages of Chemicals/oil that

contaminate groundwater if safety measures not

provided

Heavy leakage that adversely contaminate groundwater and must

require urgent remediation actions

1

10 Consideration to be given to pollutant, pathway and receptors.




MEASURES


S. No.


Impact and Score7






C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

6 Soil Quality

Loss of upto 20% topsoil, or minor contamination of

soil that can be easily restored close to original condition for volume <10

m3

Loss of upto 40% topsoil, or actual or possible contamination of soil

volume <25 m3 but below Dutch Intervention Values


volume <25 m3 but above Dutch Intervention Values


volume >25 m3 and above Dutch Intervention Values, but not deemed to require

urgent remediation


volume >25 m3 and above Dutch Intervention

Values11, and deemed to require urgent remediation

7 Flora, Fauna, Habitat/Eco

system

Site specific loss (removal) of common floral species (but not any tree or trees).

Vegetation composition does not form a habitat character for any species of conservation significance.

No short term or long term impacts are likely to adversely affect the surrounding habitat / ecosystem.

Site specific disturbance

Site specific loss (removal) of some saplings of trees.

Minor temporary impacts on ecosystem functioning or habitat ecology of common / generalist species.

Minor short term / long term impacts on surrounding / immediate / adjacent habitats and are resilient to changes in habitat structure or condition.

Impact on surrounding

Site specific loss (removal) of some common well grown tree / trees species.

Site specific loss of nesting / breeding habitat of common / wild generalist species of flora-fauna but will not result in permanent loss of habitat / permanent displacement of fauna.

Short term or long term impacts are likely to adversely affect the

Site specific impact on threatened species (specialist species) but impacted species is widely distributed outside the project site. Short term impacts may lead to loss of abundance or extent, but unlikely to cause local population extinction.

Site specific habitat loss of fauna listed in IUCN, WCMC, Birdlife International, or any other international literature -

Impact on threatened species listed in as a endemic / Schedule-I as per IWPA 1972, BSI, Red Data Book, ZSI, BSI or literature published by any State Govt. Institute, University and Collage etc.

Loss of habitat of above said flora-fauna.

Impact on genetic diversity Impact on NP /PF /WLS /ESZ /IBA / tiger reserve / elephant corridor / corridor.

1

11 Source: Ministry of Housing Spatial Planning and the Environment, Netherlands; Soil Remediation Circular 2009, Annex A.




MEASURES


S. No.


Impact and Score7






C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 to common / generalist faunal species (e.g. movement pattern, displacement etc.).

No negative impacts on surrounding ecosystem functioning or habitat ecology.

agro-ecosystem / agriculture when environmental data / parameters are within permissible limits.

surrounding habitat character/ habitat ecology/ functioning of ecosystem

Impact on surrounding agro-ecosystem / agriculture when physical parameters beyond permissible limits.

secondary information. Impacts on habitats /

ecosystems of international importance.

Impact on ecosystem like river, forest, wetland (e.g. RAMSAR site etc.) etc.

Any wildlife accident / mortality / accident event

8.1

Socio-economic Environment:

Social Aspects - give the mean score from the


Possible Temporary or Permanent Migration, Persons as a % of Population of Study Area <0.5% <1% <1.5% <2% 2.5%

Possible Change in Ethnicity, vis-à-vis Major Existing Ethnicities Present in Study Area Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe

Gender Imbalance, as a Proportion to Existing Sex-Ratio Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe

Possibility of Return to Original Status in Terms of Any or All of the Above Changes <1 year <2 years <3 years <5 years Permanent Change

8.2

Socio-economic Environment:

Economic Aspects - give

the mean score from the


No of Jobs Gained or Lost <50 Up to 75 Up to 100 Up to 250 Up to 500 or more

Persons Having Loss or Gain in Income <50 100 250 500 1000 or more

Land Losers <10 <20 <50 <100 >100

Losers of Homesteads <5 <10 <25 <50 >50




MEASURES


S. No.


Impact and Score7






C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

8.3 Socio-economic

Aspects: Cultural

Minor repairable damage to commonplace structures

Minor repairable damage to structures / items of

cultural significance, or minor infringements of

cultural values

Moderate damage to structures/ items of cultural significance, or significant,

infringement of cultural values/ sacred location

Major damage to structures / items of cultural

significance, or major infringement of cultural values / sacred locations

Irreparable damage to highly valued structures /

items / locations of cultural significance or sacred value

9.1

Occupational / Community Health and

Safety: Community Health and

Safety

Insignificant impact on surrounding communities

Minor complaints or exposure to community.

Maximum occurrence limited to two times per

year

Ongoing complaints from community. Significant

emission or discharge that impacts on surrounding

population

Major ongoing long term health effects likely to

surrounding communities and workers

Extreme health risk- potential for death in

community

9.2

Occupational / Community Health and

Safety: Occupational Health and

Safety

Near miss incident or trivial injuries, this may require self administered first aid.

Injured personnel can continue to perform normal

duties

Injuries requiring onsite treatment by medical practitioner. Personnel unable to continue to

perform duties

Serious injuries requiring off site treatment by medical practitioner or immediate evacuation to hospital. Potential long term or

permanent disabling effect

Single Fatality Multiple Fatality






2. Quantifying the Probability of Occurrence of the Impact

After identifying the consequence severity as shown in Table 5-1, the probability of occurrence also needs to be estimated to arrive at a complete picture of environmental impact risk. Table 5-2 provides probability / likelihood ratings on a scale of 1-5. These ratings are used for estimating the likelihood of each occurrence.

Table 5-2: Probability of Occurrence Description Environment/Health and Safety Probability

Frequent Continues or will happen every time during the exploratory drilling program 5 Often Occur several times during the exploratory drilling program 4 Likely Might occur at least once during the exploratory drilling 3

Possible Might occur during the exploratory drilling 2 Rare Very rarely encountered in during the exploratory drilling 1

3. Quantifying Environmental Impact Risk

The level of environmental impact risk is calculated by multiplying the consequence score and the probability of occurrence together. Thus

Significance of Impact = Consequence Score × Probability of Occurrence

The final score is in relative point score, rather than actual impact. The impact estimation is carried out assuming a well managed exploratory program with the use of standard safety measures. Table 5-3 below assigns significance criteria, based on the scale of 1-25, used for prioritizing mitigation measures for reducing the environmental impact risks and thereafter, formulating and implementing Environmental Management Plans (EMPs).

To do this, environmental impact risk levels are first scored and identified as mentioned earlier and then evaluated on the evaluation scale that follows in Table 5-3.

Table 5-3: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria

Probability Consequence

Insignificant (1)

Minor (2)

Moderate (3)

Major (4)

Catastrophic (5)

Rare (1) 1 2 3 4 5

Possible (2) 2 4 6 8 10

Likely (3) 3 6 9 12 15

Often (4) 4 8 12 16 20

Certain (5) 5 10 15 20 25

4. Identifying Activities Causing Unacceptable Levels of Environmental Risk

Environmental risks are now clubbed into four levels from extreme risk to low risk activities. Extreme risk activities are unacceptable and therefore need to be either stopped or modified such that they are brought to a lower level of environmental risk.






High and moderate risk activities, although acceptable, require being evaluated and mitigated in a manner that their consequences / probabilities are lowered, with more focus on high risk activities vis-à-vis moderate risk activities. Low risk activities do not require further mitigation. This is summarized in Table 5-4.

Table 5-4: Environmental Risk Categorization Scoring Negative Impacts (-) Scoring Positive Impacts (+)

Colour Code and Score Range Type of Risk Inference

Colour Code and Score

Range Inference

25 Extremely Severe

Activity should not proceed in current form 25

Activity has Extensive Positive

Benefits

15-20 Very Severe

Activity should be modified to include remedial

planning and actions and be subject to detailed ecological assessment

15-20 Activity has Major

Benefits

8-12 Moderately

Severe

Activity can operate subject to management and / or modification

8-12 Activity has

Moderate Benefits

4-6 Less Severe No action required unless

escalation of risk is possible

4-6 Activity has Minor

Benefits

1-3 Minor /

Negligible Negligible Risk of activity 1-3 Activity has mildly positive impacts

Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures require being formulated and implemented for all high risk and moderate risk activities. A programme to implement all mitigation measures is then prepared and presented as an Environmental Management Programme, presented in Chapter 9.

Impact Assessment for the Exploratory Drilling Programme of ONGC, based on the methodology described here, is given in the next section.

5.3 Identification of Impacting Activities for the Proposed Project

As discussed earlier, environmental impacts have been identified based on an assessment of environmental aspects associated with the project. The symbol ‘●’ indicates an adverse impact and ‘o’ indicates a beneficial impact.

Identified environmental impacts have been listed in Table 5-5.




MEASURES


Table 5-5: Aspect – Impact Identification

S. No. Project Activities / Aspects

Potential Environmental Impacts on Environment

Remarks

Land

use/

Lan

dcov

er

(LU/

LC)

Air Q

ualit

y (A

Q)

Noi

se a

nd V

ibra

tion

(NV)

Surf

ace

Wat

er (

SW)

Gro

und

Wat

er (G

W)

Soil

(S)

Ecol

ogy

& B

io-d

iver

sity

(E

B)

Soci

o-Ec

onom

ic (

SE)

Occ

upat

iona

l Hea

lth,

Com

mun

ity H

ealth

&

Safe

ty (

OH

/ C

H&

S)

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 1 Site Selection

1.1 Land lease or purchase ● ●o

LU (-): Potential change in landuse / land cover typically from agricultural land;

SE (+): Compensation to land owner against lease – voluntary land lease at market rate;

annual lease payments by cheque; SE (-): Reduction in agricultural productivity (Approximately 0.04%) due to conversion of

agricultural land to land for oil and gas production and access roads

2 Preparation of Site

2.1 Clearance of vegetation at site and preparation of approach roads ● ● ● ● ● o ●

LC (-): Change in land cover for a short duration (since landuse change will be short term/ being

exploratory operations) AQ (-): Dust generation during clearing

operations NV (-): Noise and vibration from vehicles and

road laying equipment S (-): Soil erosion due to wind or storm water run

off EB (-): possible loss of green cover (very




MEASURES




Remarks

Land

use/

Lan

dcov

er

(LU/

LC)

Air Q

ualit

y (A

Q)

Noi

se a

nd V

ibra

tion

(NV)

Surf

ace

Wat

er (

SW)

Gro

und

Wat

er (

GW

)

Soil

(S)

Ecol

ogy

& B

io-d

iver

sity

(E

B)

Soci

o-Ec

onom

ic (

SE)

Occ

upat

iona

l Hea

lth,

Com

mun

ity H

ealth

&

Safe

ty (

OH

/ C

H&

S)

marginal if at all since most of the land lost will be agricultural)

SE(+): improved local roads; short time employment for approach road construction

OH (-): risk of occupational injuries

2.3 Excavation and paving of site ● ● ● ● o ●

LC(-): Change in topography of site due to excavation;

AQ(-): Dust generation due for excavation operations;

NV(-): Noise generation due to machinery used (JCB, Tractors and Trucks) for excavation

operation S(-): Loss of top soil;

SE(+): Temporary job creation for excavation and site preparation work;

OH(-): Occupational risk involved in excavation work

2.2 Vehicle movement for transportation of rig, materials and equipment ● ● o ● ●

AQ(-): air emissions due to vehicle movement; NV(-): Noise Generation due vehicle movement and unloading of materials such as drill casing pipes, mud circulation system, DG Sets, Rig

components SE(+): hiring of vehicles for movment of




MEASURES




Remarks

Land

use/

Lan

dcov

er

(LU/

LC)

Air Q

ualit

y (A

Q)

Noi

se a

nd V

ibra

tion

(NV)

Surf

ace

Wat

er (

SW)

Gro

und

Wat

er (

GW

)

Soil

(S)

Ecol

ogy

& B

io-d

iver

sity

(E

B)

Soci

o-Ec

onom

ic (

SE)

Occ

upat

iona

l Hea

lth,

Com

mun

ity H

ealth

&

Safe

ty (

OH

/ C

H&

S)

materialsSE (-): potential damage to village roads;

OH/ CH&S(-): Risk involved in transportation activity such as accidents, damage to properties

etc

3 Rigging up and Drilling

3.1

Setting up the rig floor and derrick, handrails, guardrails, stairs, walkways,

ladders, flare stack, drilling fluid circulating system & other equipment

and machinery

● ● ●

NV(-): Noise generation during set up of rig and machinery;

S(-): Soil contamination due to spillage if any during rigging up operation; and compaction of

soil due to setting up of rig and circulation system OH(-): Risk of occupational injury such as fall

from height, stuck by object, caught in under or between, etc. during rigging up operation

3.2 Workforce accommodation & sanitation ● ●o ●

S(-): Soil contamination if soak pit is not designed properly;

SE(+): Marginal increase in indirect income of locals due to technical crew at site

SE (-): Conflict of Crew members with near by villagers

OH(-): Risk of dieses due to unhygienic condition of accommodation and sanitation facilities

3.3 Chemical and fuel storage ● ● ● ● SW (-): Possibility of surface water contamination




MEASURES




Remarks

Land

use/

Lan

dcov

er

(LU/

LC)

Air Q

ualit

y (A

Q)

Noi

se a

nd V

ibra

tion

(NV)

Surf

ace

Wat

er (

SW)

Gro

und

Wat

er (

GW

)

Soil

(S)

Ecol

ogy

& B

io-d

iver

sity

(E

B)

Soci

o-Ec

onom

ic (

SE)

Occ

upat

iona

l Hea

lth,

Com

mun

ity H

ealth

&

Safe

ty (

OH

/ C

H&

S)

due to spillage of chemicals and fuelGW(-): Possibility of ground water contamination

due to spillage of chemicals and fuel; S(-): Possibility of soil contamination due to

spillage if any; OH(-): Occupational risk due to handling of

material required for drilling mud preparation

3.4 Use of raw water for drilling ● GW(-): Use of resources, ONGC will use ground

water extracted from its bore well located nearest to the drilling locations

3.5 Preparation of drilling fluid ● ●

S(-): possibility of soil contamination due to spillage of mud if any

OH (-): Occupational risk during preparation of drilling fluid

3.6 Drilling process ● ● ● ●

AQ(-): air emission due to operation of DG sets; NV (-): Noise generation due to operation of rig,

DG Set and mud circulation pump; S(-): Possible contamination of soil due to

improper discharge of drill cutting, spillage of diesel & oil and waste water from drilling process EB(-): disturbance to fauna residing near to site

3.7 Installation of casing ● S(-): possibility of soil contamination due to improper installation of casing




MEASURES




Remarks

Land

use/

Lan

dcov

er

(LU/

LC)

Air Q

ualit

y (A

Q)

Noi

se a

nd V

ibra

tion

(NV)

Surf

ace

Wat

er (

SW)

Gro

und

Wat

er (

GW

)

Soil

(S)

Ecol

ogy

& B

io-d

iver

sity

(E

B)

Soci

o-Ec

onom

ic (

SE)

Occ

upat

iona

l Hea

lth,

Com

mun

ity H

ealth

&

Safe

ty (

OH

/ C

H&

S)

3.8 Circulating and cementing ● ● GW/S(-): possibility of ground water and soil

contamination due to leakage of cement and mud during circulating and cementing

3.9 Storage, handling and disposal of solid/hazardous waste ● ●

S(-): Possibility of soil contamination due to improper disposal and/ or transportation of solid

and Hazardous waste; OH/OH&S(-): Risk to workers and community in

surrounding area due to spillage if not stored and transported properly

3.10 Storage, handling and disposal of waste water ● ● ● ● ●

GW/S(-): Possibility of ground water and soil contamination due to improper disposal of waste

water; SE(-):Damage to crop in adjacent field due to

possiblity of leakage or overflow of waste water from HDPE lined pit

OH/OH&S(-): Risk to community health due to spillage in surrounding area if not stored properly

3.11 Blow out ● ● ● ● ●

AQ(-): air emission during blow out; S(-): Soil contamination due to deposition of

hydrocarbon emitted during blow out; NV(-): Noise due to blow out;

EB(-): impact on ecology and bio diversity of surrounding area due to emission of hydrocarbon




MEASURES




Remarks

Land

use/

Lan

dcov

er

(LU/

LC)

Air Q

ualit

y (A

Q)

Noi

se a

nd V

ibra

tion

(NV)

Surf

ace

Wat

er (

SW)

Gro

und

Wat

er (

GW

)

Soil

(S)

Ecol

ogy

& B

io-d

iver

sity

(E

B)

Soci

o-Ec

onom

ic (

SE)

Occ

upat

iona

l Hea

lth,

Com

mun

ity H

ealth

&

Safe

ty (

OH

/ C

H&

S)

& heat generated during blow out; OH/OH&S(-): Risk of fatal injury to worker and staff working at site, risk to community health due to emission of hydrocarbon in surrounding

area

4 Decommissioning

4.1 Dismantling of rig & associated machineries ● ● ● ●

AQ(-): Dust generation during dismantling work; NV(-): noise generation during dismantling work

S(-): possibility of soil contamination during decommissioning work;

OH(-): Occupational risk during dismantling work of rig and associated machinery

4.2 Site restoration ● o ●

LC(-): Possibility of change in topography of the site;

LC(+): If the site is restored properly it can have a positive impact as the productivity will be

regained; SE(-): Economical impact due to loss of income

from land if site is not restored properly and also






Based on this preliminary identification, environmental indices that are likely to be impacted due to the project are:

Landuse / Land cover: Land lease/purchase, site preparation and site restoration Air quality: Vehicle movement during site preparation and restoration, operation of DG set,

Testing and flaring operation and blow out Noise: Vehicle movement during site preparation and restoration, operation of DG set, during

drilling process Surface Water: Damage to the existing surface water body if any is present due to runoff Ground water: use of raw of water for drilling, cementing activity, storage and handling of

waste water Soil: clearance during site preparation, site restoration, chemical and fuel storage and storage

and handling of solid and hazardous waste Ecology and Biodiversity: clearance of vegetation during site preparation and blow out Socio – Economic: positive impact due to creation of jobs and increase in indirect income

while may have negative impact due to improper restoration Occupational health, community Health and safety: Occupational risk during various activity

associated with drilling, risk to community due to blow out or spillage of waste water or fuel/chemicals

These are discussed in further detail.

5.4 Air Environment

Impacts on the air environment are necessarily transient and temporary owing to the time bound nature of exploratory drilling work.

A number of sources in onshore oil and gas drilling cause potential impacts on air quality, which include:

Emissions from DG sets used as part of the drilling rig; Flaring of gases primarily during the testing phase will contribute to additional air pollution; Fugitive emissions during site preparation and closure phases; Emissions from vehicular movement;

For the purpose of impact predictions on air environment, emission sources can be classified into point and area sources. Whilst no area sources have been identified as part of the project, point sources have been identified and these include diesel engines / generator sets at drill sites.

These are discussed.

5.4.1 Diesel Engines / Generators Sets

As already mentioned earlier, a diesel engine (two operational and one on standby) shall work 24 hours a day during the exploratory drilling period, for operating the drill rig, mud circulation as well as illumination and Heating / Ventilation / Air-conditioning (HVAC) systems. Its capacity will be ~1250 kVA, consuming ~290 kg/hour of diesel conforming to specifications laid out in the Bharat Stage IV norms, indicating a sulphur content of <50mg/kg. It will emit pollutants, principally NOx, SO2 and PM. The exhaust of the DG set will be of sufficient height as per the Environment Protection Rules, 1986 as






amended till date, to allow dispersion of the pollutants DG sets will be properly maintained so that emissions will be under statutory limits – currently the applicable Rule (Emission limits for new diesel engines (more than 800 KW) for generator sets (Gensets) application, Schedule I of The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986 as amended to date) require DG sets having a capacity > 800 KW to emit less than 710 ppmv for NOx and 75 mg/Nm3 for PM if the D.G set is having a capacity up to 75 MW.

Emissions from the diesel engine were analyzed for their impacts on the GLC for various distances using the dispersion modeling guidelines given by the Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi and the AERMOD Model of the United States Environment.

Assumptions and the dispersion modeling results of AERMOD model are provided as Annexure 5. The results indicate the following:

1. The maximum 24 hourly GLC’s are observed to be 0.065 µg/m3, 7.03µg/m3 and 0.065µg/m3 for SO2, NOx and particulate matter respectively. These GLC’s are expected to occur at a distance of 200 m from the source towards the SW direction.

2. The concentration limit for SO2 and NOx in the ambient air, as specified by CPCB is 80 µg/m3. Hence, the predicted impact level due to the operation of Diesel Engines and D.G sets is within the prescribed limits of CPCB for the ambient air quality. Consequently ambient air quality due to proposed activities is not expected to cause an effect on vegetation and human settlements in the vicinity of the operational sites.

Operational & design considerations of the diesel engines with respect to parameters such as air-fuel ratio, fuel quality and rate of combustion would contribute to reduction / increase in emission load to the air environment. The level of maintenance of the engines as well as their make and age will also influence the air emissions. Ensuring that operating conditions are managed as per standard operating procedures is therefore, of importance.

5.4.2 Fugitive Emissions

Fugitive emissions due to the proposed project will be principally associated with emissions of dust during the initial site preparation and closure phases. Fugitive emissions can cause the dust to settle down at nearby residential properties and on agricultural lands. In addition, fugitive emissions in the form of material dust are also expected during drilling operations like loading, unloading, handling of drilling fluid, chemical additives, cement and cement additives etc. Fugitive dust may also impact agricultural crops in and around the drill sites within the acquired block.

Volatile chemicals and fuel are stored at the site. Fugitive emissions may emanate from these, if not capped properly or not handled with due care. However, such emissions will not disperse widely and can only affect workers health at site.

5.4.3 Flaring

Flaring of gases primarily during the well testing phase will contribute to additional air pollution in terms of release of unburnt hydrocarbons. Location of the flaring stack will have the potential to affect the air quality at the nearby receptors. Flaring will involve high temperature oxidation process to burn combustible gases that may be generated from the proposed well. However, In accordance with the Oil Mines Regulation Rules, 1984 (OMR 1984; Chapter 9, Section 96 – Protection against Pollution of Environment), a flare stack of minimum 9 m height or higher as required by the Regional Inspector (Inspector of mines in charge of the region or local area) will be provided at a distance of 30 m from






well, given the fact that, flaring is a temporary activity which will not last for more than a few days, the impacts on air quality will not be significant.

5.4.4 Emission from Vehicle /Machinery

This kind of emissions will principally arise from the vehicles used for the transport of construction materials and equipment, for the workers and for the transport of drilling rig to the site. Most vehicles used at site will be PUC certified hence the effect will be reduced to some extent. There will be a chance that, the workers on the site would get exposed to this type of emission from the vehicles.

However their effect will be localized and transient in nature and will principally affect the localities adjacent to the access road.

5.4.5 Blowouts

Blowouts, if occurring, can be a major source of air pollution, especially if ignited.OMR 1984 requires wells to have blow-out preventers to reduce the risk of blowouts. These will be followed. Blowouts are however, extremely rare phenomena – per available reliable statistics – likely to occur once in 2040 -2272 onshore wells drilled12.

5.4.6 Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures for air quality impacts are:

The flaring system will be properly managed at all times; Water spraying will be done on the access roads to control re-entrained dust during dry

season (if required); The engines and exhaust systems of all vehicles and equipment used will be maintained as

such, that exhaust emissions are low and do not breach statutory limits set for the concerned vehicle/equipment type;

Ensuring the availability of valid Pollution Under Control Certificates (PUCC) for all vehicles used on site.

Considering the above mitigation measures as well as the operating and other conditions mentioned in Sections 5.4.1-5.4.4, the impact scores on air environment are likely to be as mentioned in Table 5-6.

1

12 International Association of Oil & Gas Producers, (OGP), 2010, Report No. 434-2, Blowout Frequencies, pp-12.






Table 5-6: Impact Scoring of Air Environment

Code Impacting Activity

Impact Scoring

Remarks Consequence, C

Probability, P

Final Score C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

1 Clearance of vegetation at

site and preparation of approach roads

2 1 2

Low risk, as probability is given a

lower score due to the fact that many of

proposed wells will be drilled from existing locations of ONGC

2 Excavation and paving of site 2 3 6 Moderate risk

3 Vehicle movement for transportation of rig,

materials and equipment 1 3 3

Low risk, as vehicles used will be PUC

certified i.e consequence is given

a lower score

4 Drilling Process 1 5 5

Low risk, Consequence is given a lower score due to the fact that D.G sets

will be properly maintained and results of the

dispersion modeling shows the emissions to be within limits

5 Blow out 5 1 5

Low risk due to low probability of

occurrence of blow out,

6 Dismantling of rig & associated machineries 2 3 6

Moderate risk, Consequence is given a score of 2 due to

emission arising out of various activities

involving transportation of rig,

equipments,






5.5 Noise Environment

The proposed drilling operations and related activities will lead to emission of noise that may have significant impact on the surrounding communities in terms of increase in noise levels and associated disturbances. The potential impacts on noise level may arise out of the following:

5.5.1 Noise from drilling rig

The drilling rig and associated machinery, including the DG set is likely to emit noise in the range of 90 to 100 db (A). Moreover, as drilling is a continuous activity, such noise will be emitted during both daytime and night time leading to a significant impact on local communities if located near to the well site. But as all the wells will be drilled at a safe distance of 500 m from nearest habitation this will reduce its impact on local community.

The high noise levels within the site also have the potential to affect the workers on site. Continuous exposure to high noise level in workplace environment may cause Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) and other discomforts like headaches and increase in stress levels in workers.

5.5.2 Noise from Machinery/ Equipment

In addition to the drilling activity, site preparation / closure related activities will also involve the operation of heavy equipment like pile drivers, loaders, and bulldozers etc. Such heavy equipments are noted to emit noise emissions which will get dispersed in the nearby communities thus resulting in a decrease in noise quality in the immediately adjacent settlement area. Some activities like piling may also result in minor vibration impacts which are expected to subside to acceptable levels with distance.

5.5.3 Noise from vehicle / traffic

Vehicles used for procuring goods, material and manpower to the drilling site and the subsequent transportation of rig/equipments and debris during decommissioning will use the site approach road and village roads, which connect to state highway and village roads. This will result in increase in traffic density in the site access road and introduction of vehicular traffic on the site approach road during the site preparation stage as 50 -60 truck load will transfer rig and other equipments to the site, and will cause increase in noise levels. But as this activity will be transient and for few days the impact may be considered to be insignificant given the present environmental setting.

5.5.4 Assessment of noise levels using Sound Plan

Noise Modelling study was done using the Software tool called “Sound Plan” which predicts the Noise Map generated due to the sources present at the project site, and predicts the Noise Levels at various receiver points due to the sources present at the project site.

To analyze the Noise Map of the project site, first, the geometrically coordinated Google Earth images of the Project site were imported into the software. Various Sources of noise were added with their approximate Sound Pressure Levels, and the “Receiver points” were added at various locations where Noise Monitoring was conducted.

“SoundPlan” generates the Noise Map with coloured pattern isoplates, which indicate whether or not the SPL in that particular region is above the limits mentioned by CPCB or not. If the Limit for Sound Pressure Level indicated by CPCB for that particular area is 75 dB during the day, and if the predicted






SPL is below that, the Noise Map will show Green colour for that area. But if the SPL is above the “user set” allowable limit, the same will be shown in Red colour depending upon the Difference between then Predicted SPL and the Allowable SPL, and the “Conflict” in SPL is mentioned in the table if any conflict is predicted.

5.5.5 Consideration during the analysis

The following consideration were take during the analysis:

1. Noise modelling for all the wells is not required since majority of noise is going to be created during the drilling operation i.e. drilling of Rig, DG sets, Compressor etc. Further, all the wells are not going to be drilled simultaneously and only 3 or 4 drilling rigs would be operational at a time. Thus, noise modelling has been performed at a distance of 50,100,150,200,250 and 500 m from the drilling rig.

2. The sources considered at the project site for the analysis with their approximate Sound Pressure Levels are considered slightly on the higher side for more critical analysis. The sources of noise considered are as Table 5-7.

Table 5-7: Sources of noise with their sound pressure levels S.

No. Sources Levels dB(A)

Day Night 1. Operation of Rig 105 105

Using above consideration the isopleths generated for day time and night time is given below

Figure 5-1: Iso pleths generated during day time for in Block CB-ONN-2010/1






Figure 5-2: Isopleths generated during night time in block CB-ONN-2010/1

Figure 5-3: Isopleths during day time in block CB-ONN-2010/6






Figure 5-4: Isopleths During night time in Block CB-ONN-2010/6

Figure 5-5: Isopleths during day time in Block CB-ONN-2010/9






Figure 5-6: Isopleths during night time in Block CB-ONN-2010/9

5.5.6 Observations

The sound pressure levels were predicted at different sources as mentioned above. The observations are:

1. The project site is located in a designated industrial area, where the CPCB limits defined for Noise Levels are 75 dB during the day and 70 dB during the night. However, sound pressure levels are considered on higher side for more critical analysis.

2. Since the sources of noise are present within the project site, near boundary wall of the project site being present, increase beyond 75 dB at the site was not observed.

3. From above, it can be observed at project site, noise is predicted in the range of 60 dB (A) - 70 dB(A) which is within the permissible limit for industrial area.

The predicted noise levels along with the conflict are as given in Table 5-8.

Table 5-8: Noise level at receptor locations for Single well location

S. No. Receiver Name Assumed Limit

dB(A) Level dB(A) Conflict dB(A)

Day Night Day Night Day Night 1. 50 m 55 45 59.8 59.8 4.8 14.18 2. 100 m 55 45 49.5 49.5 - 4.5 3. 150 m 55 45 49.1 49.1 - 4.1 4. 200 m 55 45 46.1 46.1 - 1.1






S. No. Receiver Name Assumed Limit

dB(A) Level dB(A) Conflict dB(A)

Day Night Day Night Day Night 5. 250 m 55 45 43.8 43.8 - - 6. 500 m 55 45 37.0 37.0 - -


Although there was no increase beyond the allowable limit predicted at any of the noise monitoring locations outside the project site, the noise environment also includes the people who are working within the project site, and who may face permanent hearing damage in case they face the Noise Dosage beyond the allowable level of Noise. Therefore, it is important to implement the following mitigations in order to avoid any permanent hearing damage to the people working inside the project site.

Table 5-9: Mitigition Measures

S. No.

Source Predicted SPL at 1

m Description Impacts Mitigation

1. Machinery 90 dB

Pile Drivers, Bulldozers, Loaders etc.

involved for site clearing and

preparation will generate noise

High Noise levels upto 90dB when measured at a distance of 1 m from the machine.

When multiple machines are running

simultaneously, the SPL can go upto 95 dB.

This is an unavoidable source of noise, which cannot be attenuated by any means. However, the following can be done: While choosing the

machinery for the project, machines with lowest Sound Pressure Levels claimed by the manufacturers should be chosen

The machinery should be regularly maintained with oiling and other preventive maintenance in order to keep the Noise Levels generated by the machines to as low as possible

2. Drilling Rig 105 dB

Noise is generated because of

drilling operation as well as

because of the driving

mechanism of the Drilling Rig

High noise up to a level of 105 dB will be

generated as drilling operation is mostly driven by powerful

engines

Powering Engines should be covered with Acoustical Enclosures. Care should be taken while designing these enclosures that required ventilation system is provided for this acoustical enclosure. Transmission Loss Recommended: 30 dB






S. No.

Source Predicted SPL at 1

m Description Impacts Mitigation

STC. The Drilling Rig should be

operated during the day-time hours as during the night time, the noise generated by the drilling rig is likely to affect the surrounding areas for up to 1 kilometer radius

3. DG Sets <85 dB DG sets running on diesel engines

Diesel Generator Sets are supposed to have Sound Pressure Levels of lesser than 75 dBA when measured at 1

meter distance.

No such mitigation is required.

4. Vehicles/Traffic <80 dB Vehicular traffic due to project

activity

Noise levels generated by vehicles are usually

lesser than 80 or 85 dB, and are not likely to

affect any areas beyond 200 meters from the

drilling rig sites.

Vehicles should be regularly maintained so that any internal failure may not lead to increased Sound Pressure Level of the vehicles

Controlled operating hours for noisy activities such as delivery, loading, unloading etc should be chosen

The additional mitigation measure / care to be taken are as described below:

Temporary sound reflective barriers to be kept surrounding the drilling site of the project The minimum height of the barriers should be 2.5 m and with 15 dB shadow zone transmission

loss rating All people working in the vicinity of the equipment/machinery with SPL higher than 85dB should

wear protective ear plugs to avoid permanent hearing damage






Considering the above mitigation measures as well as the operating and other conditions mentioned in Sections 5.5.1-5.5.3, the impact scores on noise environment are likely to be as mentioned in Table 5-10

Table 5-10: Impact Scoring of Noise


Impact Scoring


Probability, P

Final Score C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

1

Clearance of vegetation at site and

preparation of approach road

1 5 5

Moderate risk, Probability is given a higher score as this is exploratory drilling and

clearance of site will happen every time during drilling at

different locations, consequence is given a

lower score as this activity will be completed in a very

short duration

2 Excavation and paving of site 1 3 3 Low risk

3

Vehicle Movement for transportation of rig,

materials and equipment

2 3 6

Moderate risk, vehicles transferring materials will pass through village roads

at many places i.e. consequence is given a

higher score

4

Setting up the rig floor and derrick,

handrails, guardrails, stairs, walkways,

ladders , flare stack, drilling fluid

circulating system & other equipment and

machinery

1 3 3 Low risk


High risk due to high probability of occurrence as D.G set, rig machineries and

mud pump will run for almost entire drilling

program

6 Blow out 5 1 5 Low risk as probability of occurrence of blow out is

very low







Impact Scoring


Probability, P

Final Score C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

7 Dismantling of rig &

associated machineries

1 2 2 Low risk

5.6 Hydrology

The proposed drilling operation would include water requirement for site preparation, drilling of wells to the depth of up to 3000m and drilling site activities, which involves use of water for domestic purpose and for mud preparation and would cause generation of waste water. Following potential impacts may cause from proposed project:

5.6.1 Impact on water resources

The project is drilling of 22 (twenty two) Exploratory wells. This requires 35 KLD water per well and drilling activity for any well will be continuing for maximum upto 40 days. Total numbers of wells for exploration are 22, hence total water requirement will be 22 ×35 KLD ×40=30800 KL.

ONGC has planned to meet the requirement of water at the drilling site through water supplied by tankers sourced from nearest ONGC installation.

5.6.2 Impact on Water Quality

The waste water will be generated from domestic activities and from different processing activities. Approximately 2.5 KLD of domestic waste water will be generated, if the domestic waste water discharges into the nearby surface water body, it may have some negative impact on surface water quality. But all the waste water generated from domestic activities will be sent to the soak pit.

The drill site will also generate waste water comprising of drain out from rig, equipment washing, cement preparation and other sources. Waste water will be generated intermittently and it will be sent to a HDPE lined waste pit where the waste water will be allowed to evaporate.


Following mitigation measures will be implemented for water pollution control:

Efforts will be made to reduce water requirement; All chemical and fuel storage areas will have proper bunds so that contaminated run-off

cannot meet the storm-water drainage system;

Considering the above mitigation measures as well as the operating and other conditions mentioned in Sections 5.6.1-5.6.2, the impact scores on surface water environment are likely to be as mentioned in Table 5-11






Table 5-11: Impact Scoring of Surface water


Impact Scoring

Remarks Consequence, C Probability, P

Final Score C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

1 Chemical & fuel storage

2 1 2

Low risk, Probability is given a lower score as

ONGC will take proper care during storage and

material will be stored on a paved surface, in addition

the location will be selected such that a safe distance is maintained

from water bodies if any

2 Storage handling and disposal of

waste water 2 1 2

Low risk, pit will be of sufficient volume and lined properly by HDPE sheets so damage due to waste water would be minimum

5.7 Ground Water

Ground water is an environmental parameter that could be affected by the drilling activities. Potential impacts on the ground water arising from drilling activities are:

5.7.1 Effect on Ground water regime

The compaction of the working areas for setting up heavy machineries and equipments like the rig may lead to increased runoff and reduced infiltration, thereby affecting subsurface groundwater recharge at local level. This can affect local users, who are still dependent on ground water for various needs. However, the drilling operation being a temporary activity will not become a cause of permanent loss to ground water recharging. Hence, the effect on the groundwater regime will not affect water availability of the area.

5.7.2 Contamination of Subsurface Groundwater

Possibility of subsurface groundwater contamination from site drainage or accidental spillage of fuel, lubricants and chemicals from storage areas, vehicles and machineries is always there, if they are not properly designed or maintained. Contamination of subsurface groundwater can also occur in case of frequent accidental discharge on soil. The possibility of contamination of subsurface and lower and possibly unconfined aquifers also exist, if in case, the casing and cementing of the well is not carried out properly, which may lead to infiltration or seeping of drilling chemicals or mud into porous aquifer region.






5.7.3 Impact on Resources

Water is required for drilling operations and domestic consumption purpose. The quantity of water is very less and only require for once. This will leads to lose in the minor quantity of water. However, Tharad of Banaskatha block, Mansa and Gandhinagar of Gandhinagar block are Over-Exploited per CGWA guidelines

5.7.4 Mitigation Measure

The following mitigation measures will be implemented:

ONGC will ensure proper spill control at site; ONGC will take proper care that ground water does not get contaminated due to leak in the

HDPE lined pit; ONGC will use best engineering technique during drilling operation and also during the

cementing job and installation of casing so that drilling mud does not contaminate the ground water.

Ground Water Recharge

The hydrogeological conditions of the area shows that water is withdrawn/available only from the aquifers under confined conditions. To replenish these aquifers, groundwater recharge through injection wells is suggested. Narmada canal water can be used for recharge in consultation with Government of Gujrat

Though the consumption for drilling is one time event but maintaining manpower for operational purpose will be a long term phenomenon. ONGC, as an enterprise, is working in entire north Gujarat and can take groundwater recharge in the area proposed in previous paragraph. The funds may be allocated under Company Social Responsibilities (CSR) activities. The suggestions will need feasibility study for implementation as regards to availability of sufficient water and well location with aquifer characteristics.

Considering the above mitigation measures as well as the operating and other conditions mentioned in Sections 5.7.1-5.7.2, the impact scores on ground water environment are likely to be as mentioned in Table 5-12

Table 5-12: Impact scoring Ground water


Impact Scoring


Probability, P

Final Score C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

1 Chemical and Fuel storage 2 1 2

Low risk, Probability is given a lower score as ONGC will take

proper care during storage and material will be stored on

a paved surface







Impact Scoring


Probability, P

Final Score C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

2 Use of raw water for drilling 1 4 4

Moderate Risk however the drawl quantity is less than 50

KLD( for 35 days only)

3 Circulation and cementing 4 1 4

Moderate risk, Probability is given a lower score as ONGC is having proper cementing

methodology

4 Storage handling and disposal of

waste water 2 1 2 Low risk

5.8 Land Environment

Potential impacts on land environment due to drilling activities are given below:

5.8.1 Land Acquisition leading to change in land use

The drilling activities will require leasing of land for which voluntary land acquisition will be carried out, based on mutually agreed terms and conditions. We understand that forced land acquisition is not considered an option and land acquisition is by mutual consent and negotiation, with purchase at a fair agricultural loss estimate / market dictated price. This will change the land use from agricultural to non-agricultural (industrial). Compulsory land acquisition under the Land Acquisition Act, 1891, will not be resorted to.

5.8.2 Impact on land Environment during Site preparation

Clearance of Vegetation and Preparation of Access Roads

The land use of the drill site will get affected typically from agricultural land to industrial due to preparation of the drilling site and associated activities like installation of rig & machineries, temporary storage of drilling material including oil and chemicals, domestic waste and other kind of waste material etc. This is perhaps unavoidable considering that drilling locations need to follow the geo-physical and other requirements to successfully tap hydrocarbon reservoirs.

These impacts will occur in terms of temporary clearing of ground vegetation of around 110 m x 110 m area.

For 10 wells in CB-ONN-2010/1 assuming an area of 1.21 ha (110 x 110 m) per operational well, a total land take of upto 12 ha can be expected at the maximum.








In addition to the above land take, land is also required to acquire right of way / use for accessing well locations. To the extent possible, this is done by strengthening existing roads, however, at times this is not possible, necessitating additional land acquisition. This can often be useful, by adding transport infrastructure to the study area, but also leads to enhanced land use changes. The extent of the additional land take for the purpose of access road construction is difficult to estimate currently, but assuming that it will be in the order of 50 m per well (an approximate figure based on our interviews with operating personnel),

For 10 wells it could be upto 0.18ha. For 7 wells it could be upto 0.12ha. For 6 wells it could be upto 0.10ha.

The land take figure for preparing access roads is thus likely to be nominal.

It is important to note that the likely change in land use and land cover due to the project is likely to be in the order of 0.01% of the study area of Block CB-ONN-2010/1; 0.02% of study area of Block CB-ONN-2010/6 and 0.01% of study area of Block CB-ONN-2010/9, a relatively modest figure.

Excavation and Paving of Site

Excavation and paving of site will lead to change in land use.

5.8.3 During Drilling Operation

The entire exploratory drilling operation, being a temporary activity, will not require any kind of land acquisition (as it involves temporary leasing of land) and neither involves clearing of any trees, except few ground vegetation if present at the proposed drilling site. During drilling activities, soil property may get affected due to clearing of undergrowth for movement of truck load with drilling rig & associated machineries and crews.


Necessary efforts will be made during selection of drill site to minimize disruption of current land use to the extent possible;

Necessary restoration efforts will be made during decommissioning and site closure to restore the site back to its original condition to the extent possible;

Proper restoration of site will be carried out to bring the physical terrain, soils and vegetation, as closely possible, to their original condition;

On completion of works (in phases), all temporary structures, surplus materials and wastes will be completely removed till 1m below the surface;

Temporary new approach roads can be constructed and existing roads can be improved, if required, for smooth and hassle free movement of personnel as well as materials and machineries;

Optimization of land requirement through proper site lay out design will be a basic criteria at the design phase;






Considering the above mitigation measures as well as the operating and other conditions mentioned in Sections 5.8.2-5.8.3, the impact scores on land environment are likely to be as mentioned in Table 5-13

Table 5-13: Impact Scoring Land


Impact Scoring


Probability, P

Final Score C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 1 Land lease or purchase 3 1.6 4.8 -

2 Clearance of vegetation

at site and preparation of approach roads

3 1.3 3.9 -

3 Excavation and paving of site

3 1.6 4.8 -

4 Site restoration 3 1.6 4.8

Topography of site may change during drilling

But care will be taken so that the drainage pattern if

any remain undisturbed

5.9 Soil Quality

Soil quality may be affected by setting up of rig and associated machinery and will continue till the site is restored to its original condition. The impacts would be degradation of soil or change in its structure due to compaction and erosion during site preparation activities and plying of trucks during construction and operational phase.

5.9.1 Topsoil Contamination

During site preparation the topsoil will be removed from the project site and the approach road, which contains most of the nutrients and organisms that gives soil its productivity. This in turn will result in minor changes of topsoil structure. However, the project design will take into account the preservation of the top soil and its subsequent use during the restoration of the site. In spite of this the fertility of the soil at the site area will be affected.

5.9.2 Compaction of Soil

The setting up of the rig and associated machinery will require a strong base for being set up properly and piling equipment will be used for compaction of the soil, so that it can take the load of the equipments. Compaction of the soil will also occur due to the movement of heavy trucks on the approach road connecting highways or village roads to the site for transfer or rig and other equipments. The compaction of surface soil may result in a change in soil texture thereby changing the drainage patterns and water-logging in nearby areas.






5.9.3 Soil Contamination

Contamination of soil can result from the project activities if certain operations like storage of chemicals and fuels, cement and mud preparation, spent oil and lubricants are not managed efficiently however probability of this are low. Storage of chemicals and fuels, spent lubricants on unpaved surfaces also have a potential for soil contamination. If in case, chemicals, drilling mud, oil and lubricants are spilled accidentally on open soil, either during transportation or during handling, it will cause soil contamination. Improper storage of drilling waste and return/unused drilling mud at the on-site waste disposal facility can also result in contamination of the soil.

Process waste e.g. drill cuttings and return mud generated during drilling operations will be stored in an HDPE lined impervious pit and disposed off in accordance with Notification dated 30th August 2005 - G.S.R 546 (E) point no C “Guidelines for Disposal of Solid Waste, Drill Cutting and Drilling Fluids for Offshore and Onshore Drilling Operation”. Drill cuttings are likely to be generated from each well. This may cause soil contamination, if not disposed or reused properly. However, the whole drilling process being a temporary activity would not cause any long term impact on the environment.


Store, preserve and protect topsoil separately to use it during restoration period; Carry out adequate restoration of soil at the drilling site, to the extent possible using the soil

stored from piling and excavation activities; Dispose drilling mud and drill cutting temporarily in an impervious HDPE lined pit for

evaporation carefully so that there is no spillage. Management of spilling of contaminants such as oil from equipments, cement, drilling mud,

and etc. on the soil; Proper designed soak pits will be provided at the drilling site for disposal of ~domestic waste

water;

Considering the above mitigation measures as well as the operating and other conditions mentioned in Sections 5.9.1-5.9.3, the impact scores on soil environment are likely to be as mentioned in Table 5-14






Table 5-14: Impact scoring of soil


Impact Scoring


Probability, P

Final Score C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

1


preparation of approach roads

1 5 5

Probability is given a high score as this is exploratory drilling and this will happen

every time during the drilling

2 Excavation and paving of site 2 3 6

Consequence is given a lower score as all the top

soil excavated will be used to cover the HDPE lined

evaporation pit

3

Setting up the rig floor and derrick, handrails,

guardrails, stairs, walkways, ladders ,

flare stack, drilling fluid circulating system & other equipment and

machinery

1 3 3 Low Risk

4 Work force

accommodation and sanitation

1 1 1 Low Risk

5 Chemical and fuel storage 1 1 1

As the storage will be done on paved surface the

probability is given a lower score

6 Preparation of drilling fluid 1 1 1 Low Risk


Low Risk, As Drill cuttings and spent mud will be

disposed off in HDPE lined pit

8 Installation of casing 2 1 2

Low Risk, Probability is given a lower score, since ONGC have proper casing

and cementing policy

9 Circulating and cementing 2 1 2

Low Risk, Probability has given lower score, since

ONGC have proper casing and cementing policy







Impact Scoring


Probability, P

Final Score C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

10 Storage, handling and

disposal of solid/hazardous waste

2 1 2

11 Storage, handling and disposal of waste water 2 2 4

12 Blow out 4 1 4

Low risk, since blow outs are very rare and Blow out

preventer will be installed to prevent blow outs

13 Dismantling of rig and associated machinery 1 5 5

5.10 Socio- Economic Environment

Critical analysis of the existing socio-economic profile of the area vis-à-vis its scenario with proposed project activities identifies the following impacts

The proposed activities shall generate indirect employment in the region due to the requirement of workers in trail making, supply of raw material, auxiliary and ancillary works, which would marginally improve the economic status of the people.

The activities would result in an increase in local skill levels through exposure to activities. As the existing loose / soft surface roads, trails shall be upgraded to facilitate the movement

of the heavy equipment required, the project in turn would lead to improvement in transport facilities.


Proper compensation for land and crop based on prevailing Government rates will be provided by project proponent (ONGC)

Approach roads will be upgraded to facilitate heavy vehicular movement Project proponent may provide educational aid to local villages based on need and request

from the village Panchayat.

Considering the above mitigation measures as well as the other conditions, the impact scores on socio economic environment are likely to be as mentioned in Table 5-15






Table 5-15: Impact scoring of socio economic


Impact Scoring


Probability, P

Final Score C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

1 Land lease or

purchase

2 2 (+4)

This will have positive impact as ONGC will provide

compensation as per Government approved rates

to the owners

2 1 (-2)

Due to the loss in agriculture productivity as land would be converted to

oil and gas production parcel from agriculture land,

probability has given a lower score as most of the locations wil be drilled from

existing site

2


preparation of approach roads

1 3 (+3) This is a positive impact due to creation of jobs,

3 Excavation and paving of site 1 3 (+3)

This is a positive impact due to gain in income from

generation of employment

4

Vehicle movement for transportation of rig,

material and equipment

2 2 (+4)

Few local vehicles will be hired by ONGS which will

give temporary income to a few local peoples

3 1 (-3)

The probability is given a lower score as ONGC will

strengthen the village roads where ever required before

plying of heavy vehicles

5 Work force

accommodation and sanitation

1 2 (+2) This is a positive impact considering creation of

jobs/income

1 1 (-1)

This is considering possible migration from outside

which may change existing social profile of area






5.11 Ecology and Biodiversity

5.11.1 Determination of Ecological Components Likely Impacted

Following components are determined which may face likely impacts in different phases due to various project activities. Details are tabulated in the Table 5-16.

Table 5-16: Determination of Impacting Ecological Components

S. No. Activity Aspect Ecological Components

TFL TFA AFL AFA MFL MFN 1. During Pre Commissioning stage

1.1 Site Preparation and Formation of approach roads / access tracks

Removal of herbs, shrubs and grasses √ √ -- -- -- --

1.2 Movement of machinery, workers / labors etc at site.

Generation of noise -- √ -- -- -- --

2. During Rigging up and drilling State 2.1 Drilling and movement of

vehicles, machinery, workers/ labors for mechanical / engineering / technical work etc.

Generation of noise and vibration

-- √ -- -- -- --

2.2 Blow out emission of hydrocarbon & heat generated during blow out

√ √ -- -- -- --

3. During Decommissioning 3.1 Leaving / deserting /

dumping of waste materials Pollutant substances

√ √ -- -- -- --

4. During Both Stages 4.1 Vehicle movements Careless driving -- √ -- -- -- --

5.11.2 Likely Impacts on Ecological Components

As discussed earlier, environmental aspects and impacts have been identified based on an assessment of environmental aspects associated with the project. Potential impacts on Ecology and Biodiversity are given in Table 5-17.

Table 5-17: Aspect – Impact Identification

S. No. Project Aspects Likely Impacts on Ecology and Biodiversity (EB) with in 1 km area.

C1 C2 C3 1. Pre Commissioning stage

1.1 Removal of herbs, shrubs and grasses (within and outside project site and)

Impact-1: Loss / damage of floral diversity and Impact-2: Disturbance to faunal diversity






S. No. Project Aspects Likely Impacts on Ecology and Biodiversity (EB) with in 1 km area.

Impact-3: Habitat fragmentation

1.2 Noise will be generated due to movement machinery and vehicles at site.

Impact-4: Disturbance to normal faunal movements in surrounding habitats

2. Rigging up and Drilling Stage

2.1

Generation of noise and vibration due to drilling, transport machinery, workers/ labors for mechanical / engineering / technical work etc.

Impact-5: Site specific disturbance to normal faunal movements

2.2 Emission of hydrocarbon & heat generated during blow out (accidental event)

Impact-6: Damage to surrounding floral and faunal components

3. During Decommissioning

3.1 Leaving / deserting / dumping of waste materials at site Impact-7: Contamination of habitats

4. During Pre Commissioning and Decommissioning Stage

4.1 Careless or off-road driving can cause accident Impact-8: Mortality of wildlife species

5.11.3 Quantification of Impacts

Impacts on the flora, fauna and habitats have assessed in the following table on the basis of multiplication of consequence and probability scorings. Two major activities found to be impacting to the ecological components. Final scores are obtained for impacting activities and they are tabulated bellow in Table 5-18






Table 5-18: Impact Scoring

Code Likely Impacts and Scoring Justification

Impact Scoring Significance Consequence,

C Probability,

P Final Score

C x P C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

1 Impact-1: Loss / damage of floral diversity: Common species of flora

(except trees) will be cleared. 1 5 5 Insignificant

2

Impact-2: Disturbance of faunal diversity: some wild generalist species may face temporary

disturbance.

1 5 15 Insignificant

3

Impact-3: Habitat fragmentation: Though the footprint of the

proposed project is very small, surrounding area forms intact

habitat structure so some minor consequence are expected.

However, these changes will be resilient.

2 5 10 Moderate Severe

4

Impact-4: Disturbance to normal faunal (mainly wild generalist

species) movements: Due to noise generated by machinery and

vehicles


5

Impact-5: Disturbance to normal faunal movements: some wild generalist species have been

reported from the surrounding may face some level of disturbance.

Since the area is scrub /agriculture land, impact of vibration will be less.


6 Impact-6: Damage to surrounding floral and faunal components (rare

accidental event13) 5 1 5 Insignificant

7 Impact-7: Contamination of habitats 5 1 5 Insignificant

8 Impact-8: Mortality of wildlife species 5 2 10 Moderate

Severe

1

13 During 2002-2006 there were 39 blowouts and 38,856 wells drilled. (OGP. Risk Assessment Data Directory 2010. Report No. 343-2. Blowout Frequencies).






5.12 Mitigation Measures

Looking towards the likely impacts following mitigation measures will be implemented (Table 5-19). Details regarding plantation scheme and plant species have been described in the EMP section.

Table 5-19: Likely Impacts and Mitigation Measures Code Likely Impacts Mitigation Measures

C1 C2 C3

1 Loss / damage of floral diversity (Impact-1)

No immediate action required. However reclamation of site and surrounding areas (with in 1 km) are recommended / required with suggested plant species. No trees or saplings will be uprooted and low dense vegetated areas or open spaces will be used during road construction. Tree saplings and trees (if present at site) will be protected with mesh tree guards. However, permission from competent authority will be taken if tree cutting is required.

2 Disturbance to faunal groups / diversity (Impact-2, 4 and 5)

Along with other operational controls, plantation along the fencing will be carried out to reduce noise levels due to various activities at the project site.

3 Habitat fragmentation (Impact-3) Reclamation of project site and surrounding areas (with in 1 km) will help to improve fragmented / degraded habitat in post drilling phase.

6 Damage to surrounding floral and faunal components due to blowout (Impact – 6)

It is a rare accidental event which requires continuous surveillance.

7 Contamination of habitats due to deserted / dumped/ left material at the site (Impact-7)

All waste material should be checked for its toxicity / hazardous nature and should be properly disposed.

8 Mortality of wildlife species (Impact – 8) All drivers will be warned to keep speed limit of 20-25 within the impact zone to avoid mortalities of wildlife.

5.13 Occupational Health and Risk to Surrounding Community

Site preparation, drilling and post drilling activities involve many occupational health hazards to the workers at site.

Noise generated during drilling operation may affect the workers and staff members

Handling of chemicals, fuel, may cause health hazard if not handled properly

Uncontrolled flow of hydrocarbon or other fluids during blow out may cause serious health injuries including fatality of workers as well as surrounding communities

5.13.1 Risk and Hazards

In this section, the possibilities of accidental events that may be encountered in the proposed drilling activities are assessed. Details of the hazards and safety measures have been identified. The analysis is based on known potential failure causes for storage vessels, pipelines and other system components and case histories, type of operations to be carried out in the proposed project and past experience of the consultants.






5.13.2 Hazard Identification

Hazard Associated with Drilling Activities

The project description, and other project related data provided by the client have been comprehensively reviewed to identify the hazardous operations. Also the information on the hazardous properties (MSDS) of all the chemicals handled at the site has been reviewed to identify the hazards associated with the same. Key equipment associated with potential hazards is summarized in Table 5-20.

Table 5-20: Key Plant Equipment with Quantities, Material Contained & Operating Conditions S.

No. Component MOC No. /

Quantity Maximum Operating Pressure / Flow Rate

Control System / Indicators

1

2” diameter piping (for transportation of HSD from storage tank to

D.G Set & Diesel generator)

MS Length: 30 m 1 kg/cm2

Visual observation

2 HSD Fuel Storage Tank MS 40 KL 1 kg/cm2

(Hydrostatic pressure in case of partial leaks)

Level indicator, earthing, flame arrestor

& visual observation

Hazard Inventory

Definition of hazardous chemical is based on the Manufacture, Storage, & Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 as amended in 2008 with inputs from MSDS’ of relevant chemicals and available database software such as the United States Environment Protection Agency (USEPA’s) CAMEO software suite.

Flammable Gases

Natural gas (Methane) may come along with crude oil from the drilling well, which is flammable gas. In accordance with the Oil Mines Regulation Rules, 1984, a flare stack of 9m height will be provided.

Flammable Liquids

HSD fuel is flammable liquid. Release of HSD from storage tank and leak through pipeline have been considered in the present study.

5.13.3 Event Classification and Modes of Failure

Component failures are the initiating events for the failure scenarios, which can escalate to consequences like fires, explosions and equipment damage. Eventual failures could be in the form of small gasket leaks in a flange joint or guillotine failure of a pipeline or even rupture / catastrophic failure of equipment. Major failure modes identified in this project are:

Pipeline - small/large leaks; Storage tank - small/large leaks

Hazards that can lead to accidents in operations are discussed in this section. Important hazardous events are classified and defined in Table 5-21.






Table 5-21: Event Classification Type of Event Description

BLEVE Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion; may happen due to catastrophic failure of

refrigerated or pressurized gases or liquids stored above their boiling points, followed by early ignition of the same, typically leading to a fire ball

Deflagration Is the same as detonation but with reaction occurring at less than sonic velocity and initiation of the reaction at lower energy levels

Detonation A propagating chemical reaction of a substance in which the reaction front advances in the unreacted substance at or greater than sonic velocity in the unreacted material

Explosion A release of large amount of energy that form a blast wave Fire Fire

Fireball

The burning of a flammable gas cloud on being immediately ignited at the edge before forming a flammable/explosive mixture.

Flash Fire A flammable gas release gets ignited at the farthest edge resulting in flash-back fire

Spill Release ‘Loss of containment’. Release of fluid or gas to the surroundings from unit’s own equipment / tanks causing (potential) pollution and / or risk of explosion and / or fire

Structural Damage Breakage or fatigue failures (mostly failures caused by weather but not necessarily) of structural support and direct structural failures

Vapor Cloud Explosion Explosion resulting from vapour clouds formed from flashing liquids or non-flashing liquids and gases

5.13.4 MCLS Selected for Consequence Assessment

On the basis of the discussions in this chapter, the MCLS’ selected for further study are described in Table 5-22




MEASURES


Table 5-22: Event Classification S.

No. Component MOC No. /

Quantity Material(s)

Modeled Types of Failure

Possible Maximum Operating Pressure / Flow Rate

Consequences Studied

Control System / Indicators Remarks

1.

Piping – 2” diameter [1.0 kg/cm2] For

transportation of HSD from storage tank to

Diesel Engines

MS Length: 30 m

(Max.)

Flammable liquid: HSD

Line rupture

1.0 kg/cm2

Pool Fire & Jet Fire

Visual observation Ready availability

of fire extinguishers.

Stoppage by

operator by closing

valve.

2. HSD Storage Tank

MS 1 No. (40 KL)

Flammable liquid: HSD

10 mm, 25 mm hole in tank

Catastrophic Rupture of storage

tank (100% contents)

1 kg/cm2 (Hydrostatic pressure in

case of partial leaks)

Pool Fire & Explosion

Level indicator, earthing, flame arrestor & visual

observation

Stoppage by

operator

Note: Materials Modeled: This have selected on the basis of the Technical Paper by the World Bank






5.13.5 Consequence Analysis

Consequence analysis is accomplished by estimating various components required prior to accomplishing the final task of risk assessment. Risk is considered to be a function of frequency (likelihood of occurrence of a given event) and damage (generally expressed in terms of fatalities to people; but also injuries and property damage) caused by the occurrence of the event. Before estimating damage, it is required to find out the release quantities and their primary consequences. This is done using intermediate steps of source modeling and consequence assessment. These steps are described in this section.

Toxic, flammable and explosive substances released from sources of storage as a result of failures or catastrophes, can cause losses in the surrounding area in the form of:

Toxic gas dispersion, resulting in toxic levels in ambient air, Fires, fireballs, and flash back fires, resulting in a heat wave (radiation), or Explosions (Vapour Cloud Explosions) resulting in blast waves (overpressure)

Consequence of Fire/ Heat Wave

The effect of thermal radiation on people is mainly a function of intensity of radiation and exposure time. The effect is expressed in terms of the probability of death and different degrees of burns. Damage due to radiation intensity and overpressure are given in Table 5-23 and Table 5-24 respectively.

Table 5-23: Damage due to Radiation Intensity Radiation (Kw/m2) Damage to Equipment Damage to People

1.2 Solar heat at noon 1.6 - Minimum level of pain threshold 2.0 PVC insulated cable damage

4.0 - Causes pain if duration is longer than 20 sec. But blistering is unlikely.

6.4 - Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. Second degree burns after 20 sec.

12.5 Minimum energy to ignite wood with a flame; melts plastic tubing.

1% lethality in one minute. First degree burns in 10 sec.

16.0 - Severe burns after 5 sec.

25.0 Minimum energy to ignite wood at identifying long exposure without a flame.

100% lethality in 1 min. Significant injury in 10 sec.

37.5 Severe damage to plant 100% lethality in 1 min. 50% lethality in 20 sec. 1% lethality in 10 sec.

Table 5-24: Damage due to Overpressure Overpressure bar Damage

1 Fatality 0.41 Ear Drum Rupture to humans 0.2 Structural Damage to buildings






Overpressure bar Damage 0.03 Glass Damage

Reference: World Bank Technical Paper no. 55- Technical Ltd. For assessing hazards – A manual

5.13.6 Consequence of Containment Failure and Release of Material into Environment

The model is very useful in risk assessment studies where, frequency results provided in this report are based on the above, generalized, algorithm and from published failure data.

Weather condition selected are 1.8/B (prevalent during the day), 1.4/F (prevalent during the night) and 4.0/D (prevalent during monsoons) has been considered for modeling.

5.13.7 Release of HSD

Release of HSD can occur from two scenarios.

Release of HSD due to full bore rupture of the pipeline transferring HSD from tanker to HSD storage tank.

Release of HSD due to 10mm hole in HSD storage tank, 25mm hole in HSD storage tank, and catastrophic failure of the HSD storage tank.

It is expected that ONGC would have 40 KL (1 no) capacity tank for diesel storage at drilling site.

Table 5-25: Radiation Level and Effect Distance Due to release of HSD

Failure Scenarios Consequences

Met. Effect Distance in Meters to Radiation Level

Data 1.6 kW/m2 4 kW/m2 12.5

kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

10 mm equivalent

diameter leak in HSD Storage

Tank

Jet fire

1.8/B 19.01 14.84 11.50 9.35

1.4/F 19.06 14.98 11.70 9.58

4.0/D 17.9 13.67 10.31 8.20

Early Pool fire

1.8/B 33.95 24.73 16.80 9.24

1.4/F 33.82 24.55 16.23 9.16

4.0/D 34.26 25.95 18.81 10.08

Late Pool fire 1.8/B 72.31 47.85 21.25 N.R. 1.4/F 72.12 46.37 20.88 N.R.

4.0/D 75.21 54.28 23.54 N.R.

25 mm eq. dia leak in HSD Storage Tank

Jet fire

1.8/B 37.34 29.04 22.48 18.39

1.4/F 37.04 29.02 22.65 18.65

4.0/D 35.83 27.27 20.57 16.53

Early Pool fire

1.8/B 54.51 39.26 23.17 13.25

1.4/F 54.15 38.34 22.15 13.36

4.0/D 56.34 41.49 27.20 13.24

Late Pool Fire

1.8/B 130.92 82.29 38.50 N.R.

1.4/F 131.44 80.91 39.84 N.R.

4.0/D 137.82 94.78 38.59 N.R.






Failure Scenarios Consequences

Met. Effect Distance in Meters to Radiation Level

Data 1.6 kW/m2 4 kW/m2 12.5

kW/m2 37.5 kW/m2

Full Bore Rupture of the

3" dia Hose transferring HSD from tanker to Storage Tank

Jet fire

1.8/B 27.08 21.35 16.78 13.82

1.4/F 23.82 18.89 14.92 12.27

4.0/D 29.72 22.98 17.70 14.49

Early Pool fire

1.8/B 71.3 46.24 19.18 -

1.4/F 69.64 43.99 18.56 -

4.0/D 74.97 53.31 21.36 -

Late Pool Fire

1.8/B 177.51 109.77 51.17 N.R.

1.4/F 175.26 106.26 51.91 N.R.

4.0/D 189.06 127.47 51.22 N.R.

Catastrophic rupture of HSD storage tank

Late pool fire

1.8/B 183.36 113.36 53.05 N.R.

1.4/F 179.95 109.43 54.00 N.R.

4.0/D 201.51 137.27 58.23 N.R.

N.R – Not Reached

Figure 5-7: Risk Contours for Jet Fire Due to 10 mm Equivalent Diameter Leak in HSD tank at Weather Condition 1.8/B






Figure 5-8: Risk Contours for Late Pool Fire Due to 10 mm Equivalent Diameter Leak in HSD tank at Weather Condition 1.8/B

Figure 5-9: Risk Contours for Jet Fire Due to 25 mm Equivalent Diameter Leak in HSD tank at Weather Condition 4.0/D






Figure 5-10: Risk Contours for Late Pool Fire Due to 25 mm Equivalent Diameter Leak in HSD tank at Weather Condition 4.0/D

5.13.8 Safety Consideration while Installation of Drilling Site Facilities

Site Layout

The site layout and buildings will be designed considering the following key safety issues:

The wind direction will be taken into consideration and then respective drilling facilities will be arranged in the plot plan

The site perimeter will be appropriately fenced in the interests of security and public safety Emergency exits and safe assembly point will be provided in all facilities as per regulatory

requirements including the Oil Mines Regulations, 1984

Drilling Site Facilities

Adequate general lighting arrangements shall be provided during working hours at the following places:

Where the natural lighting is insufficient; Derrick floor; Driller’s stand and control panel; Monkey board; Every engine and pump house; Derrick sub-structure near blowout preventer controls; Every place where persons are to work;






Every means of escape, access or egress;

Fire Protection

Suitable fire-fighting equipment will be provided to take care of any eventuality. This will include sufficient number of fire extinguishers located at strategic locations, enough storage of water in pit or storage tank.

Personnel Safety

Suitable Personal Protective Equipment will be provided to all personnel Essential equipment such as eyewash facilities will be provided at relevant locations Antidotes for all chemicals being used as per MSDS will be kept ready at the site First aid box will be kept at site and training in first aid provided Work permit systems will be strictly followed Safety training will be incorporated into routine activities Every person employed at any drilling rig, work-over rig, well head installation, storage tank

or on such work where firefighting equipment may be required to be used, shall be trained in the use of equipment & regular fire drills shall be held for this purpose.


As per ONGC policy period medical checkup would be carried out in two stages which include clinical examination and laboratory test if required

During site preparation proper care would be taken by ONGC, proper PPE will be provided to site workers and staff members

Site preparation work will be carried out during day time only Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment ONGC will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may

cause health problem

Considering the above mitigation measures as well as the other conditions, the impact scores on ecology and biodiversity environment are likely to be as mentioned in Table 5-26

Table 5-26: Impact Scoring of Occupational Health, Community Health & Safety


Impact Scoring


Probability, P

Final Score C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

1 Clearance of vegetation

at site and preparation of approach roads

1 2 2 -

2 Excavation and paving of site 1 2 2 -







Impact Scoring


Probability, P

Final Score C x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

3 Vehicle Movement for transportation of rig,

materials and equipment 1 1 1 -

4

Setting up the rig floor and derrick, handrails,

guardrails, stairs, walkways, ladders , flare

stack, drilling fluid circulating system & other equipment and

machinery

1 1 1 -

5 Workforce

accommodation & Sanitation

2 2 4

Probability is given higher score since, Safety

Performance 2011 data of OGP shows % fatalities in land travel of about 23%,

which is highest amongst all activities involved in drilling

operation

6 Chemical and fuel storage 2 2 4

Consequence is given a low score since ONGC follow

safety rules and regulation strictly and provide PPE to

workers onsite and has good past records

7 Preparation of Drilling Fluid 1 1 1 Low risk

8 Storage handling and

disposal of solid/ hazardous waste

2 2 4 Low Risk

9 Storage, handling and disposal of waste water 1 2 2

10 Blow out 2 2 4 -

11 Dismantling of rig and associated machinery 2 2 4 -

5.14 Land Subsidence Due to Exploration of Oil & Gas

Subsidence is the motion of a surface (usually, the Earth's surface) as it shifts downward relative to a datum such as sea-level.






Land subsidence occurs when large amounts of ground water have been withdrawn from certain types of rocks, such as fine-grained sediments. The rock compacts because the water is partly responsible for holding the ground up. When the water is withdrawn, the rocks fall in on itself.

In order to study occurrence of Land Subsidence due to exploration of oil and gas, DGH has undertaken study through Central Mining Research Institute to assess land subsidence in a gas field in Gujarat

“It was concluded that during these nine campaigns from February 2004 to May 2006, only few seasonal local minor negligible level changes are detected in the area under study, indicating that overall the area is stable. Also the trend in the behavior of some points, which had been observed in a particular region, has also now been proven to be due to seasonal variations, and no resultant subsidence is observed. However, close monitoring is required in future, especially at some points to estimate the trends, and the probable changes.”

In light of the above, it is explicitly clear that no resultant subsidence is observed even when the reservoir is at very low depth (about 200 m below the ground surface level) and at a higher withdrawal rate of gas.

Source: www.dghindia.org



& 9 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES


6 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

6.1 Alternative Drilling Locations

At the time of selection of drilling locations a safe distance of ~ 500 m will be kept from the nearest habitation and ~200 m from water bodies. Also the tentative well locations mentioned in the report follow the same criteria.

6.2 Alternative Drilling Technologies

Conventional drilling technology (rotary drilling with WBM stabilization) for Onshore drilling will be used by ONGC for its current drilling campaign.

6.3 Alternative Treatment Options

Drill cutting will be separated from drilling mud and analyzed for Oil and Grease (O&G) content. If O&G content is found to be less than 10 Gram/kg ,the cutting will be disposed off(in-situ) in an impervious lined pit and after drying it will be covered by an impervious liner and soil layer. If O&G content is found to be higher than the 10 Gram/kg, drill cuttings will be temporarily stored in HDPE lined pits / packed in bags and then disposed to TSDF.



& 9 ADDITIONAL STUDIES


7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Disaster Management Plan

The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is a guide, giving general considerations, directions and procedures for handling emergencies likely to arise from planned operations. Site specific documentation contingent to – and demonstrating suitable implementation of the DMP is described in the annexures to the DMP. The annexures, being site specific, will require to be updated once the actual site operations are underway.

The DMP must also be revaluated prior to start of operations and it is the responsibility of the Plant Manager to do this. The DMP has been prepared for ONGC based on the Risk Assessment and related findings covered in the earlier chapters of this report.

7.1.1 Disaster management Plan: Structure

The DMP is supposed to be a dynamic, changing, document focusing on continual improvement of emergency response planning and arrangements. A structure working on a Plan, Do, Check & Review (PDCR) cycle has been therefore suggested. Another advantage of doing this is to have a system that is in synchronicity with commonly used EHS systems such as ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18000.

The DMP is covered in further detail in the remaining sections of this Chapter.

7.1.2 Policy

The Quality Health Safety & Environment policies are to be made accessible to all at site and to other stakeholders. The policies must be framed considering legislative compliance, stakeholder involvement, continual improvement, and management objectives.

7.1.3 Planning

Identification and Prevention of Possible Emergency Situation

Identification of Emergencies

Possible emergency situations can broadly be classified into toxic release, fire or explosion. While doing so, it is stressed that these results are only for the modeled scenarios and, that the distances as well as damages can change depending upon the actual development of a scenario. Additional emergency situations can be developed on the basis of audit / HAZOP or other procedures prior to commencement of operations.

Emergency Prevention

Some of the ways of preventing emergencies are as follows:

Preparation of a Preventive Maintenance Schedule Programme based on recommendations given in Chapter 10 and also covering maintenance schedules for all critical equipment and instruments as per recommendations of the manufacturers user manuals.

Importantly, it is of great importance to collect and analyse information pertaining to minor incidents and accidents at the site, as well as for recording near-misses or emergencies that





were averted. This information gives an indication of how likely or unlikely it is for the site to face actual emergencies and what should be further done to prevent them from occurring.

Establishment of an ongoing training and evaluation programme, incorporating the development of capabilities amongst employees about potential emergencies and ways and means of identifying and averting the same. Most emergencies do not occur without some incident or an abnormal situation. So there is always some time of few seconds to few minutes to arrest an incident of abnormal situation from turning in to an emergency. This is the role of the shift in-charge who is the incident controller (IC) along with his shift team.

Formation of Emergency Plan Objectives

Specific objectives of the Emergency Response Plan are to be clearly listed with regards to the responses desired for successful management of the possible emergency situations. Suggested Objectives could, initially include:

Formulation of suitable onsite / offsite fire release response Formulation of suitable onsite / offsite explosion prevention and relief response. Improved awareness of safety issues amongst site personnel. Training of key persons in cardio-pulmonary resuscitation. Village awareness programme

The objectives are suggested currently are generic in nature. However, they will evolve and become more specific as the project develops further.

7.1.4 Implementation

Allocation of Resources

ONGC will require allocation of suitable resources for effective implementation of the DMP. Resources include both human and financial resources.

Emergency Structure and Responsibility

The key personnel involved in the emergency response are

Employee detecting the incident (Observer) Tool Pusher & ONGC Company Man / Drilling Engineer on the drilling rig Location Incident management Team Members of onshore Installation per Station Bill. Managing Director of ONGC Onshore Emergency Response Team

Emergency site Coordinator & Incident Management Procedure

3. ONGC Emergency Site Coordinator – Initial Actions

Following notification of an incident by the Incident Observer, the Emergency Site Coordinator shall: -

Confirm Contact Details. Contact the affected location and verify incident. Determine the category of the Incident. Use the Initial Notification Checklist as a guide.





Log all information

4. Individual Incident Management Team Members - Initial Actions: -

Proceed immediately to your normal office. Arrange for incoming telephone calls to be screened and for calls pertaining to the Incident be

forwarded to the ONGC ECC. Issue delegations of authority and/or arrange for work matters that may arise while you are

in the ONGC Emergency Control Centre to be dealt with. Document any calls pertaining to the Incident that are made from your normal office or at

home and bring them to the ONGC Emergency Control Centre. Retrieve any relevant data and take it to the ONGC ECC when it is operational. When advised,

go to the ONGC Emergency Control Centre. Advise the ONGC Chief Emergency Coordinator that you have arrived.

Check the Status Boards for the most recent information. Ensure that your telephone line is "live". Keep a record of incoming and outgoing telephone

calls, using a pre-formatted note pad.

If a material fact regarding the Incident comes to your attention, immediately advice the Board Writer who will display the information onto the Status Board and ensure the events log is updated.

Composition of the ONGC Emergency Response Team

Individual and alternates have been nominated to form the core ONGC ERT as under.

Managing Director Drilling Head/ Drilling Manager Executive Director (Finance) General Manager (P&D) General Manager (HR & Admn.) Sr. Manager (Material & Logistics) Manager (QHSE) IT In-charge

Job Descriptions of Emergency Response Team

1. Managing Director – Chairmen ERT

Assume overall control and ensure that the Emergency Response Plan is activated and implemented.

Chair and monitor the ERT review sessions. Inform ONGC Group Liaison with local, state and central government authorities and partners such as; DGH,

Partners, DGMS, etc. on HSE issues as appropriate.

[Managing Director of the company is also considered as ‘owner’ of the facility and responsible for all legal actions against the company in case any breach of laws]

2. Drilling Head/ Drilling Manager – Chief emergency Coordinator

The ONGC Chief Emergency Coordinator is responsible for the incident management support both during and outside working hours. The ONGC Chief Emergency Coordinator shall: -





Notify the Managing Director of any incident and keep him informed. Act as ‘Manager Emergency Response’ of the ONGC ERPT on behalf of the ONGC ERPT

Chairman. Decide whether or not to mobilize the ONGC ERT Initiate activation and call out of the ONGC ERPT. Initiate activation of the ONGC Emergency Control Room (ECR). Organize resources to support the emergency response to the incident. Call a meeting with Emergency Response Team in Emergency Control Room to discuss the

incident and develop a response plan Advice the Managing Director to notify appropriate external agencies, resource centers and

the local emergency services, if necessary. (Different persons in the emergency Response Team should be assigned to call each of the external agencies)

Notify the Statutory agencies as required. The chief emergency coordinator will act as chairman of Emergency Response Team(ERT) till

MD takes the charge of ERT chairman

3. Executive Director Finance (F)- Finance and Insurance Coordinator

Provide personnel as required for special accounting purposes and maintain daily cost record throughout the incident.

Set up separate account for qualifying the expenses related to all major incidents. Provide experienced personnel from finance group to coordinate payment of emergency

purchases at ONGC shore base facilities. Liaison with insurance company and with insurance representative

4. General Manager (P &D) – Commercial Coordinator

Direct the commercial staff to initiate for emergency purchases.

5. General Manager (HR Admin)

Inform employees and provide updates as deemed necessary in the event of any emergency. Review and provide media responses to spokes person. Reading for Press/Media briefing.

6. Sr. Manager (Material & Logistics) – Mutual Aid/ Logistics Coordinator

Arrange for procurement of emergency supplies / contractors. Provide purchasing and materials personnel. Contract for temporary facilities and office as required. Arrange for contract personnel, equipment and services to carry out operations. Source and supply maps of affected area. Arrange for recovery and disposal of damaged property, in case of oily debris co-ordinate with

the Safety/Environmental Manager as necessary.

7. Manager QHSE, Head Office

Assume the role of secretary ERPT. Provide assistance as required on issues related to Safety and Environment. Assist in preparation of updates for spokesperson. Coordinate documentation of safety and environmental aspects of incident.





Coordinate surveillance and photo documentation. Advise Managing Director / Drilling Operations Manager on restoration of any damaged

environment. Assure that ONGC’s Health and Safety policies are observed. Report any accidents, as required, to the appropriate Regulatory Agencies. Provide support to plan procedures and follow-up investigations. Coordinate with External agencies regarding oil spill response.

8. IT In Charge

Ensure adequate communication means available and operational in ONGC at nearest ONGC installation.

7.1.5 Setting up of Emergency Infrastructure

To enable the key persons to implement the DMP, the following infrastructure will require to be set up:

Site Map with Escape Routes and Safe Assembly Points Marked on it

Site layouts have to be put up at key areas where assembly is to be done. These points could vary depending upon the atmospheric stability and location and intensity of the emergency.

With the onset of emergency, all non-essential workers (those workers not assigned emergency duty) shall evacuate the area and report to the specified emergency assembly point.

Wind Sock

It is required to install wind sock at the top of any tall structure in the vicinity of the site. In case there is a risk of the structure getting damaged during the emergency, it is desirable to have alternate wind sock(s) as required. At least one wind sock should be visible from any part of the site. Site personnel have to be trained in reading the atmospheric conditions on the basis of the status of the wind sock.

Evacuation, Escape and Rescue (EER) Plan

In a major emergency, it will be necessary to evacuate personnel from affected areas and as a precaution / measure to further evacuate non-essential workers from areas likely to be affected should the emergency escalate. Whether evacuation is required or not can be decided by the Incident Controller, and arrangements made to communicate with employees in this regards. Arrangements could include announcements over the public address system, or through other suitable means.

On evacuation, employees should be directed to pre-determined assembly points already explained earlier. If they are required to be evacuated outside the site and at a remote place, their transportation will be necessary for which vehicles will be required. At remote shelters their care and welfare will also be through beforehand. Employees should use own vehicles first and then use, if necessary, the mutual aid system or hired vehicles from elsewhere. The vehicle may be needed to warn public also.

The safe passages/routes for escape shall be decided and marked by arrows in the plans as explained in the details of Emergency Control Center in this chapter.





Safe Assembly Points

In affected and vulnerable locations, all non-essential workers (who are not assigned any emergency duties) shall evacuate the area and report to a specified assembly point. The need to evacuate non-essential workers from non-affected areas will be determined by the foreseeable rate at which the incident may escalate.

Each assembly point must be situated in a safe place, well away from areas of risk and least affected by down wind direction. It may be in the open or in a building depending on hazard involved. More than one assembly point is needed:

To ensure that employees do not have to approach the affected area to reach the assembly point;

In case any assembly point lies in the path of wind-blown harmful materials, e.g. toxic gas, burning brands, thrown (expected) materials and;

Before reaching an assembly point, or subsequently, if it is required to pass through an effected area or the release of toxic substance, suitable personal protective equipment (PPE) including respirator, helmets etc., should be available to the people.

Emergency Control Center

An Emergency Control Centre (ECC) is the primary area from where emergencies are handled. The Main Control Centre, or any structure on the site, at sufficient distance from the affected area, and that is designed to withstand overpressure and radiation stress should be designated as the ECC. An ECC should contain various items as listed:

For communication:

Siren, or other suitable alarm system Public address system Intercom sets External phone sets Telephone directory Company Telephone Directory List of Important phone numbers required in emergency like Ambulance, Police etc. Mobile phones

Document for ready reference:

Site Plan Layout plan with hazard zones, assembly points marked and location of siren, safety/fire

system shown (Display) Stock list of fire extinguishers Fire-water system and additional sources of water Emergency Response Plan Copy of First Aid MSDS of materials used in the plant Mutual Aid Members, List of employees their addresses and phone numbers. Site plan





Layout plan Emergency Organization.

Stationary

Note pads Pens/pencils Erasers

All equipment should be regularly inspected and tested for adequacy. Personnel should be trained in the use of the same, where special training is required. Records of the same are to be maintained.

Fire Fighting

These include the following facilities:

Water, through water tankers from nearest installations or tube wells. Dedicated, above ground fire water storage. Additional underground water storage capacity to be made available in case of a fire. Dedicated fire pumps and engines, to pump the water. At every drilling rig at least two foam and two dry chemicals type fire extinguishers will be

located. At every work over rig, at least one foam type and one dry chemical type fire extinguishers

will be provided. Fixed-roof storage tanks shall be provided with fixed foam connections.

First Aid

Basic items in a first aid kit consist of following items:

First aid leaflet, including CPR Sterilized finger dressing Sterilized hand or foot dressing Sterilized body or large dressing Sterilized burns dressing - small Sterilized burns dressing - large Sterilized burns dressing – extra large Sterilized cotton wool (25 gms) Cetavolon (28 gms) Eye pads Adhesive plaster Assorted roller bandage Triangular bandages Safety pins Scissors, ordinary, 12.7cms, both sides sharp Savlon liquid, 150 ml, or equivalent Cotton wool for padding, 100 gms Eye Ointment of sulphacetamide preparation Loose woven gauze (28”x8”), compressed pack Scribbling Pad, 4”x 6” with a pencil in a plastic cover





Adhesive dressing strips Field dressing of modified army pattern Record cards in a plastic cover Torch, medium size with cells Eye wash Wooden splints, small Wooden splints, big

7.1.6 Awareness, Training and Competence

Awareness

General awareness is to be invoked in all site personnel (including contractor’s employees) with regards to the importance of safety in general and emergency procedures in particular. Awareness can be generated in a number of ways, some of which are:

Awareness of Environment, Health and Safety Policies and the role of each employee in achieving what are covered under the policies

Awareness of the importance of carrying out tasks as mentioned in the Standard Operating Procedures and the potential impacts of not doing so

The importance of wearing personal protective equipment Awareness with regards to relevant recommendations issued in this report in Chapter 10 Awareness about relevant portions of the safety instructions covered in equipment manuals

used at site

Training

Specific training requires to be given to key employees. Examples of such training include:

Testing of critical equipment and controls Provision of Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation Use of fire fighting equipment Emergency Evacuation and Rescue (EER) procedures. Training in use of communication procedures to be followed in case of emergencies.

Training needs identification exercises should be undertaken prior to commencement of operations and the same must cover environment, health and safety issues.

Competence

Competence is a function of training, experience and education. Key persons involved in administering the DMP should be competent. The level of competence can be decided for each key task and a clearly defined competence chart should be prepared.

7.1.7 Communication

Communication is vital during emergencies. Under the Factories Act, as well as the MSIHC Rules, communication is important and it is required to divulge the potential emergencies that could arise out of the operations related to hazardous units.





After undertaking an assessment of risks and their possible environmental impacts, and setting up an organization for the preparedness to control the emergency, including related infrastructure, the next step is operationalizing the communications system. Depending upon the severity of the event, communications may have to be made with:

Persons inside the site premises Key personnel outside the site premises during their non-working hours Outside emergency services and authorities, and Neighboring businesses, industries and general public. Requirements pertaining to communication during emergencies are covered in this section.

Levels of Emergency

Three levels of emergencies are to be recognized: First level: Confined to a particular unit of the entire site, Second level: A spreading emergency, that requires outside help, and Third level: A major emergency requiring neighboring population to be alerted. Suitable alarms require to be made for each of these potential emergencies. The alarm should

be audible in every part of the site. In areas of high noise levels, an alternative to an audible alarm, such as flashing lights may be installed.

Raising the First Level Emergency Alarm

Any person noticing an emergency should be able to raise or cause to be raised, the First Level Emergency Alarm (FLEA). All employees must be trained to operate such emergency alarms. There should be adequate places within the site, where provision to raise an alarm is available. This could be an audible warning, individual signal or message to a manned location. Major emergencies can be avoided by doing this.

Raising the Second and Third Level Emergency Alarms

In case there is a risk of the event spreading beyond the original unit and / or outside the site premises, then a second level emergency alarm can be raised. This could be across the entire site, as opposed to the first which could be at a part of the site.

In case a third level or (major) emergency is to be declared, telephonic information to members of the local crisis group, or in case of failure of power and formal communication systems, and non-availability of mobile phone signals, a big bell or a messenger can be deployed.

Declaring a Major Emergency

Declaration of a major emergency should never be done on whims, immature judgment or without proper thought. Further, because of the scale of activity that will commence due to declaration of a major emergency, it is advisable to restrict the authority to declare it, and a limited number of persons may be invested the authority to declare such an emergency, although care should be taken to ensure that at least one such person is always at site.





Identifying the Type of Emergency through an Alarm

Alarm systems vary and will depend upon the size of individual sites. The person noticing the incident should warn all those in the site vicinity to either evacuate or take other immediate action according to a predetermined plan. Automatic alarms may be considered. Audible alarms include sirens or other alarms over public address systems.

Alarms for a particular type of emergency (toxic leak or fire) can be raised separately enabling different emergency plans to be put in motion. However, this must be done after giving due thought about avoiding confusion in the minds of the site personnel. Use of alarms can be carried out to communicate different information such as:

Declaration of a first level emergency by an alarm in a particular area Declaration of an advanced emergency situation by sounding of an alarm in the entire site Declaration of a major emergency by sounding of a hooter, alarm or by communication

through phone, bell or messenger. Communication of Emergency There should be an effective system to communicate emergency: Inside the site i.e. to the workers including key personnel and essential workers on duty, and

inside normal working hours, To the key personnel and essential workers not on duty and outside during normal working

hours To outside emergency services and the government authorities, and To the neighboring businesses, and public in general

Use of telephones and the role of the telephone operator

After hearing the emergency alarm and emergency declaration, or even while fast receiving the emergency message on phone, a telephone operator (or communication officer) has to play an important role. He should be precise, sharp, attentive and quick in receiving and noting the message and then for immediate subsequent action of further communication.

Communication inside with Personnel inside the Site during the Incident

Relevant statutory information pertaining to the site must be made available beforehand, preferably in the form of a booklet, to workers so that they can prepare themselves to prevent or control the emergency.

In all cases, once the communication of emergency is done, through an alarm, all personnel should be ready to undertake their roles in the same.

Communication with Personnel outside the Site during the Incident

Because of the suggested planning covered in report, key personnel will typically be available in all shifts or on short call. But due to some reason, if some are outside or not on duty and if their help is required, their updated details should be kept in the ECC for communication.

As far as possible, names should be listed in the order or priority. Communicators should be told to call in the personnel in the order given, but not to waste time and call the next in line, returning to those who could not be contacted later.





On making contact, the communicator should give a short pre-arranged message to the effect that an emergency has been declared at the site. While coming to the site, they should be instructed to carry with them their identity cards in case they are stopped at road Fields.

Communication inside with External Emergency Services and Relevant Authorities

Communication with external agencies is important and essential, both to control the emergency and as per regulatory compliance requirements. This is specially so for reportable (lost time) accidents. In such cases, it is essential that the outside emergency services as well as relevant outside agencies be informed in the shortest possible time. Liaison at the local level will help determine the best means for achieving this.

Relevant agencies that provide emergency services include the fire brigade, nearby hospitals and doctors, and the police, besides senior local and district administration personnel. Statutory information, given to such agencies in advance will help them in arranging emergency services.

Communication with Neighboring Firms and the General Public

Telephone can be used for contact with industries in the study area with a view of receiving mutual aid. However, the public in the area, in some circumstances, may require to be informed about the emergency, which as stated earlier, should be done after careful evaluation.

The public in the area, in some circumstances, may require to be informed about the emergency, which as stated earlier, should be done after careful evaluation.

Communication with District Crisis Group and the Local Crisis Group

The general public communication will require being provided to the district administration and this may be done by liasioning with different agencies.

7.1.8 Emergency Documentation and Document Control

Documentation

Emergency documentation consists of:

The Disaster Management Plan (this chapter) and its Annexures duly completed. Related Formats and Records showing compliance with these documents.

The DMP needs to be approved by the Site in-charge prior to issue. All documents should be easily accessible at individual sites.

Document Control

Documents should be legible. All documents should be protected against damage, deterioration and loss. Changes, if any, should also be approved by the Site in-charge. Copies of the approved DMP are to be kept with the Site in-charge at the office in the

Emergency Control Centre, with the Site Main Controller. Obsolete documents should be marked as such, and copies of such documents are to be

collected and prevented from being used.





7.1.9 Emergency Control

In case of emergencies, actions can broadly be categorized into the following activities:

Saving of human lives Controlling the spread of the emergency and ultimately stopping it from further developing

On the basis of the issues covered in this chapter, the following are required to be incorporated into the site’s DMP annexures:

Onsite Emergency Control

Shut down and Isolation: Raising the alarm, followed by immediate safe shut down and isolation of affected areas.

Escape, Evacuation and Rescue: Safeguarding human lives at site by commencement of the Emergency Evacuation and Rescue Plan. Ensuring that all personnel are accounted for and carrying out a head count of persons evacuated. Notification and commencement of offsite emergency plan in case offsite impacts are possible.

Stopping the development of the emergency: Control or response to the emergency depending upon its nature (fire and explosion). Fire can be somewhat better controlled through fire fighting, Impacts of explosions impacts can not be controlled once they occur, hence efforts will require focusing on provision of relief or control of secondary impacts (such as property damage or fires) resulting from explosions.

Treatment of injured: First aid and hospitalization of injured persons. Protection of environment and property: During mitigation, efforts should be made to prevent

impacts on environment and property to the extent possible. Welfare of the personnel managing the emergency: Changeover, first aid and refreshments

for the persons managing the emergency. Informing and collaborating with statutory, mutual aid and other authorities including those

covered in the Local Crisis Group. Informing and assisting relatives of the victims. Informing the news and electronic media. Preserving all evidences and records: This should be done to enable a through investigation

of the true causes of the emergency. Investigation and follow up: This requires to be carried out to establish preventive measures

for the future and a review of the DMP & its annexures to fill up the deficiencies in the emergency planning procedures.

Ensuring safety of personnel prior to restarting of operations: Efforts require to be made to ensure that work environment is safe prior to restarting the work.

Off-site Emergency Response Plan

An emergency may affect areas offsite of the works as for example, an explosion can scatter debris over wide areas and the effects of blast can cover considerable distances, wind can spread burning brands of gases. In some cases e.g. as the result of an explosion, outside damage will be immediate and part of the available resources of the Emergency Services may need to be deployed in the affected areas. In any case, the possibility of further damage may remain, e.g. as the result of further explosion or by the effect of wind spreading burning brands of hazardous material. Management will





usually need expert advice in drawing up plans so that if such a release occurs, they will be able to collaborate with Emergency Services to estimate as far as practicable which downwind areas are at risk. It may be necessary to prepare in advance simple charts or tables relating the likely spread of the vapours cloud taking into account its expected buoyancy, the local topography and all possible weather conditions during the time of release. Advice on all these matters can be obtained from the Meteorological Office. Any such advice will include the recommendation that if a release occurs the local Meteorological Office (whose address is in the telephone directory) should be contacted for the current state of the weather over a somewhat wider area and, in the case of prolonged emergencies, information on imminent changes in weather which may alter the areas at risk. Such information is likely to be more specific if prior consultation has been made.

ONGC Obligations for Generating the Offsite Emergency Plan

Offsite emergency preparedness is covered in the Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996.

The following are the responsibilities towards generation of the Offsite Emergency Plan: To provide basic information on Risk and Environmental Impact Assessment to the

Local/District Authority, Police, Fire Brigade, Doctors, surrounding industries and the public and to appraise them on the consequences and the protection/prevention measures and control plans and seek their help to manage the emergency.

To assist the District Authorities in preparing the Off-site Emergency Plan.

An off-site emergency plan has essentially two parts:

Formation of the Local Crisis Group: This Group will be headed by the Deputy Collector or the Magistrate of the Industrial area and will be responsible for the management of any industrial emergency confined to the local area.

Formation of the District Crisis Group: This Group will be headed by the District Collector of the District and will be responsible for any major Industrial emergency affecting Local and beyond any industrial area of the District.

Since, the actual offsite plan requires the participation of outside agencies; this report does not dwell further on the issue.

7.1.10 Checking and Corrective Actions

Monitoring and Measurement

Monitoring of the planned arrangements and the implementation of the DMP are essential to deliver the required output and enhance emergency preparedness. This includes:

Provisions for NDT, FMECA and other tests to identify failure of critical equipment, before it actually takes place.

Monitoring compliance to permits and statutory requirements laid down by regulatory authorities.

Conducting mock drills (including fire drills) to check whether the planned arrangements are working as per the required norms or not.

Testing of critical equipment, and





Identifying minor leaks, accidents, near misses and others incidents that can lead to emergencies.

A detailed monitoring checklist has to be prepared and the required actions carried out, prior to start of work.

Records

Records are a means of evaluating performance. Records include (but are not limited to):

Regulatory records, such as permits and related documents Monitoring and test records Correspondence with relevant offsite and onsite agencies

Site management will ensure that records are properly maintained and available. It is desirable to keep copies of all records at the site as well at the project sites, to prevent their loss. The retention time for these records will depend upon their criticality and an ultimate decision will require to be taken by Head Office in this regards. Legal records should be kept permanently.

DMP Audit, Non Conformance and Corrective Action and Preventive Action

Since this DMP has been designed as a dynamic document, it is required that its performance be audited at regular intervals. Ideally, persons auditing the DMP should be external auditors (i.e. not employed at the site being audited). The audit should result in a set of findings that are put before the site management for review.

Audits will be periodic, at intervals that are decided by the Head Office. Audit reports shall state the exact non-compliance with the particular clause of this DMP, and should include steps to be taken to attain compliance, through corrective and preventive actions.

7.1.11 Review of emergency Performance

The site / head office management will review the findings of the audit and the non-compliances. It will consider whether the DMP is providing adequate safety assurance to the management, delivering performance as desired, and whether it continues to be in the spirit of Environment, Health and Safety Policies, and changing requirements. On the basis of these, the management will record its decisions and consider modifying the DMP, as deemed appropriate.

7.1.12 Annexure to DMP

The Annexures to the DMP are meant to be a ready reference flip chart that is site specific. It contains forms that require to be filled up prior to commencement of actual field work. Guidelines provided in the DMP covered in Chapter7, may be taken into account prior to filling up of the DMP annexures.

7.1.13 Content of Annexure

The contents of the DMP Annexures are listed. The annexures should first be completed in respect of the names, addresses and contact phone numbers of all the members of the emergency organization. In addition, the names, addresses and phones numbers of nearest police station, local authorities, media, doctors, hospitals, fire brigade, voluntary organizations, and home guards also require to be collected. Once this, (and other) updating of DMP has been done for the site, the same may be got





printed and kept with each officer, work sites and security, and other relevant persons as may be needed. The items covered in the annexures are:

Emergency organization Siren code Site map with escape routes and safe assembly points Emergency control centers Role of site main controller Role of incident controller Role of fire safety service Medical services Engineering services Welfare services Security services Replenishment services Mutual aid Internal emergency reporting and communication system Safe assembly points Evacuation, escape and rescue (EER) plan MCLS Mutual aid organizations Mock drill and review procedure Offline Plan Components

7.2 Public Consultation

An application for conduct of public hearing was made to Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB). With submission of following documents

Draft EIA/EMP & RA/DMP report Executive Summary in English and local language (Gujarati) In addition to above soft copies containing EIA report and Executive summaries were also

submitted to GPCB

After processing the application for public consultation, GPCB in accordance with district administration fixed the date and venue for public hearing.

Public hearing of Gandhinagar district for proposed project was conducted on 06/06/2015 at 11.00 hrs at Open Ground, OPP Gram Panchayat Office, Village Nadri, Taluka Kalol, District Gandhinagar. An advertisement was issued in widely circulated national daily “Indian Express” in English and regional vernacular daily “Sandesh” in Gujarat (local language) on 05/05/2015.

Public hearing of Banaskantha district for proposed project was conducted on 17/06/2015 at 12.00 hrs at Gram Panchayat Office, Kotarvada- Deodar road, Village: Kotarvada, Ta: Deodar, Dist: Banaskatha. An advertisement was issued in widely circulated national daily “Indian Express” in English and regional vernacular daily “Sandesh” in Gujarat (local language) on 15/05/2015.





Public hearing of Ahmedabad district for proposed project was conducted on 19/06/2015 at 11.00 hrs at Survey No. 176, Sanand-Bavla Main Road, Village: Nani Devti, Ta: Sanand, Dist: Ahmedabad. An advertisement was issued in widely circulated national daily “Indian Express” in English and regional vernacular daily “Sandesh” in Gujarat (local language) on 16/05/2015.

Table 7-1: Issues raised During Public Hearing – Gandhinagar District S. No Speaker

Agai

nst P

roje

ct

In F

avou

r of P

roje

ct

Not

aga

inst

the

proj

ect h

owev

er m

ade

sugg

estio

ns

Issue Raised

Com

pens

atio

n

Empl

oym

ent

Dev

elop

men

t of V

illag

e

Oth

ers

Dam

ge to

Bor

ewel

ls d

ue to

dri

ling

Land

Acq

isiti

on

Dam

age

to C

rop

Prod

ctio

n

Cons

uctio

n of

road

s

1 Mr. Mehulbhai Nandlal Barot, Village: Nadria

√ ● ●

2 Shri Jayeshbhai Chaudhari, Village:

Amja

√ ● ● ● ●

3 Shri Motibhai D Prajapati, Villahe:

Soja

√ ●

4 Shri Kanubhai Patel, village: Mubarakpura

√ ● ● ●

5 Shri Jitendra B Patel, Village: Mubarakpura

√ ●

6 Shri Yaswantbhai Chottabhai

bhrambhatt, Kalol

√ ● ●

7 Shri Rajesbhai K Barot, Village:

Nadri

√ ●

8 K V Barot, Village: Nadri

√ ●

9 Shri Rajibhai Pranbhai Patel, Village: Unava

√ ● ● ●

10 Shri Samalbhai Patel, Village:

Unava

√ ● ● ●





Table 7-2: Issues raised During Public Hearing – Banaskantha District S. No Speaker

Agai

nst P

roje

ct

In F

avou

r of P

roje

ct

Not

aga

inst

the

proj

ect h

owev

er m

ade

sugg

estio

ns

Issue Raised

Com

pens

atio

n

Empl

oym

ent

Loca

tions

of w

ells

Bene

fits

to v

illag

es

Land

Acq

isiti

on

Impa

ct o

n La

nd a

nd A

gric

ultu

re fi

eld

1 Shri Shivaji Maganji Thakor, Kotarwada

√ ● ●

2 Shri Mukesh Shivajo Thakor,

Kotarwada

√ ● ● ● ●

3 Shri Punjabhai Amrabhai Pate

√ ● ●

Table 7-3: Issues raised During Public Hearing – Ahmedabad District S. No Speaker

Agai

nst P

roje

ct

In F

avou

r of P

roje

ct

Not

aga

inst

the

proj

ect h

owev

er m

ade

sugg

estio

ns

Issue Raised

Publ

icity

of P

ublic

h he

arin

g

Impa

ct o

n G

roun

d w

ater

Soil

Qau

nlity

Tree

Pln

atat

ion

Dev

elop

men

t of V

illag

e

Hea

lth is

sue

due

to P

olut

ry F

arm

Oth

ers

1 Shri Prafulbhai Mehta , Bavla

√ ● ● ● ● ●

2 Shri Khemabhai, Nani Devti

√ ● ●

3 Shri Ratilal Barot, Nani Devti

√ ● ●



& 9 PROJECT BENEFITS


8 PROJECT BENEFITS

The project benefits are summarized as follows:

Employment Opportunity

The drilling process will involve a number of skilled and unskilled workers. There is possibility that local people will be engaged for the purpose and hence improve the existing employment scenario of the region. The drill site construction would be done largely by employing local labour.

Benefits for the Country

The demand for petroleum has recorded a considerable increase over the year from 30 million tonnes in 1980-81 to about 115 million tonnes at present. This growing demand poses a big challenge to oil producing company including ONGC. Also new oil/gas finds in the Block will lead to reduction in India’s dependence on imported crude oil and thereby results in considerable saving in foreign exchange.

There will be a beneficial effect of a flourishing production unit that will directly and indirectly boost the living standards of the people, save foreign exchange and with increase in industrial activities, create more jobs in the local economy.

Benefits to the Region

In the event that commercial quantities of hydrocarbon reserves are discovered, more long-term employment opportunities would be created. Besides, the hydrocarbons brought to the surface shall help in contributing the ongoing efforts of the government to meet the national demand of petroleum resources.

Development of ancillary activities resulting into indirect jobs and requirement of more skills.



& 9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND

MONITORING PLAN


9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN

9.1 Introduction

Chapter 5 has identified a number of impacts that are likely to arise during land acquisition / permitting, operations of equipment and abandonment of operations. The EIA has also examined biophysical and socio-economic effects of the proposed program.

Where adverse impacts have been identified, the EIA has examined the extent to which these impacts would be mitigated through the adoption of industry standard practice and guidelines and following legislative requirements of the MoEF and Gujarat Pollution Control Board. The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) describes both generic good practice measures and site specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating potential impacts associated with the proposed activities.

9.1.1 Purpose of the Environmental Management Plan

The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse impacts, to instruct contractors and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each activity or operation, which could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented.

A comprehensive listing of the mitigation otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented: measures (actions) that ONGC will implement;

The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action; The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are

fully met. ONGC is committed to the adoption of these measures and will carry out ongoing inspection

to ensure their implementation and effectiveness by its contractors

9.1.2 Role of ONGC and its Contractor

Role of ONGC

As project proponents, ONGC will have ultimate responsibility for implementing the provisions of the EMP. This role will include the ongoing management of environmental impacts, monitoring of contractor performance as well as development of mechanisms for dealing with environmental problems.

ONGC will also ensure that the activities of its contractors are conducted in accordance with ‘good practice’ measures, implementation of which will be required through contractual documentation. In order to facilitate this, and to demonstrate commitment to the EMP, ONGC /Contractor management will conduct regular internal site inspections, the results of which will be documented.




MONITORING PLAN


Role of ONGC’s Contractor

ONGC’s management will be responsible for performance of all it's contractors and ensuring that all ONGC's commitments in the EIA are translated into contractors' requirements and that these requirements are implemented to the full intent and extent of ONGC’s original commitment.

ONGC’s contractors will be responsible for implementation of, or adherence, to all the mitigation measures outlined in the EIA. All contractors will be required to comply with the provisions of the EMP and with any environmental and other codes of conduct required by ONGC. ONGC will require all contractors to introduce regular environmental inspection and reporting to enable ONGC to monitor their performance.

ONGC's contractors and sub-contractors will be required to adopt the provisions of the EMP as if it were their own.

9.1.3 Post project Environmental Monitoring Plan

The following shall be monitored on a regular basis throughout the life of the project to ensure a high level of environmental performance being maintained:

Characteristics of waste water generated at drilling site. Sanitation facilities at camp-sites proposed to be constructed. Materials used in drilling/work over fluid make up. Fluid losses. Monitoring of Ambient Air parameter will be done as per the requirement of the MoEF/SPCB. Flue gas Analysis Drill cutting Analysis

The general effectiveness of pollution control measures shall also be monitored.



& 9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN


Table 9-1: Environmental Management Plan S. No. Potential Impact Action Parameters for Monitoring Timing

1. Land Acquisition Ensure that all necessary protocols are followed and legal requirements implemented.

Legal documents Lease documents

Pre-deployment of topographic survey team or site clearance crew.

Ensure that appropriate legal requirements have been met with regard to land occupancy, land ownership or usage rights, notice & compensation etc.

Establish and clearly document land usage permission agreements with owners, users and state authorities.

Mark out site boundaries. Ensure that land take during drilling site construction is restricted to pre-agreed area.

After selection of precise site location & orientation. Prior to onset of site clearance.

2. Site Degradation A site restoration plan needs to be formulated, known to all stakeholders and strictly implemented

Approvals from land owners of suitable site restoration on return of land

At time of decommissioning of well site

A suitable waste water disposal plan to be in place to ensure that well fluids do not overflow and damage surrounding farm lands.

A working drainage scheme that ensures that any pit does not overflow and that well fluids are secured from leaving the well premises

Throughout the project life, in particular during the monsoons





S. No. Potential Impact Action Parameters for Monitoring Timing 3. Soil erosion Minimize area extent of site clearance, by

staying within the defined boundaries. Site boundaries

not extended / breached.

Prior to onset of site clearance.

Protect topsoil stockpile where possible. Effective cover in place.

Duration of data acquisition until demobilization.

4. Habitat disturbance Mark out path / trail boundaries. Clear boundaries marks in place.

Prior to commencement of site clearance.

For cleared area, retain topsoil in stockpile where possible on perimeter of site for subsequent re-spreading onsite during restoration.

Topsoil stockpile in place on site edge.

Duration of programme until demobilization.

All operators involved in site preparation shall be trained to observe the defined site boundaries.

Maintenance of integrity of boundary markers.

Duration of site preparation.

5. Drainage and Effluent Ensure drainage system and specific design measures are working effectively.

Evidence of impended drainage, culvert Blockage or collapse.

Duration of programme.

6. Fuels, Lubricants & Chemicals Management

Maintain strict inventory of all fuels, lubricants and chemicals brought to the site.

Up-to-date inventory in place.

Duration of programme

All fuels, lubricants & chemicals placed in controlled storage in proper container.

Integrity of storage area: impervious liner; surfacing.


All drums and containers located within footprint of storage area.





S. No. Potential Impact Action Parameters for Monitoring Timing All used & unused lubricants and chemicals

no longer required, to be transported offsite. Low inventory (or

absence) of used / unused lubricants no longer required onsite.


Refueling operations to be undertaken over area with impervious flooring and surface drainage with oil interceptor.

Facilities installed Duration of programme

Delivery of fuel to storage to be supervised. Detailed procedure in place.


Adequate spills containment and clean-up equipment and materials on-hand and available to contain foreseeable spill.

Make available at a short notice.

7. Waste Management Implement site waste management plan (section 5.4) which identifies and characterizes every waste arising associated with operation, which identifies the procedures for collection, handling & disposal of each waste arising.

Comprehensive Waste Management Plan in place and available for inspection on-site.

Prior to site clearance.

8. Site Contamination Impervious liners (e.g.; clay, concrete) in place for fuel, lubricants storage area.

Evidence of protective measures in place; No visual sign of spills.

Daily throughout the duration of programme.

Effective bunds capable of containing 110% of the volume of the largest container within and enclosing all potentially contaminating materials. To be used for fuel lubricants and chemicals storage area.

Evidence of protective measures in place; absence of visual sign of spills.

Daily throughout duration of programme.





S. No. Potential Impact Action Parameters for Monitoring Timing Non-contaminated and potentially

contaminated run-off shall be kept separate. Non-contaminated run-off shall be routed to off-site area via silt traps. Potentially contaminated surface run-off shall be treated.

Evidence of separate routes and effectively working silt traps.


Oil drip pans shall be used wherever there is significant potential for leakage including, but not limited to:

Drill rig engine. Electric Generator. Pumps or other motors. Maintenance area. Fuel transfer areas.

Drip pans in place. Absence of visible

signs of soil Contamination


All spills / leaks contained, reported and cleaned up immediately.

Written spill control procedure in place during the duration of programme.


Spill absorbent containment material deployed to contain large spills.

Contaminated soil dug up, placed in drums & subsequently removed from site.

9. Water Quality and other aquatic impacts

No discharge to be made to watercourse. No discharge hoses in vicinity of watercourses.

Duration of programme with particular emphasis during operation camp layout design and site preparation.

10. Noise and Vibration (applies to operation of equipment)

List of all machinery onsite identifying age of equipment.

List of age of all equipment deployed under contract.

Prior to commencement of work by contractors at





S. No. Potential Impact Action Parameters for Monitoring Timing Equipment maintained in good working order. Written record of

maintenance for all equipment.

each survey site.

Implement good working practices to minimize noise.

Timing and synchronization of operations with local activities.


Acoustic mufflers in large engines (where practicable)

Mufflers in place.

11. Air Emissions All equipment operated within specified design parameters. (Operational phase)

N/A Duration of programme.

Any dry, dusty materials (chemicals, etc.) shall be stored in sealed containers.

Absence of stockpiles or open containers of dusty materials.

12. Non-routine events and accidental releases.

An Oil Spill Contingency Plan and Emergency Response Plan shall be drawn up.

The provisions of the Oil Spill Contingency Plan shall be monitored.

Update Emergency Plan as required; maintain state of readiness for response including plan awareness and training.




MONITORING PLAN


9.2 Waste Management Plan

The WMP (Waste Management Plan) covers disposal of all wastes on the operating site itself, with further reference to off-site disposal of those wastes which cannot be dealt with on-site.

9.2.1 Objectives

The objectives of the WMP are:

To provide the operating crew with the necessary guidance for the reduction and appropriate management of wastes generated during drilling.

To comply with all current environmental regulations. To meet industry standards on waste management and control.

9.2.2 Classification of Waste

In general, wastes can be categorized as follows.

Non-Hazardous Solid Waste: for example lines, cables, plastic, domestic waste, containers etc.

Hazardous Liquid Wastes -any liquid wastes, vehicle maintenance wastes or receptacles containing or previously containing hazardous wastes or hazardous raw materials. Hazardous by definition is a chemical identified in its Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) as being harmful to humans, animals, or the surrounding environment. This also includes volumes of paints, solvents, lubricating oil etc.

Hazardous Solid Wastes - Containers holding or previously holding volumes of hazardous chemicals, batteries, etc. Wastes are designated as hazardous if their MSDS indicates they are harmful to humans and/or the environment. Additionally, used medical wastes (bandages, syringes, etc) are classified as hazardous.

Contaminated Soils - Soils contaminated by any substance defined as hazardous are themselves designated as 'Hazardous'.

Hydrocarbon Wastes - waste oils e.g. from oil changes or leakage from equipment. Used oil (from engine oil changes) is designated as hazardous.

Once a waste item is identified and classified, it will be disposed off in an approved manner. Care will be taken to ensure that the waste is properly categorized to ensure that the appropriate disposal method is selected.

Drill cutting and Spent Mud.

9.2.3 Disposal Options

The following disposal options will be available on site.

Domestic waste generated at site will be segregated at source and will be disposed as per Municipal Solid Waste Management Rule (2000).

Offsite Disposal – Drill cutting if found hazardous wastes shall be handed over to authorized TSDF facility for further disposal.




MONITORING PLAN


9.2.4 Labeling of Waste

Any wastes, which cannot be dealt with on site, will be removed to a suitable location for further handling and/or disposal. These wastes will be clearly labeled according to:

Hazardous and Bio Medical Waste Non Hazardous or Domestic Waste.

9.2.5 Waste Reduction

Waste reduction efforts will concentrate on reuse, recycling, minimization of packaging material, reduction in size of waste material, and finally reduction of time spent on location via optimization of survey operations. Water based will be reused to the extent possible.

Minimization of waste material centre around reducing packaging materials. Use of large packaging, in bulk (for example 1 to 1.5 tonne recyclable bags as opposed to 100 lb sacks) should be preferred.

9.2.6 Special Concern

Plastic containers are prime targets for use as water containers. As some of these may contain substances, which can be harmful to humans, care will be taken to ensure that they are removed from the site intact. In general, after emptying chemical containers, which did not contain hazardous substances, the container will be sent to authorize recycler.

Used medical wastes inclusive of, but not limited to bandage material, syringes, etc, will be collected in a special collection drum to minimize manual handling. Contents of the drum will be labeled as hazardous medical waste and sent offsite for disposal as per BIO – Medical Waste Management Rules.

9.3 Site Restoration Plan

Before starting up drilling activity, contour survey of site, listing of flora present at site and Photographs of site will be obtained and record will be maintained.

Soil excavated during drill site preparation will be stacked separately for future use i.e. for restoration of site.

After completion of Drilling in case of discovery of non commercial quantity of hydrocarbon restoration work begin with withdrawal of all equipment/machinery.

All concrete or steel installations would be removed, so as to ensure that there are no protruding surface structures

Any soil contaminated by operations will be remedied as necessary. The type, location and extent of contamination and remediation / restoration will be documented and maintained in the well records.

Ditches, dikes and containment walls will be leveled. Top- soil, whether stock piled at the site or hauled to the location, will be spread as part of

the final contouring. A productive top soil is necessary for replanting. Reseeding and replanting of the location will be done with plants and grasses native to the

area. Upon completion of the location restoration, a program of soil sampling /visual inspection and

record keeping will be established.




MONITORING PLAN


In case of a dry well, proper abandonment practices will be followed and a record will be maintained.

Photographs of restored site will be taken and records will be kept Confirmation from concerned farmers that site is restored satisfactorily will be obtained and

record will be maintained.

9.4 Ecology Management

9.4.1 Restoration of Site (Post project plantation with in 110 m2)14

Vegetation within area of 110 m2 will be cleared to carryout various project related activities which will lead in the habitat degradation. This area (110 m2) is considered as an impact zone and will need to reclaim or restore (plantation) to mitigate various impacts on the biodiversity and ecological conditions of the surrounding environ. Plant species suggested for plantation is given in Table 9-2.

9.4.2 Plantation outside Impact Zone (Post project plantation within 1 km.)

Apart from project site (impact zone) additional surrounding area up to 1 km of this impact zone will also considered for plantation to improve habitat status of the project area. Surrounding areas within 1 km distance will be planted. Plant species suggested for plantation is given in Table 9-2.

Table 9-2: Suggested Plantation and Budgetary Allocation

1

14 In Case of Non Agriculture land only 15 All other expenditures as labor charges, watering, fertilizers etc will be borne by client / proponent

S. No Scientific Name and Common Name

No. of Saplings to be Planted Estimated Cost

Restoration of Impact Zone (Post project plantation with in 110 m2): approximate cost of each sapling is Rs. 50/-

1 Aerva tomentosa (Kapok bush) 12 650 2 Capparis sepiaria (Kanthar) 12 650

3 Crotalaria burhia ( sinia) 12 650 Plantation Outside Impact Zone (Post project plantation within 1 km.): approximate cost of each sapling is Rs.

50/-) Azadirachta indica (Neem) 100 5000

Derris indica (Karanj) 100 5000 Salvadora oleoides/Persica (Pilu) 100 5000

Total Budget for One Well 16,950 For 22 Wells 16,950 x22 = 3,72,900

Total Budget for 22 Well Locations is Three Lakhs Seventy Two Thousand and Nine Hundred15




MONITORING PLAN


9.4.3 Plantation and Monitoring

Entire plantation activities will completed within six months after decommissioning moreover post plantation care will be taken by client / proponent up to one year.

Plantation Technique

Since the project area fall under arid condition and having poor soil quality, plantation of tree species required approx. 1m3 pit for soil enrichment

Pit should be filled with imported soil with 3:1:1 the ratio of sand, silt and form yard manure

Procure well grown saplings of recommended species from the nearby Forest Department nursery

Make 1m diameter ring bund around the planted saplings for water retention

Watering of sapling is species specific, therefore watering need to be done once in day

Monitoring Protocol

The plantations need to be managed by regular watering, soil enrichment work, applying manure, weeding and provide proper protection.

Replacement of sapling (replanting) required whenever mortality occurs in the plantation during the growth stage.

Any damage to the developed greenbelt due to any natural or cattle activity should be redeveloped and maintained by the proponent / client.

9.4.4 Conservation of wildlife Species

Above described plantation activities will help to improve the habitat status of the project area and will ultimately help to conserve wildlife of the project area.

9.5 Social Management Plan

If the hydrocarbon reserves are discovered, the project proponent will carry out several welfare activites as a part of CSR to improve the socio-economic condition of the surrounding area. These activities will include:

1. The project proponent will provide Vocational Courses in the schools for the benefit of the local people.

2. The project proponent will provide medical facilities for the localites in the surrounding villages

3. The project proponent will develop the nearby areas when if the wells become operational. 4. The project proponent will take up initiatives for physically and mentally challenged people by

empowering them for self employment.





Table 9-3: List of Stake holder meeting (Community Consultation) Name of

Participant Designation Village/Place Date Issues Discussed Measures Proposed

Mr. Shankar Bhai Hira Bhai

Prajapati

Sarpanch Charda Group Gram

Panchayat

08/01/2015 RCC road in the village 500 meters. Construction of gutter line in village. Concrete drainage line for pond. Community sanitary toilet is absent in

the village.

The project proponent shall put every effort to improve the Quality of life of the people of

surrounding Villages through the Community Development Programme/CSR in phase wise

manner. These activities shall be conducted after having need based assessment survey of the area and in consultation with the DDO/TDO/Panchayat

office bearer.

Mr. Pravin D Joshi

Principal Tirthgam Shri Tirthgam

Prathamik Shala

08/01/2015 Street light is absent in the village. Village road is not in good condition. Construction of gutterline in the

village. Mr. Ashok

Kumar Vala Bhai Nai

Teacher Rampura Pay Kendra Prathamik

Shala

07/01/2015 Sanitary household toilets are absent in the village.

ST bus visits the village once a day that is not sufficient for the villagers.

Health facilities are at a minimum distance of 25 kilometers from the village.

Mr. Karsan Bhai Sarpanch Golvo & Golvi 07/01/2015 Sarpanch denied to give any village data or suggestions regarding requirements in the village.

Mr.Waghela Mafat Sinh

Vasanji

Sarpanch Paldi (Methi) 07/01/2015 The absence of toilets in 40% of the households.

Solar light installation is required in the village.

Mr. Hadiyol Harshad

Panchayat Staff

Dhendhu 07/01/2015 Renovation of the Panchayat building as it is old.

Mrs. Krishna Ben Patel

Teacher Nardipur Prathamik

Kanya Shala

07/01/2015 Lack of potable water in school. The height of the boundary wall is low

of Nardipur Prathamik Kanya Shala.





Name of Participant

Designation Village/Place Date Issues Discussed Measures Proposed

Mr. G. Prajapati Principal Sardarpura Seth K. G.

Vidyamandir Middle & High

School

07/01/2015 Construction of class rooms. Computer for students in school. Sports equipments for school

students. Boundary wall of the school.

Mr. Babba Bhai Yama Bhai

Thakur

Sarpanch Ravel Gram

Panchayat

07/01/2015 Solar Street light in village. Sanitary toilet for households in

villages. Construction of gutter line in the

village. Mr. S. J. Prajapati

Principal Dodgam Pagar Kendra

Shala

08/01/2015 Construction of gutterline in village. Construction of crematorium shade. Solar Street light in village. Store room at crematorium for

keeping burning sticks. Toilet construction in the school. Water tank with RO facility in the

school. Sports equipments for students in

school. Construction of classrooms. Renovation of village road. Computer for the school students.





Table 9-4: Social Management Plan Objective To improve the Socio-economic condition of the area

Concern Proper Compensation to the farmers/land owners and crops damaged during drilling activities

Benefit of EMP Improvement in the direct and indirect employment opportunities and business development

Impacting Activities

Mitigation Measures and Rationale

Implementation and Management Remarks

Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records

Land lease or purchase

Select land for well site minimum 500 m away from habitation and water resources, religious places to avoid any conflict with the villagers.

Drill Site During project planning

Manager (Drilling) ONGC

VP (Drilling) ONGC Log Book -

Ensure that appropriate legal requirement have been met with regard to land occupancy, usage rights, notice and compensation etc.

At all drill site Prior to drilling Liaison officer (LAQ) - ONGC


Provision of adequate cross drainage will be provided for roads leading to drilling site.

At Drill site wherever required

At the initial stage of well site planning

Drilling Manager ONGC


Adequate dialogue with the local population and the authority while designing compensation packages, close monitoring on the type of land loss i.e.

Proposed leased/purchased land

Prior to drilling Liaison officer (LAQ) - ONGC






Objective To improve the Socio-economic condition of the area






Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records Permanent or Temporary

Loss of land and crop loss to be compensated

At all sites where losses of crops and land is applicable

Weekly Liaison officer (LAQ) - ONGC

During Drilling and post drilling operation

-

Provide temporary employment generation opportunities to land losers/ land workers

At the sites where drilling activities will be conducted

Biannually VP (HR)-ONGC

All through drilling and post drilling operation

Log Book -

Clearance of Vegetation at site and site preparation

All excavation activities equipment required for the site preparation shall be hired from the local area.

At all sites

All sites through drilling and post drilling operation

ONGC Contractor

VP (Drilling) ONGC

Log Book -

Potential damage for crops due to flaring/ spills etc.

a) Flaring operations will be controlled to minimize any agricultural loss due to heat.

b) In case any complaint is received, ONGC is to

At the Damaged Site

Immediate (As soon as the incident is reported)

Liaison officer (LAQ) - ONGC

VP (Operation) ONGC Log Book -





Objective To improve the Socio-economic condition of the area






Location Timing Responsibility Monitoring Records provide adequate compensation for loss of crop after proper interaction with the local people.

Land for access roads and Pipelines

Minimize the width of a pipeline right-of-way or access road during construction and operations as far as possible.

Proposed Site of Drilling/Operation Initial Phase Manager

(Drilling) ONGC VP (Operation) ONGC Log Book Regular Check is

to be carried out

Employment Opportunities.

Provide employment for local community wherever possible.

At the different location where skilled/unskilled manpower are required

Regular basis

GM (HR) ONGC

VP (HR) ONGC

Employment Register -

Socio-economic Development

Provision of health services and improvement in the education infrastructure

In the surrounding areas where drilling wells are developed

Regular basis (if hydrocarbon reserves are found)

CSR- ONGC GM (HR) ONGC

Auditable CSR Records/Files

Auditable document as per Companies Act 2013




MONITORING PLAN


CSR Activities

The CSR activity has been earmarked 2% of the project cost (INR 350 Crores) of the drilling of wells. The amount earmarked for CSR is Rs. 7.00 crores that has been divided accordingly for five years amongst the various CSR activities across Banaskantha, Gandhinagar and Ahmedabad districts. The budget allocation for five years has been shown in the Table 9.5

Table 9-5: CSR Budget for Fie years in Indian Ruppees Focus Area 2015-16 2016-17 2017-18 2018-19 2019-20 Total

Education 11,76,000 14,70,000 19,60,000 24,50,000 27,44,000 98,00,000 Health Care 12,60,000 15,75,000 21.00,000 26,25,000 29,40,000 1,05,00,000 Community Development

21,00,000 26,25,000 35,00,000 43,75,000 49,00,000 1,75,00,000

Infrastructure Development

16,80,000 21,00,000 28,00,000 35,00,000 39,20,000 1,40,00,000

Promoting sports/ Art and Culture

2,52,000 3,15,000 4,20,000 52,50,000 5,88,000 21,00,000

Enterpreneurship Scheme

6,72,000 8,40,000 11,20,000 14,00,000 15,68,000 56,00,000

Women’s Empowerment, girl child development

1,68,000 2,10,000 2,80,000 3,50,000 3,92,000 1,4,00,000

For Physically and mentally challenged group

5,88,000 7,35,000 9,80,000 12,25,000 13,72,000 49,00,000

Protecton of heritage site

5,04,000 6,30,000 8,40,000 10,50,000 11,76,000 42,00,000

Grand Total 8400000 10500000 14000000 17500000 19600000 70000000




MONITORING PLAN


Figure 9-1: Medical Camps organized by ONGC

9.6 Occupational Health Surveillance Programme

ONGC onshore operations are comes under Mine Act (Ministry of Labour) and as per Mines Act every person employed in mine should go under PME (Periodical Medical Examination) by approved medical doctor / Hospital at fixed interval. i.e.

Up to 45 yrs - Once in a 05 Yrs 45 to 55 yrs - 03 yrs & > 55 yrs - 01 yr

As per plan 10 % employees are being medically examined every year and records is being kept for future reference and track.

There are ONGC Panel hospitals / Laboratories / Doctors with necessary medical facilities for PME like X-Rays, ECG, Sonography, PFT, Audiometery, Eye / ENT Surgeon / Blood / urine test etc. Ambulance is available 24 hrs.

All the work centers have First Aid Box, Stretcher and 24 Hrs. Emergency vehicles.

The main occupational health hazards may be noise at Mechanical Rigs / Compressors plants, Hydrogen Sulphide gas in EOR affected area for this breathing apparatus are provided and necessary guidelines are available at sites.




MONITORING PLAN


Free medical camps (medical check up / eye check up) are also organized by ONGC in villages around the operational area, and accordingly patients are treated and free medicines are given. If required free operations are also done by ONGC.

9.6.1 Health Hazard Identification

The health and Hygiene coordinator (Medical Officer), with a team of Drilling Rig personnel will identity and evaluate occupational health and industrial hygiene hazards that exists during drilling operations through a structured approach via systematic inspections. The structured approach can include:

Review of work activities for all occupations. Review of task analysis and technical surveys. Review of hazards identified in planned inspections and reported hazards. Applicable regulations, legislation, codes and standards. Interviews with employees and managers. The surveys particularly address the identification and evaluation of the following occupational

health and hygiene hazards: Chemical Hazards Noise Hazards Radiation Hazards Illumination Hazards Vibration Hazards Temperature Extremes Biological Hazards Ergonomic Hazards Stress related Hazards

9.6.2 Health Hazard Control

The Area manager will constitute a team of officers and staff supported by medical officer, which will:

Prioritize the hazards based on their risk potential. Identify specific work groups affected by each hazard. Determine the controls required to manage these identified hazards. The cost of each

identified control versus benefits of its implementation may be evaluated.

Develop an action plan identifying:

Work to be done Person responsible to complete the work Target dates of completion Develop a follow up system to ensure the action plan is accomplished.

9.6.3 Health Care

The health and hygiene of the personnel working at the Drilling Rig will be monitored through periodic health checks of the persons. All employees will undergo a periodic medical examination once in two years. This medical examination focuses on individual medical surveillance of all types of health hazards covering both occupational and non-occupational issues.




MONITORING PLAN


The record of the health check up will be maintained centrally off site in confidential file by the medical section. The medical officer at base recommends appropriate treatment for the persons found to be having any health problems requiring attention.

A general analysis of the health records of the employees will also be carried out once in a year by the medical section to identify any trends in health problems related to the occupation and remedial actions as deemed necessary are taken up.

Majority of the employees will be trained in first aid.

9.6.4 Responsibility

Medical officer appointed for the health check up of Drilling team members will be adequately qualified and trained. He will have thorough understanding of company’s operations and the associated potential health and hygiene problems. He will be familiar with appropriate methods to identify, evaluate and control health hazards. The medical officer, under the guidance of seismic survey In charge, should be primarily responsible for all health and hygiene control programme.

Table 9-6: Summary of Proposed health Surveillance Programme Cause of health hazard and

scope Risk Recommendations

Noise (Generators, Cranes,Fire, Water Pump, Hot oil pumps,Crude

dispatch pumps) Hearing loss

Program of noise survey, Training to the concerned personnel and written operational guidelines

Handling of heavy equipment and material (Manual handling of

material) Back problem

Handling of chemicals (Chemical, stores, Chemical dosing areas,

Chemical labs)

Eyes and chemical ingestion, Dermal effect of chemicals

9.7 Blow Out Prevention and Oil Spill Contingency Plan

9.7.1 Blow Out

A blowout is defined as an uncontrolled flow of gas, oil or other well fluids into the atmosphere. A blow-out situation will not only affect the facility but surrounding area also. In a blowout emergency the primary objective is the safeguarding of human life. Secondary objectives are minimizing damage to the environment, assets and protection of company reputation.

The Local Emergency Coordination Team (LECC) has responsibility for the emergency in conjunction with the On Scene Commander until the safety and proper treatment of all personnel at the location has been ensured and escalation has stopped.

Once the objectives of safeguarding life in complete, and escalation has stopped, the blowout moves into recovery phase.

Initial Action

Raise the alarm, inform emergency control coordinator and mobilize emergency control team.




MONITORING PLAN


In a situation where there is a potential for release of significant amounts of well fluid it is recommended that all personnel be evacuated to a safe distance until the situation has been evaluated and/ or stabilized. All personnel at the rig should evacuate immediately and proceed to the assembly point.

Render First Aid to All Injured Personnel. First Aid may range from minor scrapes to broken limbs, burns, respiratory problems and major trauma.

All personnel who receive injuries related to the well control event should be transported immediately to the nearest hospital. Critically injured personnel should be transported by the fastest means available.

Ensure all site personnel are counted for. In the event of a well control emergency, all personnel should muster as per established procedures.

Control Ignition Sources

All fired (or non-intrinsically safe) equipment should be shutdown if it is safe to do so. This includes rig engines, generators, lighting equipment etc. This should be because fired equipments may ignite the well.

Initial Assessment

The On Scene Commander will proceed to make an initial assessment of the situation and inform the Local emergency controller. The assessment will include:

Estimated flow of well fluids Type of Blowout i.e. Water, Gas, Oil Is the Blowout ignited? The environmental sensitivity of the area Distance to settlement; Is pollution going to be an issue?

Notify Surrounding Communities

Surrounding facilities / communities shall be warned of any threat if required. Notify local agencies including police to get additional help as per contingency plan

Secure the Area

The area around the rig (or well) shall be secured by onsite personnel. The prevailing wind direction shall be checked and if necessary, any nearby personnel working in the area can be evacuated. The road to the rig should be closed at a safe distance from the well and a guard shall be stationed to keep unauthorized personnel from accessing the site. Personnel that are not experienced in handling blowouts should not attempt to enter the area.

Blow Out Control

If initial attempts of controlling well are failed then external help including that of specialist should be obtained as early as possible. In such cases gather required information which will help specialist in taking a decision for a method to control the blow out.

Following information should be gathered:




MONITORING PLAN


Operation at the time of the incident Last observed pressures Present configuration of the well bore – casing, drill pipe, drill collars, packers, depths, etc. at

the time of the incident BOP equipment in use at the time of the incident – position of all rams, top drive safety

valves, etc. Last known status of wellhead or BOP components – open, closed, locked, damaged etc. Estimate of flow rates and flow characteristics (gas and water) Extent of damage sustained by the rig Other information as dictated by the situation.

Setting the well on fire should only be considered if human life is threatened or there is a threat of an uncontrolled explosion. Benefits of firing the well are no uncontrolled explosion and a reduction of environmental damage.

Continue the well control operation till well is killed and expulsion of fluid is completely stopped. Continue communication throughout and maintain records of all events.

Ensure all those who were injured have received proper treatment and all affected proper settlement.

Area Clean up Operation

Initiate cleanup operation of surrounding area which was affected by the blow out. Collect contaminated soil and take it to approved site for disposal.

9.7.2 Oil Spillage

Oil spillage may occur from storage tank leakages, machines leaks etc.

Raising the Alarm

Any oil spillage will have to be notified by the person who discovers it. The person who discovers the spillage should report the leak to his immediate supervisor and advise him of the situation. The Supervisor shall assess the severity of the spillage and decide whether to sound the alarm.

Evacuation and Immediate Productive Response

Upon hearing the alarm, all non-essential site personnel will evacuate from the area and proceed to the muster point upwind of the leak. On reaching the muster point, all personnel shall remain there and listen out for instructions from the On Scene Commander. No personnel shall leave without the permission of the OSC. If the spillage is a threat to the well, the driller shall shut in and secure the well.

On scene commander should make initial assessment of leak. Consider if external fire tender is required.

Safeguarding of Personnel

The OSC, with the help of the Emergency Controller will clear all non-essential personnel away from the site to the upwind assembly point. The OSC will instruct personnel remaining to wear chemically




MONITORING PLAN


protective clothing and have SCBA sets available. The OSC will also ensure that injured personnel are evacuated and provided with first aid/medical treatment as required.

The Muster Controller will account for all personnel on location. If personnel are missing, Search and Rescue will only begin when all safety precautions are in place.

Information to Emergency Control team

The OSC will report to the Local emergency controller, providing the following information:

Substance spilled Potential for / or presence of poisonous gases Identification of possible ignition sources that could lead to fire or explosion Identification of source of spill Approximate volume of spill Is the spill being contained or not? The environmental sensitivity of the area (Flatness of the area, Distance to nearby field if any,

Distance to water source, Distance to settlements) Any adjacent facilities or settlements which may be threatened

Inform Surrounding Communities

Facilities or communities downwind of the spill shall be notified if the spill is a threat to them and they shall be made aware of the potential for fire or toxic fumes.

Notify local agencies including police to get additional help as per contingency plan

Control Ignition Sources

All ignition sources must be shutdown if safe to do so. Potential ignition sources include the following:

Smokers’ materials e.g. cigarettes and matches Hot processes e.g. welding or grinding work Engines including car engines Machinery Faulty or misused electrical equipment Lighting Equipment Friction e.g. from loose bearings or drive belts Static electricity GSM/Mobile Phones

Stop the Leak and Contain the Spill

The OSC with the Onsite Response Team will carry out the following measures to stop the leak. This should be done after taking required precautions for toxic or combustible gases. The measures include:

Attempt to stop the oil spillage. Remove adjacent equipment if possible. If spill is within the vicinity of the drilling facility, ensure well is secured Remove any ignition source




MONITORING PLAN


Prevent oil from entering any area where its accumulation can be dangerous or has a detrimental effect.

Upon arrival of additional support liaise with them in coordination with the Local emergency controller.

9.7.3 Notification to the Authorities

In case of major leak ensure that the following agencies are informed

Local District Collector and Police Gujarat Pollution Control Board Director General of Mines and Safety Director General Hydrocarbons, New Delhi Oil Industry Safety Directorate Factory Inspector Mamlatdar and Sarpanch

9.7.4 Identification and Compliance with Legislative Requirements

The principal Environmental Regulatory Agency in India is the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), New Delhi. MoEF formulates environmental policies and accords environmental clearances for different projects. The important environmental legislation in India is given in Table 9-7

Table 9-7: Key Environmental Legislation

Name Scope and Objective Key Areas Operational Agencies/Key Players

Water (Prevention and Control of

Pollution Act,1974)

To provide for the prevention and control of water pollution and

enhancing the quality of water

Controls sewage and industrial effluent discharges

Central and State Pollution Control Boards

Air (Prevention and Control of

Pollution Act (1974)

To provide for the prevention and control

of air pollution.

Controls emissions of air pollutants.

Central and State Pollution Control Boards.

Forest Act, 1927 To consolidate

acquisition of common property such as forests.

Regulates access to natural resources, state has a

monopoly right over land; categories forests.

State government, forest settlement officers.

Forest Conservation Act, 1980

To halt India’s rapid deforestation and

resulting Environmental degradation.

Restriction on dereservation and using forest for non-forest

purpose. Central government.

Wildlife Protection Act, 1980 To protect wildlife.

Creates protected areas (national parks/sanctuaries)

categories of wildlife which are protected.

Wildlife advisory boards; central zoo authorities.

Environment Protection Act, 1986

To provide for the protection and improvement of

An umbrella act for protection of environment and related

matters.

Central government nodal agency MoEF; can delegate powers to state Department




MONITORING PLAN


Name Scope and Objective Key Areas Operational Agencies/Key Players

Environment. of Environment. Hazardous waste (Management, Handling and

Transboundary Movement) Rules,

2010

To manage hazardous waste arising out of

drilling operation

Identification, Labeling, Handling, Treatment and

Disposal of Hazardous waste

Authorization from State Pollution Control Board

Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules,

1998, Amended till dated

To Manage Bio medical waste arising out of

drilling operation

Identification, Labeling of Bio Medical Waste State Pollution Control Board

Battery (Management and Handling) Rules,

2000

To Manage Waste arising from Batteries

Identification, Labeling, Handling, and Disposal of

Bateries waste State Pollution Control Board

(Source: Government of India Publications)

The following EHS regulatory requirements applicable to the activities being planned are given in Table 9-8 which may be taken into consideration prior to actual commencement of operations. Action required is to be reviewed quarterly.

Table 9-8: Applicable EHS Regulatory Requirements – Drilling Activities

S. No. Applicable Legislation / Rule / Permit Requirement

Action Required / Timing of Action

1 NOC/Consent to establish from the GPCB

A general permit to establish facilities for drilling of wells.

NOC to be applied along with the completed EIA

report.

2 Mine and Oilfields Regulations Stipulation pertaining to general safety, height of flare stacks and

other guidelines.

Relevant guidelines to be perused before actual start

of work to evaluate compliance.

3 Oil Industry Safety Directorate Codes (OISD)

Applicable code for E&P activities: OISD-GDN-166, OISD-GDN-200, OISD-GDN-202, OISD-GDN-218, OISD-STD-121, OISD-RP-174, OISD-STD-175, OISD-STD-189

Evaluation of compliance against the same.

4 Applicable permits from the CCE, Nagpur for storage of explosive /

flammable material

Requirements of permits to be ascertained prior to establishment

of facilities.

If required, applications to be filed and required

permits to be obtained.

5 The Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals

Rules, 1989 (as amended till date)

Listing of hazardous materials; thresholds against which Safety

Audit and Safety Report has to be maintained; Requirements of

disclosure of information; Availability of MSDS’;

If required, safety audit and safety report to be

prepared.




MONITORING PLAN


S. No. Applicable Legislation / Rule / Permit Requirement

Action Required / Timing of Action

6 The Public Liability Act, 1991 (PLI) Insurance to be taken out.

Check whether ONGC’s insurance under PLI covers

the project under consideration.

7 Chemical Accidents (Emergency

Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996

Preparation of Local & District Level Crisis Groups, for management of offsite

emergencies.

Identify whether Local or District Level Crisis Groups

exist at site and take proactive part in preparing

Offsite ERP.

9.8 Environmental Monitoring Programme

The following will be monitored on a regular basis throughout the drilling operation to ensure a high level of environmental performance being maintained:

Ambient Air monitoring during exploratory drilling;PM10, Sox, Nox, hydrocarbon Noise monitoring at workplace Flue gas analysis Drill cutting and wash water analysis Sanitation facilities at camp-sites Disposal of domestic wastewater to soak pit Collection and disposal of kitchen waste, garbage, plastic waste, cables, used oil drums Use of PUC certified Transportation system, controlled movement of vehicles on kuchha roads

to reduce dust generation Handling and storage of HSD at camp on impervious ground at camp site during drilling

activities, soaking of spilled HSD. Monitoring of required fire extinguishers at HSD storage area. Monitoring of Usage of safety appliances like ear plugs/muffs, helmets etc.

Table 9-9 gives Environmental Monitoring Plan


EIA/EMP AND RA/DMP FOR DRILLING OPERATION OF 22 EXPLORATORY WELLS IN NELP IX BLOCK CB-ONN-2010/1, 6 &



Table 9-9: Environmental Monitoring Plan S. no Environmental Indicator Monitoring Parameter Period and Frequency

Design and Planning

1 Nearest Habitation to drill site Distance between drill site and nearest habitation During the project planning

2 Location and size of land leased Number of land owners affected

During the project planning Total area leased for the drill sites (Ha)

3 Present Crop Cultivation Pattern Cropping period (in months) During the project planning

4 Land acquisition Record of compensation to be made to land owners During the project planning before acquisition of land

5 Compliance of Air standards Percentage of machinery and equipment to be used, which meets source emission standards

During the project planning 6 Compliance of Noise standards

7 Water resources Types and sources of water from drill site During the project planning

8 Chemicals, fuel, Topsoil & Waste storage Area to be occupied for storage During the project planning

9 Emergency services Type and availability of emergency services near drill site During the project planning

10 Evacuation Procedures Arrangements for safe shelters, evacuation routes and vehicles During the project planning

Approach Roads and Site Development

11 Topsoil Area occupied for topsoil storage and planned for

topsoil storage During site development Height of topsoil stockpile

12 Generation of dust during site preparation Visual observation of dust in air During site development

13 Generation of dust during storage of top soil Visual observation of dust in air During site development

14 Emissions from vehicles and Machineries

PM10, NOx, SOx, CO, HC based on emission factors, Visual observation of emissions;

Percentage of vehicles, which possess valid PUCC Certificates

During site development





S. no Environmental Indicator Monitoring Parameter Period and Frequency

Measurement of PM10, SOx, NOx and CO

15 Noise emissions from vehicles and machineries Noise pressure level in dB(A) near noise source During site development

16 Dust generation due to movement of vehicles Visual observation of dust in air During site developement

17 Domestic waste water & Night Soil Arrangements for disposal of waste water & night soil During site development

Drilling and Testing of Wells

18

Gaseous pollutant emissions from DG set Maintenance parameters (air, fuel filters & air-fuel

ratio) of DG sets influencing air emission During drilling operation

Monitoring of PM10, NOx, SOx, VOC, HC During drilling operation

20 Noise emission from DG Sets Noise pressure level in dB(A) During drilling operation

21 Noise emission from drilling rig Noise pressure level in dB(A) During drilling operation

22 Water usage for various activity Daily consumption During drilling operation

22 H/W from Spilled Chemicals/Oil Area of Spill / Quantity Spilled / Severity of Spill /

Characterization of Spilled Substances for Contaminants (Heavy Metals, Toxics etc.) Storage & Disposal Details

As and when spill occurs during drilling

23 Runoff

Supervision of functioning of conduits /drains channelizing runoff into the waste pit Maintenance of temporary storage area allocated for hazardous waste

& waste oil

During drilling operation

24 Waste Oil & Other waste Volume of waste generated Details of storage & disposal method During drilling operation

25 Spent batteries Numbers, size, Storage & disposal details Authorization of waste recyclers of spent batteries During drilling operation

26 Metallic, packing, scrap waste Quantity of waste generated, Details of storage & disposal During drilling operation

27 Emissions from Flaring Total CO, Non-Methane Hydrocarbons, NOx emission estimates based on emission factors During drilling operation





S. no Environmental Indicator Monitoring Parameter Period and Frequency

28 Kitchen waste Quantity and disposal of kitchen waste During drilling operation

29 waste water from rig operation Quantity & quality of waste water During drilling operation

30 Monitoring of sample of drilling fluid at site pH, TDS, SS, COD, BOD, O&G, Conductivity & heavy

metals During drilling operation

31 Ambient air monitoring as specified by

regulators at the premises PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, HC, VOC, CO During drilling operation

32 Emergency Evacuation during drilling Number and availability of trained personnel During drilling operation

Availability of contingency plan for blow out, oil spill & other emergency During drilling operation

Decommissioning & Closure

33

Decommissioning waste Quantity of waste generated

Once the decommissioning will start Detailed methods of storage & disposal

34

Site restoration

Visual observation of : Daily during decommissioning period and

once after site restoration

Clearing of decommissioning waste

Leveling of site

Relaying of top soil

Regeneration of top soil

35 Consultation with Villagers Number of consultations with villagers regarding site restoration

Before starting of demobilization & restoration of site to its original condition




MONITORING PLAN


9.9 Project Expenditure on environmental Matter

Table 9-10 gives the expenditure on environmental matters

Table 9-10: Expenditure on Environmental Matters

S No. Description Amount (in Rs.)

Fixed Cost 1. Cost of pit excavation per well 85,000 2. Cost of HDPE liner per well 70,000

3. Cost of site restoration per well (filling up of pit and retaining other area in case of well found economic quantity of hydrocarbon) 3,00,000

4 Cost of site restoration (in case no economic quantity of hydrocarbon found) 15,00,000

6 Cost of NOC (investment up to 5 cores per well) 12,500 7 Environmental monitoring during drilling per well 30000

8 Total (Economic quantity of hydrocarbon found) 4,97,500

Total (No economic quantity of hydrocarbon found) 16,97,500



& 9 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION


10 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

An Environment Impact Assessment report has been prepared for this exploratory drilling project based on existing baseline environmental quality data collected for postmonsson season 2014; Identification and prediction of significant environmental impacts due to the proposed drilling activity followed by delineation of appropriate impact mitigation measures and suggestion for implementing this measures by preparing an Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

10.1 Salient Features of the Project

The salient features of the proposed drilling project are given in Table 10-1.

Table 10-1: Salient Features of the Proposed Project S. No Features Details

1 Location Details The blocks CB-ONN-2010/1,6,9 of ONGC are located in

Banaskantha, Gandhinagar and Ahmedabad Districts respectively

2 Number of exploratory wells to be drilled ONGC proposes to drill 22 exploratory wells.

3 Depth of drilling Up to 3000 m

4 Activity involved Temporary land lease, Site and access road preparation, drilling of exploratory wells and testing operation,

5 Area required 110 × 110 m for each exploratory well

6 Cost of the drilling 126 exploratory wells ~INR 350 Crores

7 Drilling Fluid Water based mud will be used for drilling exploratory wells.

8 Man power requirement at the time of drilling 30 - 40 person at each site at time

9 Water Requirement ~35 Kilo liters per day per wells

10 Waste water generation and disposal Waste water will be discharged in HDPE lined pit at site

11 Domestic waste water ~1.0 m3 per day, domestic waste water will be discharged in soak pit

12 Generation of drill cutting and disposal

It is estimated that 150-200 MT of formation cuttings and few hundred m3 of mud from spent drilling fluid will be generated in

the form of solid waste, during the drilling operation. Drill Cutting and drilling mud will be disposed off in accordance with

Notification dated 30th August 2005 - G.S.R 546 (E) point no C “Guidelines for Disposal of Solid Waste, Drill Cutting and Drilling

Fluids for Offshore and Onshore Drilling Operation”. Cuttings are collected, dried and disposed off in an

environmentally safe manner in HDPE lined pit

13 Generation of used oil and disposal

It is expected that 200 liters of waste lube oil will be generated during drilling operation of one well, which will be disposed off

through authorized recycler as per ONGC’s policy. 14 Power Requirement The power required for driving the drilling rig, circulation system



& 9 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION


S. No Features Details and for providing lighting shall be generated by DG sets of 1250KVA (3 No. one standby), which will consume 250-300 L/hr High

Speed Diesel.

16 Sensitive Area

There is no Notified/ Protected ecologically sensitive area including National park, Sanctuary, Elephant/tiger reserves

existing in the study area covering 10 km radial distance from the mining leases.

10.2 Conclusion

During the environmental assessment study, all possible environmental aspects have been adequately addressed and necessary control measures have been suggested to meet with statutory requirements.

The proposed drilling project will contribute to economic growth in indirect way and may help in meeting the increasing demands of oil & gas if proved to be economically beneficial for future production.



& 9 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS


11 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

11.1 Brief resume and Nature of Consultancy Rendered by Kadam Environmental Consultants

Kadam Environmental Consultants (KEC) was established in 1981 and has more than 30 years of varied experience in the field of environment. The mission of company is providing sustainable solutions on “Environment for Development”.

The company has a dedicated and experienced team of more than 200 technical staff. The team comprises of environmental planners and engineers, chemical and civil engineers, geologists, socio-economic experts, microbiologists, zoologists, botanists and industrial/analytical chemists. The Company’s strength lies in project management, performing risk assessment, formulating environmental disaster plans, use of satellite Imagery in impact assessment, use of mathematical models for air, water and soil assessment and expertise in public consultation.

The company has three sister concerns namely : Kadam Pollution Control Pvt. Ltd dealing in operation and maintenance contracts of sewage, effluent and water treatment plants , Kadam Projects dealing in supply of Effluent and Sewage treatment plants on turnkey basis and

Kadam Enviro International Consultancy headquartered in UAE, offering Environmental and Safety Consultancy services in the Middle East Region.

Customer services are mainly categorized into:

Consultancy Services ( since more than 20 years) in the field of Environmental Impact Assessment , Environmental Site Assessment and Due Diligence, Enviro Legal Services, Statutory Environmental Audits/Statements, Risk Assessments and HAZOP, Energy Audit, Environmental , Health and Safety Management Systems and Waste Management Systems.

Engineering Services ( Since almost 30 years) for collection and conveyance of liquid and solid wastes, designing and executing effluent and sewage treatment plants, municipal solid waste studies and solid waste management systems, bio gas plants , rain water harvesting systems and deep sea marine disposal systems.

Laboratory services (since more than 25 years) in chemical and waste testing, microbiology, soil testing and Field sampling (we have amongst the highest number of environmental field sampling equipments amongst environmental companies in the country. . The company has a well equipped laboratory with modern instruments and experienced staff catering to the need of statutory and advisory environmental testing for air, water and wastewater and hazardous solid waste.

The group has a varied industrial clientele encompassing Indian and Multinational Companies covering the industrial and services spectrum viz. Bulk Drugs and Pharmaceuticals, Paints, Chemicals, Oil & Gas, Real Estate, Hospitality and Infrastructure sectors. Whilst the heart of our clientle encompasses the top 50/Blue Chip Indian companies ( Reliance Industries, ONGC, Infosys, ITC, ICICI, Indian Oil, GAIL, ONGC/GSPL, Sun Pharma, NTPC, Reliance Energy/Reliance Power, Welspun and many others) who have placed implicit trust in us over the decades. We are increasingly working with several



& 9 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS


multinationals (such as : ABB, Alstom, Areva, GM, Hindustan Lever, Honeywell, Kohler, Sabic and Tyco amongst others) who value our deep rooted general domain and India centric functional knowledge, reasonable costs and comparable services as those offered by our multi national competitors. Their continued patronage is our biggest testimonial.

The Group has branch offices at Delhi and other places in Gujarat and an overseas office in the UAE.

KEC has received ISO 9001:2008 certification for its Quality management System from BSI-MS.

The company is an accredited EIA Consultant Organization by NABET, Quality Council of India under EIA accreditation scheme as per mandatory requirement of the MOEF, Govt. of India for carrying out Environmental Clearance studies. It has approved EIA coordinators and Field Area Experts for undertaking Environmental and related studies in seven approved sectors.

11.2 EIA Team Members

Work presented in this report was carried out by KEC with active co-operation from ONGC, KEC team members (along with their role in the project) is given below:

Table 11-1: EIA Team Members Name & Designation Area Task

Mr. Jayesh Makwana (Senior Consultant)

Team Memeber Assisting EIA coordinator

Coordinating all the activities, Team member for ground truth survey, & Team member for EIA

Report writing, Team member for AQ, RH

Dr. Kamal Gangwar EB (FAE-B) Site visit, preparation of report in co ordination of FAE -A

Mr. Braj Vallabh Pandey SE Team Member Ms Shruti Shah LU Team Member

Mr. Mehul Petkar HG, G, SC Team Member

Mr. Mahendra Jadhav (Sr. Environmental

Scientist) Field Monitoring

In-charge of Field Monitoring, data collection and coordination with Laboratory, Team member for

analysis of results, Team member for ground truth survey.

Ms Arpana Patel Lab - Chemist Analysis of Field monitoring data. Mr. Krunal Kharva Mr.

Jitesh Mali Drafts man Drawing Land use & Land cover diagrams

Mr. Mahendra (Field Technician)

Field Monitoring Collection of Data



& 9 ANNEXURES


ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: ToR Letter



& 9 ANNEXURES




& 9 ANNEXURES


Annexure 2: Long Term Meteorological Data {Climatological Tables (1961 – 1990)} – IMD Ahmedabad



& 9 ANNEXURES



EIA/EMP AND RA/DMP FOR DRILLING OPERATION OF 22 EXPLORATORY WELLS IN NELP IX BLOCK CB-ONN-2010/1, 6 & 9 ANNEXURES


Annexure 3: National Ambient Air Quality Standards

Pollutants Time Weighted Average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Industrial, Residential,

Rural and other area

Ecologically Sensitive area (Notified by

Central Government)

Method of measurement

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Annual Avg* 50 µg/m3 20 µg/m3 Improved West and Gacke method

24 hrs.** 80 µg/m3 80 µg/m3 Ultraviolet fluorescence

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Annual Avg* 40 µg/m3 30 µg/m3 Modified Jacab and Hochheiser (Na-arsenite)

24 hrs.** 80 µg/m3 80 µg/m3 Chemiluminescence

Particulate Matter (Size less than 10

µm) or PM10 µg/m3

Annual Avg* 60 µg/m3 60 µg/m3 Gravimetric

TOEM Beta attenuation 24 hrs.** 100 µg/m3 100 µg/m3

Particulate Matter (Size less than 2.5

µm) or PM2.5 µg/m3

Annual Avg* 40 µg/m3 40 µg/m3 Gravimetric TOEM

Beta attenuation 24 hrs.** 60 µg/m3 60 µg/m3

Ozone (O3) µg/m3 8 hrs.** 100 µg/m3 100 µg/m3 UV photometric

Chemiluminescence Chemical Method 1 hrs.** 180 µg/m3 100 µg/m3

Lead (Pb)

Annual Avg* 0.50 µg/m3 0.50 µg/m3 AAS Method after sampling using EPM 2000 or equivalent filter

paper ED-XRF using Teflon filter.

24 hrs.** 1.0 µg/m3 1.0 µg/m3

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

8 hrs.** 2.0 mg/m3 2.0 mg/m3 Non-disbersive, Monoxide Infrared spectroscopy (NDIR) 1 hr. 4.0 mg/m3 4.0 mg/m3

Ammonia (NH3) µg/m3

Annual Avg* 100 µg/m3 100 µg/m3 Chemiluminescence 24 hrs.** 400 µg/m3 400 µg/m3 Indophenol blue method

Benzene µg/m3 Annual Avg* 05 µg/m3 05 µg/m3

Gas Chromatography based continuous analyzer

Adsorption & Desorption followed by GC analysis

Benzo(a)pyrene – Particulate phase

only, µg/m3 Annual Avg* 01 µg/m3 01 µg/m3 Solvent Extraction followed by

HPLC/GC analysis.

Arsenic As), µg/m3 Annual Avg* 06 µg/m3 06 µg/m3 AAS/ICP Method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter

paper

Nickel (Ni), µg/m3 Annual Avg* 20 µg/m3 20 µg/m3 AAS/ICP Method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter

paper



& 9 ANNEXURES


Annexure 4: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results

S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category

Average Pollutant Concentration (µg/m3) ppm

PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms

Industrial, Residential, Rural and Other Area 100 80 80 NS NS 2000 NS

Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central Govt.) 100 30 30 NS NS 2000 NS

1 AA1 04-10-2014 Dheriyana Rural 77 8.3 14.2




5 AA1 18-10-2014 Dheriyana Rural 48 8.7 24.8 2035 173 <1145 <1














& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms









1 AA2 04-10-2014 Vav Rural 69 8.0 24.6

2 AA2 06-10-2014 Vav Rural 70 8.1 26.0

3 AA2 11-10-2014 Vav Rural 71 8.0 25.7

4 AA2 13-10-2014 Vav Rural 63 8.0 26.4

5 AA2 18-10-2014 Vav Rural 75 8.0 28.4

6 AA2 22-10-2014 Vav Rural 73 8.0 27.8 1951 116 <1145 <1

7 AA2 28-10-2014 Vav Rural 78 8.0 29.0

8 AA2 29-10-2014 Vav Rural 76 9.9 20.2

9 AA2 01-11-2014 Vav Rural 66 8.9 28.0

10 AA2 05-11-2014 Vav Rural 46 8.0 20.7

11 AA2 12-11-2014 Vav Rural 74 8.6 24.2



& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms



12 AA2 13-11-2014 Vav Rural 51 9.1 28.4

13 AA2 19-11-2014 Vav Rural 61 9.8 27.3

14 AA2 21-11-2014 Vav Rural 78 8.0 17.7

15 AA2 22-11-2014 Vav Rural 73 8.0 18.9 2606 263 <1145 <1

16 AA2 26-11-2014 Vav Rural 58 8.0 26.2

17 AA2 27-11-2014 Vav Rural 45 8.0 24.2

18 AA2 05-12-2014 Vav Rural 79 8.0 23.2

19 AA2 06-12-2014 Vav Rural 42 9.1 25.0 878 107 <1145 <1

20 AA2 15-12-2014 Vav Rural 62 8.0 24.6

21 AA2 16-12-2014 Vav Rural 76 8.0 25.3

22 AA2 22-12-2014 Vav Rural 74 8.0 25.4

23 AA2 23-12-2014 Vav Rural 70 8.0 20.2

1 AA3 03-10-2014 Bhankhod Rural 68 8.8 16.8







& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms



6 AA3 27-10-2014 Bhankhod Rural 63 8.0 22.5 2874 - <1145 <1









15 AA3 03-12-2014 Bhankhod Rural 59 8.0 17.9 2526 416 <1145 <1





20 AA3 13-12-2014 Bhankhod Rural 43 9.3 20.0 927 208 <1145 <1





& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms





1 AA4 03-10-2014 Lalpura Rural 63 8.0 15.4

2 AA4 07-10-2014 Lalpura Rural 60 8.0 15.0

3 AA4 10-10-2014 Lalpura Rural 65 9.4 14.1

4 AA4 14-10-2014 Lalpura Rural 56 8.0 11.3

5 AA4 17-10-2014 Lalpura Rural 75 8.9 11.7 2260 167 <1145 <1

6 AA4 30-10-2014 Lalpura Rural 47 8.0 19.9

7 AA4 31-10-2014 Lalpura Rural 62 8.0 16.1

8 AA4 04-11-2014 Lalpura Rural 54 8.0 12.7

9 AA4 06-11-2014 Lalpura Rural 52 8.0 19.4 1967 164 <1145 <1

10 AA4 09-11-2014 Lalpura Rural 62 8.6 13.0

11 AA4 10-11-2014 Lalpura Rural 39 8.7 15.2

12 AA4 19-11-2014 Lalpura Rural 45 9.7 11.4

13 AA4 20-11-2014 Lalpura Rural 64 8.7 18.0

14 AA4 25-11-2014 Lalpura Rural 66 8.0 17.3

15 AA4 03-12-2014 Lalpura Rural 43 9.5 12.9



& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms



16 AA4 04-12-2014 Lalpura Rural 61 8.4 15.1

17 AA4 07-12-2014 Lalpura Rural 51 9.8 18.4

18 AA4 08-12-2014 Lalpura Rural 43 9.9 13.1

19 AA4 12-12-2014 Lalpura Rural 51 9.7 13.4

20 AA4 13-12-2014 Lalpura Rural 59 9.6 17.6 1007 174 <1145 <1

21 AA4 17-12-2014 Lalpura Rural 68 8.4 10.0

22 AA4 18-12-2014 Lalpura Rural 61 8.0 13.1

23 AA4 24-12-2014 Lalpura Rural 48 8.0 14.7

24 AA4 25-12-2014 Lalpura Rural 57 8.0 11.4

1 AA5 02-10-2014 Kotarwada Rural 71 8.0 13.4










& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms










16 AA5 29-11-2014 Kotarwada Rural 63 8.0 18.5 2040 195 <1145 <1




20 AA5 11-12-2014 Kotarwada Rural 59 8.5 21.4 1397 196 <1145 <1





1 AA6 02-10-2014 Paldi Rural 67 8.0 14.6



& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms



2 AA6 08-10-2014 Paldi Rural 58 8.1 19.7

3 AA6 09-10-2014 Paldi Rural 68 8.0 17.3

4 AA6 15-10-2014 Paldi Rural 70 8.0 21.4

5 AA6 16-10-2014 Paldi Rural 47 8.6 18.5

6 AA6 20-10-2014 Paldi Rural 31 8.0 16.5 1965 106 <1145 <1

7 AA6 21-10-2014 Paldi Rural 49 8.0 21.9

8 AA6 27-10-2014 Paldi Rural 74 8.0 21.4

9 AA6 31-10-2014 Paldi Rural 67 9.6 15.5

10 AA6 03-11-2014 Paldi Rural 48 9.1 20.0

11 AA6 07-11-2014 Paldi Rural 53 8.0 17.1

12 AA6 09-11-2014 Paldi Rural 55 8.9 16.9

13 AA6 15-11-2014 Paldi Rural 74 8.0 19.5

14 AA6 17-11-2014 Paldi Rural 60 9.7 15.8

15 AA6 18-11-2014 Paldi Rural 69 8.4 14.0

16 AA6 24-11-2014 Paldi Rural 69 8.0 16.8

17 AA6 29-11-2014 Paldi Rural 72 8.0 16.9

18 AA6 01-12-2014 Paldi Rural 68 9.3 19.6



& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms



19 AA6 09-12-2014 Paldi Rural 62 9.6 18.4 1168 174 <1145 <1

20 AA6 10-12-2014 Paldi Rural 51 8.0 17.4 1180 152 <1145 <1

21 AA6 11-12-2014 Paldi Rural 64 8.8 21.2

22 AA6 19-12-2014 Paldi Rural 72 8.0 18.8

23 AA6 20-12-2014 Paldi Rural 73 8.0 14.4

24 AA6 26-12-2014 Paldi Rural 70 8.0 13.8

1 AA7 01-10-2014 Nardipur Rural 78 8.7 23.5





6 AA7 16-10-2014 Nardipur Rural 53 9.6 18.7 1880 139 <1145 <1








& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms














1 AA8 01-10-2014 Soja Rural 34 8.0 20.1

2 AA8 02-10-2014 Soja Rural 72 8.0 14.9

3 AA8 06-10-2014 Soja Rural 59 8.6 17.8

4 AA8 07-10-2014 Soja Rural 56 8.3 10.0

5 AA8 15-10-2014 Soja Rural 64 8.0 21.6

6 AA8 16-10-2014 Soja Rural 53 9.4 19.2 1941 166 <1145 <1



& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms



7 AA8 29-10-2014 Soja Rural 47 9.5 21.4

8 AA8 30-10-2014 Soja Rural 59 9.8 19.4

9 AA8 03-11-2014 Soja Rural 69 8.1 18.1

10 AA8 04-11-2014 Soja Rural 37 8.0 14.7 1677 191 <1145 <1

11 AA8 11-11-2014 Soja Rural 62 8.9 16.4

12 AA8 12-11-2014 Soja Rural 70 9.4 16.2

13 AA8 21-11-2014 Soja Rural 37 8.0 14.6

14 AA8 23-11-2014 Soja Rural 37 8.0 14.8

15 AA8 24-11-2014 Soja Rural 39 8.0 11.8

16 AA8 25-11-2014 Soja Rural 59 8.0 21.5 1976 331 <1145 <1

17 AA8 08-12-2014 Soja Rural 71 8.0 17.7

18 AA8 09-12-2014 Soja Rural 60 8.0 14.4 1388 147 <1145 <1

19 AA8 15-12-2014 Soja Rural 70 8.3 23.9

20 AA8 16-12-2014 Soja Rural 34 8.0 14.4

21 AA8 24-12-2014 Soja Rural 69 9.8 14.1

22 AA8 25-12-2014 Soja Rural 51 8.0 23.5

1 AA9 03-10-2014 Sobhasan Rural 72 9.8 21.0



& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms















14 AA9 06-12-2014 Sobhasan Rural 56 8.0 22.1 2201 326 <1145 <1


16 AA9 10-12-2014 Sobhasan Rural 49 8.0 16.6 1897 195 <1145 <1





& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms




1 AA10 03-10-2014 Vagosana Rural 57 9.84 15.0







8 AA10 13-11-2014 Vagosana Rural 95 9.93 22.4 1520 161 <1145 <1








16 AA10 10-12-2014 Vagosana Rural 98 8.14 18.0 1413 153 <1145 <1



& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms




1 AA11 01-10-14 Vasna Rural 53 8.0 16.2

2 AA11 02-10-14 Vasna Rural 70 8.5 17.1

3 AA11 10-10-14 Vasna Rural 49 8.9 12.6

4 AA11 11-10-14 Vasna Rural 43 9.2 18.6

5 AA11 17-10-14 Vasna Rural 85 9.1 15.2

6 AA11 18-10-14 Vasna Rural 70 8.6 21.3

7 AA11 30-10-14 Vasna Rural 77 8.0 15.8 1857 137 <1145 <1

8 AA11 31-10-14 Vasna Rural 60 8.9 24.9

9 AA11 03-11-14 Vasna Rural 47 8.5 16.2

10 AA11 04-11-14 Vasna Rural 59 8.9 17.4

11 AA11 10-11-14 Vasna Rural 85 8.0 21.9

12 AA11 11-11-14 Vasna Rural 61 8.0 14.6

13 AA11 20-11-14 Vasna Rural 67 9.2 15.5 1675 120 <1145 <1

14 AA11 21-11-14 Vasna Rural 47 8.0 12.4

15 AA11 25-11-14 Vasna Rural 75 8.0 16.5

16 AA11 26-11-14 Vasna Rural 80 8.0 16.0



& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms



17 AA11 01-12-14 Vasna Rural 76 8.3 19.6

18 AA11 02-12-14 Vasna Rural 65 8.0 14.5 1610 332 <1145 <1

19 AA11 08-12-14 Vasna Rural 45 8.0 14.9

20 AA11 09-12-14 Vasna Rural 56 8.7 16.5

21 AA11 16-12-14 Vasna Rural 58 8.0 22.9 965 109 <1145 <1

22 AA11 17-12-14 Vasna Rural 78 9.5 11.7

1 AA12 01-10-14 Kunvar Rural 76 8.0 21.6

2 AA12 02-10-14 Kunvar Rural 53 8.0 22.0

3 AA12 08-10-14 Kunvar Rural 72 8.0 19.6

4 AA12 09-10-14 Kunvar Rural 67 8.0 23.2

5 AA12 13-10-14 Kunvar Rural 75 9.7 19.2

6 AA12 14-10-14 Kunvar Rural 76 8.1 19.7

7 AA12 20-10-14 Kunvar Rural 53 8.6 19.7

8 AA12 21-10-14 Kunvar Rural 64 8.0 21.9

9 AA12 28-10-14 Kunvar Rural 69 9.5 18.9

10 AA12 29-10-14 Kunvar Rural 79 8.0 23.8

11 AA12 05-11-14 Kunvar Rural 67 8.0 21.3



& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms



12 AA12 06-11-14 Kunvar Rural 64 8.5 19.5 2296 351 <1145 <1

13 AA12 12-11-14 Kunvar Rural 42 9.3 16.1

14 AA12 13-11-14 Kunvar Rural 45 9.8 21.6

15 AA12 23-11-14 Kunvar Rural 62 8.4 14.4

16 AA12 24-11-14 Kunvar Rural 55 8.4 10.0

17 AA12 27-11-14 Kunvar Rural 65 8.9 11.1

18 AA12 28-11-14 Kunvar Rural 48 8.6 13.7

19 AA12 01-12-14 Kunvar Rural 56 8.5 14.4

20 AA12 02-12-14 Kunvar Rural 67 8.5 21.2

21 AA12 08-12-14 Kunvar Rural 41 8.2 18.7

22 AA12 09-12-14 Kunvar Rural 86 9.1 23.8 968 126 <1145 <1

23 AA12 16-12-14 Kunvar Rural 73 8.0 13.9

24 AA12 17-12-14 Kunvar Rural 76 8.7 16.0

1 AA13 03-10-14 Fangdi Rural 86 8.0 11.9

2 AA13 04-10-14 Fangdi Rural 72 8.0 16.3

3 AA13 08-10-14 Fangdi Rural 79 8.1 19.8

4 AA13 09-10-14 Fangdi Rural 79 8.0 16.6



& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms



5 AA13 13-10-14 Fangdi Rural 88 8.0 12.8

6 AA13 14-10-14 Fangdi Rural 62 8.2 24.1

7 AA13 20-10-14 Fangdi Rural 87 8.0 22.6

8 AA13 21-10-14 Fangdi Rural 73 8.1 20.9

9 AA13 28-10-14 Fangdi Rural 66 8.0 18.2

10 AA13 29-10-14 Fangdi Rural 58 10.4 22.2

11 AA13 12-11-14 Fangdi Rural 67 9.7 19.5

12 AA13 13-11-14 Fangdi Rural 79 8.8 21.1

13 AA13 21-11-14 Fangdi Rural 82 8.0 20.8

14 AA13 22-11-14 Fangdi Rural 43 8.0 16.0

15 AA13 25-11-14 Fangdi Rural 66 8.0 19.1

16 AA13 26-11-14 Fangdi Rural 69 8.9 20.1

17 AA13 03-12-14 Fangdi Rural 50 9.0 16.1

18 AA13 04-12-14 Fangdi Rural 59 9.8 18.4 848 179 <1145 <1

19 AA13 10-12-14 Fangdi Rural 72 9.5 22.7

20 AA13 11-12-14 Fangdi Rural 56 9.0 18.0

21 AA13 23-12-14 Fangdi Rural 47 8.4 18.1



& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms



22 AA13 25-12-14 Fangdi Rural 45 8.0 15.3

23 AA13 26-12-14 Fangdi Rural 76 8.4 10.0 862 150 <1145 <1

1 AA14 03-10-14 Daran Rural 85 8.0 17.3

2 AA14 04-10-14 Daran Rural 72 8.0 18.0

3 AA14 06-10-14 Daran Rural 84 9.1 23.0

4 AA14 07-10-14 Daran Rural 62 8.0 15.1

5 AA14 15-10-14 Daran Rural 50 8.0 17.7

6 AA14 16-10-14 Daran Rural 75 9.1 20.4

7 AA14 22-10-14 Daran Rural 74 9.8 23.9

8 AA14 27-10-14 Daran Rural 48 8.0 25.4

9 AA14 31-10-14 Daran Rural 58 11.4 17.8 1820 114 <1145 <1

10 AA14 14-11-14 Daran Rural 83 8.0 22.3

11 AA14 15-11-14 Daran Rural 78 9.2 21.2 1227 136 <1145 <1

12 AA14 27-11-14 Daran Rural 78 8.0 18.3

13 AA14 28-11-14 Daran Rural 62 9.5 16.6

14 AA14 29-11-14 Daran Rural 84 8.0 17.1

15 AA14 30-11-14 Daran Rural 63 8.0 21.1



& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms



16 AA14 03-12-14 Daran Rural 79 8.8 16.7

17 AA14 04-12-14 Daran Rural 80 8.0 17.5

18 AA14 10-12-14 Daran Rural 55 9.0 23.9

19 AA14 11-12-14 Daran Rural 64 8.8 26.1 1013 184 <1145 <1

21 AA14 21-12-14 Daran Rural 62 8.0 12.5

1 AA15 06-10-14 Lodariya Rural 76 8.1 17.4







8 AA15 14-11-14 Lodariya Rural 39 9.7 19.3 2181 346 <1145 <1







& 9 ANNEXURES


S No

Station Code

Sampling Date

Sampling Location

Area /Category


PM10 (24hr.)

SO2 (24hr.)

NOx (24hr)

HCs (Grab)

NMHCs (Grab)

CO (8 Hrs)

VOCs (Grab)

CPCB Norms












EIA/EMP AND RA/DMP FOR DRILLING OPERATION OF 22 NOS. OF EXPLORATORY

WELLS IN NELP IX BLOCK CB-ONN-2010/1, 6 & 9 ANNEXURES


Annexure 5: Dispersion Modeling Results for Diesel Engines and D.G Sets Emissions from the Diesel Engine were analyzed for their impact on the ground level concentration for various distances using the dispersion modeling guidelines given by the Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi and the AERMOD model of the United States Environment Protection Agency (USEPA). The Ministry of Environment and Forests approves use of these models.

Dispersion modeling for the pollutants viz SO2, Nox and Particulate Matter (PM) (Source: D.G set) was carried out.

Assumptions:

The dispersion modeling assumptions considered are as follows:

The emission rate for the pollutant viz SO2 was calculated based on % sulphur content in Bharat IV Diesel and PM was calculated based on % ash content in the fuel while emission rate of NOx was calculated based on statutory norms.

The impacts of the pollutant were identified up to 3500m. The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT.

Stability class was evaluated based on solar isolation and cloud cover. The mathematical equations for the dispersion modeling assumes that the earth surface acts as a

perfect reflector of plume and physic-chemical processes such as dry and wet deposition and chemical transformation of pollutants are negligible.

Study has been conducted during post monsoon season of the year 2014. The stack emission concentrations used for dispersion modeling were taken as per CPCB guidelines issued for conducting air quality modeling.The site specific meteorological data such as temperature; wind speed and wind direction has been taken from meteorological Station at Mehsana which was put up by Kadam Environmental Consultants for this study.

Source

The source considered for emission is Diesel Engine and DG Set. Fuel used in kg/hr and emission of pollutant in gm/sec, is given below.

Stack Fuel Consumption in Kg/hr Stack Height Diesel Engine HSD 290 30 m (2 stacks were considered)

Stack Pollutant SO2 NOx PM

Diesel Engine Emission in gm/sec 0.008 0.86 0.008

Results

The maximum 24 hourly GLC’s are observed to be 0.065 µg/m3, 7.03µg/m3 and 0.065µg/m3 for SO2, NOx and particulate matter respectively. These GLC’s are expected to occur at a distance of 200 m from the source towards the SW direction.

The predicted values based on above air quality model are not likely to cause any significant change in the existing ambient air quality of the region.


EIA/EMP AND RA/DMP FOR DRILLING OPERATION OF 22 NOS. OF EXPLORATORY

WELLS IN NELP IX BLOCK CB-ONN-2010/1, 6 & 9 ANNEXURES


The results of the modeling exercise are presented in Table 1, 2 and 3. Isopleths showing GLC of PM, SO2, NOx are provided as Figure 1a, 1b and 1c respectively.



& 9 ANNEXURES


Table 1: 24 Hour Average GLC of PM (µg/m3 ) DIRECTION DISTANCE (Meters)

(DEGREES) 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 5000 10000

360 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 10 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 20 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 30 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 40 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 50 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 60 0.03 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 70 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 80 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 90 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00

100 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 110 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 120 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 130 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 140 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 150 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 160 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 170 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 180 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 190 0.03 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 200 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 210 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 220 0.05 0.06 0.05 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 230 0.05 0.06 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.03 0.01 0.00 0.00 240 0.04 0.06 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.01 0.01



& 9 ANNEXURES


DIRECTION DISTANCE (Meters)

(DEGREES) 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 5000 10000

250 0.04 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 260 0.04 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.01 0.00 0.00 270 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 280 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 290 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 300 0.03 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 310 0.03 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 320 0.03 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 330 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 340 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 350 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00



& 9 ANNEXURES


Table 2: 24 Hour Average GLC of SO2 (µg/m3 ) DIRECTION DISTANCE (Meters)

(DEGREES) 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 5000 10000

360 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 10 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 20 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 30 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 40 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 50 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 60 0.03 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 70 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 80 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 90 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00

100 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 110 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 120 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 130 0.04 0.05 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 140 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 150 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 160 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 170 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 180 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 190 0.03 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 200 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 210 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 220 0.05 0.06 0.05 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 230 0.05 0.06 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.03 0.01 0.00 0.00 240 0.04 0.06 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.05 0.03 0.01 0.01



& 9 ANNEXURES



(DEGREES) 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 5000 10000

250 0.04 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 260 0.04 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.01 0.00 0.00 270 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 280 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 290 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 300 0.03 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 310 0.03 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 320 0.03 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 330 0.04 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.00 0.00 340 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 350 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00



& 9 ANNEXURES


Table 3: 24 Hour Average GLC of NOx (µg/m3) DIRECTION DISTANCE (Meters)

(DEGREES) 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 5000 10000

360 2.98 2.59 1.54 0.95 0.65 0.37 0.59 0.21 0.06 10 2.98 2.18 1.32 1.25 1.30 0.79 1.01 0.50 0.33 20 3.21 2.96 1.91 1.24 1.16 0.68 0.32 0.10 0.04 30 3.65 3.64 2.42 1.59 1.11 0.34 0.12 0.05 0.02 40 3.79 4.35 3.18 2.24 1.65 0.58 0.54 0.46 0.47 50 3.54 4.66 3.28 2.25 1.62 0.55 0.29 0.12 0.05 60 3.03 3.86 2.46 1.56 1.06 0.80 0.50 0.31 0.34 70 2.98 2.87 1.96 1.27 0.85 0.72 0.44 0.13 0.05 80 2.98 3.02 2.06 1.33 0.90 0.23 0.06 0.22 0.37 90 2.98 2.73 2.44 2.01 1.71 0.73 0.26 0.06 0.02

100 2.98 3.84 3.81 3.42 3.07 1.48 0.60 0.35 0.30 110 3.61 3.87 3.44 2.77 2.30 0.96 0.37 0.08 0.03 120 4.12 5.05 5.19 4.79 3.94 1.69 0.69 0.18 0.06 130 4.34 5.88 6.77 6.45 5.63 2.75 1.70 1.69 0.86 140 4.19 5.04 5.58 5.43 4.75 2.34 0.89 0.56 0.18 150 3.70 4.09 5.70 5.30 4.39 2.00 0.97 0.42 0.22 160 3.02 3.17 3.20 2.91 2.33 1.13 0.44 0.14 0.05 170 3.00 2.90 2.37 1.73 1.25 0.34 0.08 0.02 0.01 180 3.11 4.74 3.60 2.56 1.85 1.57 0.84 0.21 0.06 190 3.74 5.33 3.95 2.77 2.32 3.24 1.96 0.87 0.72 200 4.48 4.30 3.27 2.25 1.86 1.31 0.65 0.15 0.04 210 5.18 5.47 3.96 2.76 2.75 2.12 0.91 0.23 0.07 220 5.53 6.40 4.94 6.00 5.55 4.54 2.21 0.99 0.73 230 5.29 6.18 4.61 5.58 5.27 3.00 1.30 0.31 0.09 240 4.54 6.29 5.75 6.98 7.03 5.34 2.73 1.09 0.76



& 9 ANNEXURES



(DEGREES) 100 200 300 400 500 1000 2000 5000 10000

250 4.41 6.02 4.81 4.62 4.55 2.58 1.09 0.28 0.09 260 4.52 5.59 3.71 3.69 4.00 2.77 1.25 0.47 0.52 270 4.26 5.62 3.93 2.84 2.31 1.31 0.50 0.11 0.05 280 4.12 5.72 4.11 2.83 2.09 1.01 0.57 0.36 0.28 290 3.48 4.58 3.21 2.15 1.50 0.52 0.18 0.05 0.02 300 3.22 4.84 3.37 2.28 1.66 0.83 0.48 0.18 0.07 310 3.06 5.67 4.02 2.95 2.42 1.29 0.68 0.32 0.23 320 3.26 5.56 4.23 3.12 2.38 1.22 0.66 0.19 0.07 330 3.81 5.27 4.45 3.64 3.09 1.99 1.28 0.47 0.37 340 3.78 3.61 2.92 2.37 1.97 1.10 0.61 0.18 0.06 350 3.28 2.79 1.65 1.08 0.75 0.74 1.25 0.70 0.46




Figure 1a: Concentration of PM due to Emission from Diesel Engines




Figure 1b: Concentration of SO2 due to Emission from Diesel Engines




Figure 1b: Concentration of NOx due to Emission from Diesel Engines




Annexure 6: Annexure for DMP

Emergency Organization

Emergency Organization requires to be entered in the format suggested in Table1.

Table 1: Emergency organization EMERGENCY ORGANISATION CHART

Designation Name Phone (O) Phone (R) Phone (M) EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTRE (ECC) SITE MAIN CONTROLLER

Project Manager

OTHER KEY PERSONNEL (OKP)

Operations Manager Safety Officer (in charge

of fire control)

INCIDENT CONTROLLERS (IC) General Shift Second Shift Third Shift Alternate

KEY WORKERS Communications

Transport & Logistics Maintenance

Public Relations / Liaison Officer

Pollution Control KEY PERSONNEL, MUMBAI OFFICE

Chairman Managing Director

Director EXTERNAL AGENCIES (DISTRICT LEVEL)

District Collector Chief Fire Officer

Controller of Explosives

Chief, Civil Defence SP / DSP (Police)

District Health Officer Chief Medical Officer RO, Pollution Control

Board

District Energy Officer

GEB Office




EMERGENCY ORGANISATION CHART

Designation Name Phone (O) Phone (R) Phone (M) EXTERNAL AGENCIES (LOCAL LEVEL)

Sub-divisional Magistrate

Inspector of Factories Fire Officer

Station House Officer (Police)

Block Development Officer Representative, Civil Defence

Primary Health Officer

Editor, News paper Village Sarpanch

Doctor, 1 Doctor, 2

Raising of Alarm

A siren system may be installed at the site, as given in Figure 1.

Figure 1: Method of Raising Alarm




Site Layout Plan with Escape routes and assembly Points

A layout of the site is to be prepared incorporating escape routes and assembly points. Location of the emergency control center(s) are to be marked on the map.

Emergency Control Centers

Location of ECC is to be shown on the site layout map. The items actually made available in the ECC are as mentioned in Table 2.

Table 2: Item to be Made Available at emergency Control Center Main ECC at -----: Phone: Alternate (If Main is affected): CCR: Phone:

Sr. No.

Communication system and emergency use items

Number/ quantity

Sr. No.

Communication system and emergency

use items

Number/ quantity

1

Communication 1. Intercom sets

2. External phone sets 3. Telephone directory 4. Company Directory

5. List of Important phone numbers 6. Walkie-talkies 7. Wireless set 8. Mobile phone

9. Portable loud speakers

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

5 Recording system 1. Tape recorder

2. Camera or video recorder

3. Cassettes

1 1 2

2

Documents 1. Site Plan

2. Layout plan with hazard zones, assembly points marked and location of siren, safety/fire system shown (Display)

3. Stock list of Fire extinguishers 4. Fire-water system and additional

sources of water 5. DMP Flip chart,

6. Copy of First Aid (Appendix-13)

7. List of employees and addresses and phones,

8. Reference book: Manual of EHS-Management.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

6 Utility items 1. Torches (Flame proof)

with Green and Red signaling switches

2. Umbrellas 3. Rain coats

2 2 2

3 Wall display 1. Site plan

2. Layout plan 3. Emergency Organization.

4. Emergency Phone Numbers.

1 1 1 1

7

PPEs 1. Breathing apparatus

2. Hydrocarbon gas asks (Canister type)

3. Gloves

1 4

2-Pairs 2-Pairs




Main ECC at -----: Phone: Alternate (If Main is affected): CCR: Phone:

Sr. No.

Communication system and emergency use items

Number/ quantity

Sr. No.

Communication system and emergency

use items

Number/ quantity

4 Stationary 1. Note pads

2. Pens/pencils 3. Erasures

5 5 5

4. Gum boots 5. Goggles 6. Aprons

2-Pairs2

Role of Site Main Controller

As soon as he is notified about the incident, the SMC, shall first visit the Incident site, review the actions and proceed to the Emergency Control Center and take charge of the incident,

The SMC shall have over all responsibility for directing operations and calling outside help from Emergency Control Center,

SMC shall assess the situation quickly and find out the level of Emergency (L1, L2, and L3) from the Incident Controller, for:

Level 1 - EMERGENCY: May be handled with the resources available within the factory premises. Level 2 - EMERGENCY: On-Site Emergency plan should be activated Level 3 - EMERGENCY: Action to be taken to operate the Off-Site Emergency plan with District

Authorities.

Ensure that Key-Personnel are called-in,

Direct all Emergency Operations within the approved area with the following priorities:

Personnel Safety, Property and Environment Safety, Continually review & assess possible developments to determine most probable cause of events. Check that all non-essential workers, visitors, contractors are evacuated to assembly points. Give instructions to the Fire Fighting and rescue team, If necessary for evacuation of the neighboring population, Ensure that search for casualties within the affected area have been properly and timely rescued, first

aid provided & arrange for hospitalization of victims and additional help if required. Ensure that P&A In-Charge liaise with out-side agencies such as Police, Services, District Emergency

Authorities, Collector and Deputy Director of Factories. Provide advice on possible effects to areas out-side the factory,

Arrange for up-to-date recording of emergencies.

Role of Incident Controller

Incident Controller’s primary duty is to take charge of the scene of incident. His responsibilities / duties are as under:

Ensure on top priority, any victims are rescued as per EER, appropriate first aid provided and shifted to nearest doctor/hospital,




He may be required to take decisions whether to stop or continue any process and take technical decisions to control the incident and simultaneously inform / consult Senior Officer as per requirement.

Immediately assess the scale of emergency likely to exist i.e. L1, L2, or L3 and take action as per the emergency.

The Incident Controller will work under the directions of the Site Main Controller. However, till his arrival he may have to execute the following responsibilities:

Direct for evacuation of plant and other areas likely to be affected by the Emergency. Ensure Key-Persons are called-in.

Direct all operations within the affected area with the following priorities:

Ensure the safety of personnel. Property and Environment. Minimize loss of Material. Other Emergency Services to be managed by the Incident Controller Direct for search of casualties. Evacuate Non-Essential workers to Assembly Points. Brief the Site Main Controller and keep him informed about the developments. Preserve evidences that will be necessary for subsequent inquiry in to the causes of the emergency

and deciding on the preventive measures.

Role of Fire and Safety Officer

These services are to be provided by the Chief Fire & Safety Officer, Fire Safety Officer and Assistant Fire Safety Officer, whose roles are described.

Role of Safety Officer

On being notified about the location of fire / gas leak, he is to immediately proceed to the scene of incident with crew.

He will position the Fire Tender at proper place depending upon the wind direction so as to ensure safety of the crew. For gas leak, he will start fogging/fine spray jet, and for HSD fire he will start foam,

Till the arrival of CFSO / FSO, guide the Fire Crew in Fire Fighting and rescue operation by giving clear cut instructions.

Ensure that the crew members are provided with proper safety equipments for tackling the Emergency.

Assessing the severity of the Incident, immediately report to Emergency Control Room Call for additional requirement such as vehicle, equipments, Extinguishing media or help from outside agencies.

Role of Fire Crew Members

On hearing Fire Alarm / Emergency Siren, they shall immediately report to the Fire Control Room and proceed to the scene of the Incident and work under the direction of AFSO.




Fire Control Room Operator (Fireman)

Immediately inform to CFSO / FSO / AFSO about the incident and work as directed by them. See that pressure in Fire Hydrant System is maintained. Role of Pollution Control Services – Head (Environment)

After declaration of Major Emergency (i.e. L2 or L3), by the Site Main Controller he will:

He will arrange for announcements to be made to the general public in case of Level-3 Emergency. He will co-operate with the off site emergency controller i.e. local crisis group authorities, in

evacuation and medical assistance programme. He will arrange for the suitable treatment of wastewater and hazardous wastes generated by the

emergency control activities. Role of Medical Services - Medical Officer On being intimidated about the emergency, he will immediately contact the Site Main Controller. He will render necessary treatment at the first-aid centre and nearby hospital(s). If required, he will arrange for hospitalization and treatment of patients in outside hospitals. He will mobilize extra medical assistance from outside, if necessary. He will make arrangements for treating affected public (if any) with the help of the Head

(Environment)

Role of Other Medical Staff

As directed by the medical officer.

Engineering Services – Maintenance In – Charge

On hearing of the emergency siren, he will immediately contact emergency control room and arrange for engineering services related to mechanical, electrical, instrumentation & automotive equipments such as crane, heavy vehicle, lifting M/C & NDT services as the situation demands.

He will arrange mobile equipment like Crane, Fork Lifts, and others, if required. He will mobilize more maintenance staff for help if required for emergency engineering work.

Welfare Services – Role of HR Personnel

He will co-ordinate the passing on of information to relatives of affected persons, He will depute one person each, to all assembly points to carry head count of all personnel, and pass

on the information to the Chief Emergency Controller, He will arrange the presence of company representatives at the hospital(s) to look after the needs of

the affected personnel, He will prepare records of affected personnel noting their local and permanent address, Arrangement of hot drinks / snacks / food as required will be carried out under his supervision.

Security Services – Role of Security In – Charge (security Officer/ Asst. Security Officer

On hearing the emergency siren, he shall find out the location of the incident (fire / gas leak / spill / explosion) and inform the location of the same to the key personnel coming to the plant.

He will depute the security guards for manning gates and traffic control at the incident site, He will prevent unauthorized entry in to the site He will render assistance as demanded by the chief fire & safety officer or the fire & safety officer,




He will mobilize additional security force for help, if required, He will direct ambulance(s) and emergency vehicle(s) to the scene of incident, He will help evacuate persons within the scene of incident, As directed by the site main controller, he may be required to operate the public address (PA) system

for warning surrounding villages for evacuation.

Security Guards

On hearing the Emergency Siren, they will contact the security officer and work under his directions.

Role of Store Officer

Arrangement of additional manpower for handling store items. Issuing of items / equipments required during emergency. Taking immediate action of emergency procurements & arrange additional man-power for local

purchases, if required, Co-ordination with Manager (Finance) for financial requirements.

Safe Assembly Point

The safe assembly points for the site are as mentioned in Table 3.

Table 3: Safe Assembly Points for the Site Assembly Point No. Location

1 Location 1: 2 Location 2: 3 Location 2: 4 Location 4:

The display provided on all safe assembly points is mentioned in Table 4.

Table 4: Scheme of Display Boards near Safe Assembly Points ASSEMBLY POINT NO:

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY:

ALL NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL SHALL ASSEMBLE HERE

(PROVIDED THIS ASSEMBLY POINT IS ITSELF NOT AFFECTED)

REPORT TO ASSEMBLY POINT IN CHARGE AND AWAIT INSTRUCTIONS.

INFORMATION TO BE RECORDED ABOUT EMERGENCY:

PREVAILING WIND DIRECTION: FROM TOWARDS

(Wind orientation entry to be made by Assembly Point attendant)

Escape, Evacuation & Rescue (EER) Plan

Escape

Non-essential personnel have to escape through safe escape route towards the nearest assembly point.




Evacuation

All non-essential personnel who have assembled at the safe assembly points have to be evacuated from the site, then noted down as part of head count and evacuated to temporary shelter outside, like nearest village school, panchayat office or other area as previously determined.

Rescue

On receipt of Incident information, any trapped personnel have to be rescued. This requires rigorous training. The rescuers must first ensure their own safety. There should be at least two rescuers for each victim to be rescued. The following procedure may be followed:

Preplan the rescue operation as to who will hold shoulders and who the legs of the victim, Ensure appropriate gas mask and other PPE is worn by each rescuer, See the nearest windsock and approach the site of victim from upwind. If no PPE is available near by,

then take a deep breath, hold breath and approach, Undertake rescue operation swiftly and confidently, Check victims first needs Impart first aid as appropriate, including CPR and oxygen breathing, Call for ambulance and shift victim to nearest doctor/hospital.

Maximum Credible Loss Scenarios

The results of the consequence analysis lead to the possibility of the MCLS’ results to be presented in Table 5.

Table 5: Maximum Credible Loss Scenario for ONGC project site

Sr. No. MCLS Consequence Radial

Distance Damage

Thumb Rule for Identifying Stability Class

During any Hazardous gas release, the Atmospheric Stability Class plays a very important role in fatality and injury. Information presented in Table 6: should help any one to guess fairly accurately the Atmospheric Stability Class by looking at the time, and the sky.

Table 6: Thumb Rules for Identifying Stability Class S.

No. Time Sky condition Likely Stability Class

1 Any time of day or night Heavy winds (>5m/s), thick clouds (OKTAS=8) D

2 Dawn and dusk Clear or cloudy D 3 Sunrise time till 10.00 AM Clear C

4 10 AM - 2 PM Bright and sunny, low winds

(< 2 m/s) A, A-B or B

5 10 AM - 2 PM Bright and sunny, moderate winds (2 m/s – 3 m/s) A-B, B, or C

6 10 AM - 2 PM Bright and sunny, moderate to B, B-C or C




S. No. Time Sky condition Likely Stability Class

heavy winds (3 m/s – 5 m/s)7 2 pm – 5 pm Clear sky B to C 8 5 PM – Sunset time Clear sky C 9 Dusk Clear sky D 10 Night Clear sky E-F 11 Night Low wind (< 2 m/s) Unconfirmed (UC)

Mutual Aid Organization

Identified mutual aid organizations are covered in Table 7.

Table 7: Identified Mutual Aid Organizations

S. No. Mutual Aid Organization Name, Address and Name of Key Person Phone Nos.

1 2 3 4




Annexure 7: Certificate of Kadam Environmental Consultants from QCI / NABET




Annexure 8: CGWA Categorization of Talukas in Gujarat




Annexure 9: TSDF Membership Certificates




Annexure 10: ONGC Periodic Medical Examination Policy Manpower in the organization is the most important resource and maintaining their health is vital for productivity and effectiveness. As such, promotion of health of employees in the widest sense has become a high priority goal for the organization. ONGC has formulated a policy (effective from 5th July 2007) on Periodic Medical Examination (PME), some important features of which are detailed below:

Periodicity: Type of PME Employees to be covered Periodicity

General PME

Employees upto 45 years of age 5 Years Employees in age group of 46 to 55

years 3 Years

Employees in age group of 56 years and above

2 Years

Specific PME Employees having hazard based profiles

2 Years

Intermediate PME On need basis – upto 10% of employees examined in a particular

year

Every Year

Scope:

PME will be conducted in two stages

Laboratory tests either in-house or at empanelled lab/diagnostic center. Clinical examination including interview, which will include physical parameters, spirometry,

audiometry tests, flexibility test (P4), physical evaluation of male field personnel, interview to fill in the personal and family history sheets, psychological evaluation etc.

Procedure

Medical Officer (Occupational Health) will record the pertinent findings in Periodic Medical Profile and simultaneously in Occupational Health System. He will record these findings in a register also which is required to be maintained in compliance with the provisions of Indian Factories Act.

MO (OH) will issue form ‘O’ required under the provisions of Mines Act 1952, certifying the fitness of field employees to the concerned Sectional Head and the individual. A copy of the said document will also be kept in record at the Occupational Health Center.




Annexure 11: Corporate Environmental Policy of ONGC




Annexure 12: MOM of Public Hearings

CONTACT DETAILS

Vadodara (Head Office) 871/B/3, GIDC Makarpura, Vadodara, India – 390 010.

E: [email protected]; T:+91-265-3001000; F: +91-265-3001069 Delhi / NCR

Spaze IT Park, Unit 1124, 11th Floor, Tower B-3, Sector 49, Near Omax City Centre Mall, Sohna Road, Gurgaon – 122 002 (Haryana).

E: [email protected]; T/F : 0124-4030873; M:+91-98998-04300

Kadam Environmental Consultants w w w . k a d a m e n v i r o . c o m

Env i ronment for Deve lopment